(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Bucknell Alumnus, September 1970 - April 1972"

BUCKNELL UK1VERSITY ARCHIVE 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/bucknellalumnus562577gene 



SEPTEMBER, 1970 



f m ikiiiiu 




ft 




Cover Art Courtesy of Algonquin Press, N. Y. C. 



ARNAUD C. MARTS H'46 
1888-1970 



Seventh President of Bucknell 
1935-1945 




A recent Bachrach portrait of Dr. Amaud C. Marts 



Dr. Marts Dies at Age 82 



Dr. Amaud C. Marts H'46, sev- 
enth president of Bucknell Univer- 
sity, 1935-45, died Saturday, July 
11, at the age of 82. He had suf- 
fered a broken hip and had under- 
gone corrective surgery at Doctor's 
Hospital in New York City. 

Widely known for his long ca- 
reer in philanthropic fund-raising, 
Dr. Marts was co-founder and hon- 
orary chairman of the board of 
Marts ir Lundy, Inc., one of the 
oldest and largest professional fund- 
raising firms in the country. He saw 
annual private giving for public 
causes in this country rise from less 
than $500 million in the early years 
of the century to its present level of 



over $17 billion. The increase was 
due in large part to the manage- 
ment techniques which he helped 
to pioneer. 

In 1926 he founded Mails I? 
Lundy, Inc., in partnership with 
the late George E. Lundy and 
served as president of the firm until 
1957 ivhen he was elected chair- 
man of the board. 

From the beginning of his fund- 
raising career, Dr. Marts was de- 
voted to the cause of establishing 
and maintaining high ethical stan- 
dards and practices in the fund- 
raising calling. One outgrowth of 
his efforts in this direction was the 
organization of the American Asso- 



ciation of Fund-Raising Counsel. 
Through the years Dr. Marts served 
three times as president of the 
AAFRC and was often referred to 
by its members as the elder states- 
man of the fund-raising profession. 

In 1920, lie married the late 
Ethel A. Dagett, who died in 1953. 
In 1958, he ivas married to the for- 
mer Anne McCartney ivho survives 
him. 

Funeral services were held on 
Monday, July 13, at the Marble 
Collegiate Church in New York 
City, with the Reverend Dr. Nor- 
man Vincent Peale officiating. In- 
terment ivas at East Aurora, N. Y. 




"Arnaud Marts changed his 
status at Bucknell University 
from Acting President to Presi- 
dent under dramatic circum- 
stances in March 1937. As he 
was about to dismiss the Thurs- 
day morning assembly, two stu- 
dents, Ambrose Saricks '37 and 
Edward G. Hartmann '37, mem- 
bers of classes in history under 
Professor J. Orin Oliphant who 
helped them with their planning, 
arose from their seats, stepped 
into the middle aisle, and asked 
for permission to address the 
President." This was granted. 
They stepped forward, turned 
around, faced the audience, and 
read a petition which they hand- 
ed to President Marts. They said 
this was signed by every student, 

SEPTEMBER 1970 



Dr. Marts as he began duties at Bucknell in 1935 

The Marts 

Decade 

at Bucknell 



faculty member, administration 
member, and other campus em- 
ployees. This petition requested 
President Marts to drop the word 
'Acting from his title and be- 
come the 'President' of Bucknell 
University!' 



THIS description of a dramatic 
moment in the life of a Uni- 
versity and of Dr. Arnaud 
Marts is taken from page 179 of 
his biography, Arnaud Cartwright 
Marts: A Winner in the American 
Tradition, published this year by 
the Algonquin Press, New York. 
The biographer is Dr. Paul C. Car- 
ter, a lifelong friend and admirer 
of Dr. Marts and former official of 
the American Baptist Board of Ed- 
ucation and Publication. 

Presentation of that petition 
came as a complete surprise to the 

° Dr. Ambrose Saricks is now professor 
of history and associate dean of the Uni- 
versity of Kansas Graduate School. Dr. 
Edward G. Hartmann is professor of his- 
tory and director of libraries at Suffolk 
University, Boston, Mass. 



"Acting President" of Bucknell. 
However, he promised to give the 
petition careful thought, thanking 
everyone for their expression of 
confidence in his leadership. 

After consultation with his wife, 
his business partner, George Lun- 
dy, and other officials, he agreed to 
drop the word "Acting" from his 
title, but with the understanding 
that he would continue to divide 
his time in New York and in Lewis- 
burg on the same schedule which 
he had been following as Acting 
President. The Board of Trustees 
agreed to this arrangement. 

THE election of a university 
president by student, faculty, 
administrative, and employee 
petition is a rare phenomenon, even 
for 1937. In just three years Dr. 
Marts had made his impress on 
Bucknell. His leadership abilities 
had been recognized by the board 
of trustees as well as by the stu- 
dents. He had confronted major 
problems and had achieved major 
solutions. He had accomplished all 
this on a part-time basis, commut- 
ing from New York to Lewisburg 
for three days of intensive work as 
an academic leader, returning to 
New York for four active days as a 
partner in one of the major fund- 
raising concerns in the United 
States. 

But drama seemed to accompany 
the events of life for Dr. Marts. 
The son of Beverend William G. 
and Irene C. Marts, he was born 
at Beeds Corners, N. Y. He worked 
his way through Oberlin College, 
Ohio ( two of his summers were 
spent in an occupation he humor- 
ously described as a "tree sur- 
geon"), and graduated in 1910 with 
honors and election as a member 
of Phi Beta Kappa. He became af- 
filiated with the Standard Life In- 
surance Co., Pittsburgh, after grad- 
uation and became a vice president 
of that firm in 1914. Early attracted 
to the Boy Scout movement and 
other welfare work, he served as 
Associate National Director of the 
$18-million campaign for War 
Camp Community Services in the 
first World War. He was also a 
member of the National Committee 




President Marts at cornerstone laying ceremonies for Davis Gymnasium 
(September 30, 1937). 




President Marts and his predecessor, Dr. Homer P. Rainey, at dedication of Vaughan 
Literature Building (February 10, 1938). 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



of 35 in charge of the United War 
Work Campaign for $175-million. 
After the war, he continued in the 
work of raising funds for philan- 
thropic institutions. He served as 
president of the firm of Marts and 
Lundy until 1957 when he was 
elected chairman of the board. 

It was in 1932 that Dr. Marts 
agreed to accept election to the 
board of trustees, a post he was 
to hold for two decades. Three 
years later Dr. Homer P. Rainey, 
President of Bucknell, resigned his 
post to become Executive Director 
of the American Youth Commis- 
sion. A special meeting of the board 
of trustees was called on short no- 
tice and the trustees agreed to in- 
vite Dr. Marts to accept the presi- 
dency. Judge J. Warren Davis '96, 
then vice chairman of the board, 
journeyed to New Jersey to convey 
the invitation to Dr. Marts. This is 
how his biographer, Dr. Carter, de- 
scribes that meeting: 

"Marts thanked Judge Davis 
for the honor and confidence, but 



declined the election. He ex- 
plained that he and his partner, 
George Lundy, were engaged 
successfully in building a new 
business and he would not leave 
his partner in such a manner 
which ivould be unfair to him, 
nor would he turn his back on 
40 employees of the firm who 
were dependent for themselves 
and their families upon the suc- 
cess of Marts and Lundy, Inc. 

Judge Davis was a determined 
and persuasive man and he per- 
sisted until the two men came to 
a compromise agreement. Marts 
agreed to give one-half time for 
a limited period for a year or so 
as Acting President of Bucknell, 
and in that limited term he 
ivould help the trustees find the 
right man for their president, and 
meanwhile ivould help work out 
Bucknell's pressing problems. 

It was agreed that Marts 
ivould spend a portion of each 
week in Lewisburg and he would 
retain his business office in New 
York and his residence in New 



Jersey. Thus Marts began the 
Wednesday - night - sleeper ride 
from New York to Lewisburg 
where he was to arrive at six 
o'clock each Thursday inorning 
for a stay of two or three days 
each week. This agreement was 
reported to the board of trustees 
who promptly approved it. They 
elected the dean of the universi- 
ty, R. H. Rivenburg, Vice Presi- 
dent of Bucknell, who would be 
in charge of faculty and academ- 
ic affairs and who would be in 
authority during the days of 
Marts' iveekly absences." (pp. 
146-147). 



THE new president was pre- 
sented to the faculty and stu- 
dents at a special assembly on 
October 15, 1935. At the beginning 
of the 1935-36 term, the university 
had enrolled the largest freshman 
class that had so far entered, 325 
students. Total enrollment stood at 
1.085. The faculty numbered 78. 
Total endowment of the institution 





Dirt is dynamited into the air, left, as President Marts and Prof. 
Charles A. Lindemann, Class of 1898, officiate at groundbreak- 
ing ceremonies for new wings of Dana Engineering Building 
(September 29, 1938). 



SEPTEMBER 1970 



at that time was $1,300,000, and 
the interest-bearing debt stood at 
$335,000. 

There were other problems, and 
the acting president attacked one 
of these with vigor. "Old Main" had 
been destroyed by fire in 1933, and 
the debris of a portion of this build- 
ing was still in evidence. The onset 
of the depression had made it diffi- 
cult to raise funds to replace this 
building, but at the first meeting 
of the board of trustees Dr. Marts 
asked them to authorize a fund- 
raising program of $350,000 with 
which to rebuild the destroyed cen- 
ter section of the building and to 
recondition and modernize the East 
and West wings. He received both 
the approval and help of the board, 
including a gift of $100,000 from 
trustee Daniel C. Roberts H'38. 
Since Dr. Martz was a firm believer 
of building only when money was 
at hand, construction on the central 
part of the new structure did not 
begin until 1937, and Daniel C. 
Roberts Hall stands today as a me- 
morial to the generosity of the for- 
mer honorary chairman of the trus- 
tees. 

The new president also brought 
some streamlining to ihe Adminis- 
trative Office. He appointed an Ex- 
ecutive Committee of the trustees 
to work intensively on university 
business and created a Faculty Ad- 
visory Committee to examine the 
situation in the university from 
time to time and report its findings 
to the faculty for adoption or re- 
jection. A man who believed in the 
collection of facts and the study of 
those facts in the process of deci- 
sion-making, Dr. Marts was to an- 
alyze many facets of the university's 
operation, laying a factual ground- 
work for the solution of the prob- 
lems of the University. 

By the time the 1937 academic 
year had begun, a freshman class 
of 399 was enrolled and total en- 
rollment reached a new peak of 
1,205 students. The trustees voted 
to restore faculty salaries in full, 
cuts which had been made at the 
onset of the depression during a 
period of declining enrollments. 
With Old Main under construction, 
Dr. Marts pushed a building pro- 




Mr. Daniel C. Roberts, a trustee and generous benefactor of Bucknell, at dedication 
ceremony for Daniel C. Roberts Hall (November 13, 1937). 



gram to complete the Engineering 
Building and to equip it, and also 
initiated efforts to build the first 
unit of the gymnasium. By the end 
of 1938, President Marts reported 
to the trustees that the first unit of 
the new gymnasium for men was 
complete and that Tustin gymnasi- 
um had been remodeled for the use 
of women students. Meantime, a 
service building had been erected 
to house repair shops and equip- 
ment, and the Engineering Build- 
ing was complete for 375 freshmen 
admitted for the 1938-39 school 
term. Enrollment reached a peak 
figure of 1,322. 

Dr. Marts outlined some of his 
problems in his book, The Gener- 
osity of Americans ( 1966 ) : 

"My first fob on the presiden- 
tial side of the desk at Bucknell 
was to raise one half million dol- 
lars to rebuild 'Old Main which 



had burned down a couple years 
previously. That was scarcely 
accomplished when I was in- 
formed by the Engineering 
Council of Professional Develop- 
ment that I would have to reor- 
ganize the Engineering courses 
and build a new Chemical Engi- 
neering Laboratory in order to 
retain the accreditment of the 
Engineering courses. And then 
came the necessity for a new 
gymnasium, a new library and 
the transformation of the Buck- 
nell Junior College at Wilkes- 
Barre into a fully accredited four 
year college which is now called 
Wilkes College." 



IN a booklet prepared by the 
board of trustees and issued in 
April 1939, accomplishments of 
the "Acting President" were de- 
tailed. These included, in addition 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



to those already cited, the inaugur- 
ation of a faculty pension retire- 
ment system; the creation of a fac- 
ulty study group known as the 
Bucknell Scholars; the appointment 
of a Dean of Men; the organization 
of "Friends of the Library;" the in- 
stallation of a chapter of Phi Beta 
Kappa; and the wiping out of a 
capital debt of $350,000. 

While all this was going on at 
Bucknell, Dr. Marts was working 
to build the Bucknell Junior Col- 
lege at Wilkes-Barre. During these 
years, he simultaneously led Buck- 
nell out of its depression days and 
laid the foundations for the ulti- 
mate creation, in 1947, of Wilkes 
College on the superstructure of 
the former Junior College. 

Dr. Marts was also denning his 
attitude toward education and the 
goals it must serve. In an address 
to the Northern Baptist Convention 
in 1940, he observed: 

". . . Too many of us have 
become more interested in the 
subjects toe teach than in the 
young people we teach. We must 
begin to care with all our hearts 
about the character and life pur- 
poses of the young people who 
walk out of our halls into the ac- 
tive life of our nation. 

We have built up a system of 
education that is bip-ocr and 
more poiverful than are we, the 
people who built it. We no longer 
run it. It runs itself. We no long- 
er set goals for it. It has become 
an end in itself — rather than a 
means to an end. I believe it is 
time to de-institutionalize it — to 
re-humanize it — and to make it 
serve a large and noble end." 

That large and noble end was his 
constant inspiration, and it must 
have been this inspiration which 
the entire faculty and student body 
sensed when they petitioned him 
to become President of Bucknell. 

When the war years came, Dr. 
Marts enlisted for other duty. In 
addition to his roles as President 
of Bucknell, driving force on sev- 
eral boards of trustees and private 
business executive, he became a 
member of the cabinets of Pennsyl- 
vania Governors Arthur H. James 

SEPTEMBER 1970 




President Marts served as a member of 
the Cabinet of Pennsylvania Governor 
Arthur James (1938-42), shown here re- 
ceiving a Civil Defense pin from Mrs. 
William Clothier, and of Governor Ed- 
ward Martin, successor to Mr. James. The 
president of Bucknell also participated in 
several coast-to-coast radio programs (be- 
low). 




and Edward Martin, serving as ex- 
ecutive director of the State Coun- 
cil of Defense. In January 1943, 
he was commissioned as a Captain 
in the U. S. Coast Guard Beserve 
in charge of the Division of Tem- 
porary Reserves. At the conclusion 
of this tour of duty he was awarded 
the Navy Commendation Medal 
and Ribbon. 

To these varied roles he brought 
his driving energy and talents. He 
told the graduating class of 1941, 
in a speech entitled, "Under Three 
Flags"; 

"I fear we have put more em- 
phasis than we should in recent 
years upon phi/sical comforts and 
social security as aims of human 
happiness. Ease is not the great- 
est good. Pain and discomfort 
and danger are only necessary 
parts of human experience. I, 
personally, do not want a flabby, 
sweet-scented life of constant 
ease, and I know you do not 
either . . . 

Do not mourn the loss of the 
sort of life you had expected. Per- 
haps the days of pain and diffi- 
culties will prove to be finer and 
more rewarding than those easier 
days which we have lost. Out of 
travail and agony a new world 
is being born. That new world 
promises to be either a world of 

5 



great shame and disaster, or a 
world of great hope and free- 
dom. I believe it will be the lat- 
ter." 

In June 1944, President Marts 
presented his resignation to the 
board of trustees and told the 
Alumni of the University: 

". . . When the Selective Ser- 
vice Act ivas enacted and then 
when America entered the pres- 
ent war, I realized that it would 
be my duty to stay at the helm 
until the special problems of the 
war period would be met. I have 
done this, and now Bucknell 
must begin to shape its plans 
for the postwar years. Our Navy 
training unit is decreasing in size, 
and returning veterans are al- 
ready on our campus, the ad- 
vance guard of an important ele- 
ment of postwar Bucknell. This 
provides a semicolon, as it were, 
when it seems quite timely to me 
to make the change which I have 
long desired and to ask that my 
successor be selected to lead us 
into the coming era. 

. . . Bucknell will enter upon 
its finest era immediately follow- 
ing the war, in my opinion. High- 
er education will surge forward 
as never before in America. Buck- 
nell will be in the forefront of 
that advance. As soon as feasible, 
we shall build a new library, raise 
faculty salaries, and enlarge the 
faculty, erect new scientific lab- 
oratories, and new recitation 
halls and other buildings, and en- 
deavor in every possible way to 
make our '300 acres' a campus 
of the highest standards and of 
the noblest spirit." 



BEFORE Dr. Marts left the 
campus at the end of June 
1945, he was presented by the 
faculty and administration with a 
testimonial of appreciation and 
thanks. This reads in part: 

"By his mental poise, his exec- 
utive capacity, his profound vis- 
ion, his humane outlook, and his 
influencive personality, he has 




Dr. Marts greets his successor as president of Bucknell, Dr. Herbert L. Spencer H'53, 

at 1945 commencement . 



challenged the admiration of his 
associates and immeasurably in- 
creased the prestige of Bucknell 
University. Educator, administra- 
tor, public servant, he has trans- 
lated his useful life into the vital 
structure of the institution he has 
served with conspicuous success 
during a critical period of its his- 
tory." 

In 1946, Bucknell conferred upon 
him the honorary degree of Doctor 




Coast Guard Captain Marts wins congrat- 
ulations of Admiral R. R. Waesche as he 
receives the Navy Commendation Ribbon 
(August 1945). 



of Humane Letters. And on March 
22, 1968 the administration center 
at Bucknell was named Arnaud C. 
Marts Hall in honor of the school's 
seventh president. The building 
which bears Dr. Marts' name was 
completed in June 1961 and is an 
extension of the Vaughan Litera- 
ture Building. It completes the 
north side of Bucknell's Academic 
Quadrangle and houses the major 
administrative offices of the univer- 
sity. 

Speaking at the dedication cere- 
monies, held in the Union League 
Club in New York, President 
Charles H. Watts II said: "Not only 
was Dr. Marts' term as president 
critically important for Bucknell in 
particular, but his long and illustri- 
ous career has contributed im- 
mensely to education and progress 
in general." Dr. Warts emphasized 
that no ordinary measures sufficed 
to describe the tremendous growth 
which Bucknell had experienced 
under the direction of Dr. Marts 
in his ten years as president. "The 
institution was strengthened in so 
many ways that his was truly a 
decade of decision for Bucknell. 
The academic program was, of 
course, his principal concern, but 
this in turn required strong finan- 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



cial support and an adequate phy- 
sical plant, for the depression had 
weakened the university and to 
save it a strong leader was required. 
President Marts became that lead- 
er." 

Though he returned in 1945 to 
full-time duty as founder of Marts 
and Lundy in New York City, Dr. 
Marts remained a driving force at 
three educational institutions. He 
continued his service on the board 
of Bucknell University, and joined 
the board of Wilkes College 
(founded in 1947 as an outgrowth 
of Bucknell Junior College), and 
accepted a position on the board of 
trustees of his alma mater, Oberlin 
College. 



HE also continued his writing 
and his articles on philan- 
thropic and educational mat- 
ters reached around the world. His 
most recently published work was 
The Generosity of Americans 
(1966). In June 1970, his biography, 
written by Dr. Paul C. Carter, was 
published by Algonquin Press. 

The honors he has received were 
numerous and included honorary 
doctorates from Oberlin, Hillsdale 
and Hobart Colleges and Bucknell. 
In addition, many words of praise 
have been spoken or written about 
Dr. Marts. But none perhaps define 
more clearly his vision and role as 
seventh president of Bucknell than 
those he spoke himself at a chapel 
talk he gave on January 18, 1940: 

"I am doing what I am doing 
at Bucknell because I believe 
with all my heaii that here in 
this beautiful spot can be creat- 
ed and maintained a little world 
of nobility in the midst of a 
world of mediocrity and sham 
and cruelty. That here in this lit- 
tle world, young men and women 
may develop such deep and un- 
dying loyalty to the nobler way 
of life that wherever they may go 
thereafter, they will carry some 
measure of that nobiliti/ to enrich 
life about them. It is because I 
believe that, that I have been 
willing to pay the price to serve 
you." 

SEPTEMBER 1970 



MARTS HALL 



VSBBBBBBBBBBBB 



|HMHHB 




President Charles H. Watts, above, addresses assembly at campus ceremonies dedicat- 
ing Marts Hall (June 1968). Below, Trustee Robert L. Rooke '13, H'51, unveiled the 
plaque in lobby of building honoring liis close, personal friend, Arnaud C. Marts. 




AROUND CAMPUS 



New Provost 

Dr. Wendell I. Smith '46, profes- 
sor and chairman of the depart- 
ment of psychology, has been ap- 
pointed provost of the University. 
He began his new duties on Sep- 
tember 1. 

In announcing the appointment, 
President Charles H. Watts noted: 
"I was most interested in finding 
someone with considerable admin- 
istrative talents and with a back- 
ground in the sciences and feel that 
Professor Smith most ably meets 
these qualifications. His scholarly 
capabilities have been much in evi- 
dence during his 24 years on the 
Bucknell faculty, his tenure as 
chairman of one of the University's 
very strongest departments has 
been highly productive, and he 
has served with distinction on nu- 
merous faculty committees. Profes- 
sor Smith's abilities as a teacher 
were formally recognized by the 
University when he was named re- 
cipient of a Lindback Award in 
1965." 

The President also noted: "I am 
most grateful to Professor Lester 
Kieft for the service he has ren- 
dered as acting provost. Bucknell 
has been fortunate to be able to 
call upon a man of his diverse tal- 
ents." 

Becipient of B.A. and M.A. de- 
grees from Bucknell and a Ph.D. 
degree from The Pennsylvania 
State University, Dr. Smith served 



8 




Provost W. I. Smith '46 

as director of educational research 
for the McGraw-Hill Book Co. for 
one and one-half years and has also 
been a consultant with the Bureau 
of Besearch of the U. S. Office of 
Education and a consultant on 
mental health for the Common- 
wealth of Pennsylvania. He was 
promoted to the rank of professor 
in 1955 and succeeded the late Dr. 
Phillip Harriman as chairman of 
the department of psychology in 
1957. 

Vitally involved as a citizen of 
the local area, Dr. Smith has served 
varied roles in community affairs, 
including election as a member of 
the Lewisburg Area School Board. 



He resigned that post on August 1. 

The author or co-author of sev- 
eral books and numerous scholarly 
articles, Dr. Smith's latest publica- 
tion is Human Learning. The book 
is co-authored by Dr. Nicholas 
Bohrman, a former member of the 
psychology department, and is part 
of McGraw-Hill's El Pro series. 

Currently he is the administrator 
of a $250,000 grant awarded to the 
University by the National Institute 
of Mental Health for a special pro- 
gram designed to prepare psychol- 
ogy students for a mid-level pro- 
fessional career in research or col- 
lege teaching. Known as the "3-2 
Program," both the A.B. and M.A. 
degrees are awarded to students 
who complete it. 

The new provost is married to 
the former Mary Haupt and they 
are parents of a son, Alex, an honor 
graduate of Lewisburg High School 
who began studies at Bowdoin Col- 
lege this month. 

President Watts also thanked the 
student-faculty committee which 
aided in the selection of a provost. 
Student members included Law- 
rence Baker 70 and Melvih Hill 
70. Faculty members included Pro- 
fessors Lester Kieft, chemistry; Mi- 
chael Santulli, philosophy; Hugh 
McKeegan, education; and Charles 
Walker, electrical engineering. This 
committee evaluated nominees 
from other institutions as well as 
Bucknell faculty members before 
a final selection was made. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Class of 1974 

The Class of 1974, just beginning 
studies at Bucknell, already posses- 
ses some statistical distinctions. 

Numbering; 800. one of the larg- 
est freshman classes admitted to 
Bucknell, in terms of scholastic ap- 
titudes and high school rank, it 
may be one of the strongest groups 
of students to enroll at the Univer- 
sity. The class is composed of 528 
men and 272 women. 

Of the 5,270 applicants, the larg- 
est in the University's history, 2,075 
were offered admission (1.485 men, 
and 590 women), and 930 poten- 
tial students were placed on the 
waiting list. 

There were 182 Alumni children 
( or 3.4 percent of the total ) among 
applicants for admission. Of this 
number, 120 were offered admis- 
sion and 76 were enrolled. Seventy- 
six percent of these applicants were 
in the top fifth of their graduating 
classes, and Alumni children make 
up approximate!}' nine percent of 
the class of 1974. 

Among the class are 32 National 
Merit Scholarship recipients, a 
Presidential Scholar, and 404 mem- 
bers of the National Honorary So- 
ciety (222 men and 182 women). 
Ranking in the top tenth of then- 
high school graduating classes were 
56 percent of die men and 8S per- 
cent of the women ( in the top fifth, 
85 percent of the men and 97 per- 
cent of the women). The average 
S. A. T. scores for men were 593 
verbal and 661 math; for women, 
627 verbal and 643 math. 

The range of interests of fresh- 
man class members has some ba- 
rometers: 58 men and 12 women 
served as class presidents; 21 men 
and four women served as student 
government presidents; and 65 men 
and 79 women served as editors of 
their high school publications. In 
addition, 136 were members of the 
Boy Scouts and 30 were Girl Scouts. 
There are 112 men and 65 women 
who were part of high school 
drama groups; 109 men and 40 
women who are debaters; and 14 
men and two women who have 
been disc jockeys. 

Eighty-one percent of the class 

SEPTEMBER 1970 




Members of the Class of 1974 arrived on campus Monday, August 31, to begin an 
orientation program. Classes began on Friday, September 4. 



comes from the Mid-Atlantic states; 
nine percent from New England; 
five percent from the North Cen- 
tral States; three percent from the 
South and one percent from the 
West. About one percent are stu- 
dents from outside the continental 
U. S. 

Financial aid amounting to $340,- 
000, including scholarship loans 
and jobs, was offered to 187 of die 
students enrolled who had estab- 
lished need — or about 25 percent 
of the freshman class. 



Presidential Scholar 

Martha A. Dahlen, Charlottes- 
ville, Va., who entered Bucknell 
University as a freshman in Sep- 
tember, is one of 119 men and 
women throughout the country 
named Presidential Scholars bv 
President Nixon. 

One boy and one girl from each 
state, the District of Columbia, and 
Puerto Rico, and fifteen at large 
were selected by the Commission 
on Presidential Scholars to repre- 
sent the able students of the coun- 



try. Those named were entertained 
at the White House. 

A graduate of Lane High School 
in Charlottesville where she was 
editor-in-chief of the weekly stu- 
dent paper. Martha is the daugh- 
ter of Mr. and Mrs. Paul A. Dah- 
len, 1621 Yorktown Drive, Char- 
lottesville. 

Bucknell is one of only three 
Pennsylvania schools which the 
Presidential Scholars indicated they 
were attending. 

Lindback Awards 

Three Bucknell faculty members, 
one of whom retired at the conclu- 
sion of die 1969-70 academic year, 
have been named recipients of 
Lindback Foundation Awards for 
Distinguished Teaching. 

They are Dr. J. Ernest Keen, 
associate professor of psychology; 
Dr. David S. Ray, associate pro- 
fessor and chairman of the depart- 
ment of mathematics; and Donald 
E. Wagner, assistant professor of 
civil engineering. Professor Keen 
was also named recipient of the 





Dr. J. Ernest Keen, associate professor of psychology, is one of three recipients of the 
Lindback Awards for Distinguished teaching. He also is recipient of the Class of 1956 
Lectureship awarded annually for inspirational teaching. 



Class of 1956 Lectureship, a grad- 
uation gift of the Class of 1956 
which is awarded annually for in- 
spirational teaching. 

The Lindback Awards, which in- 
clude cash prizes, have been made 
available each year since 1961 by 
a grant from the Christian R. and 
Mary F. Lindback Foundation. The 
late Mr. Lindback was a member 
of Bucknell's Board of Trustees 
from 1937 to 1950. 

A member of Bucknell's faculty 
since 1964, Dr. Keen received a 
bachelor of arts degree from Hei- 
delberg College in Ohio and a 
Ph.D. degree from Harvard Uni- 
versity. While studying for his doc- 
torate he held fellowships from 
Harvard and from the National In- 
stitutes of Health. Before coming 
to Bucknell he served one year as 
a clinical psychology trainee at the 
Veterans Administration Hospital 
in Boston. 

Dr. Ray, who also joined the fac- 
ulty in 1964, earned a bachelor of 
arts degree at Washington and Jef- 
ferson College, a master of arts 
degree at the University of Michi- 
gan, and a Ph.D. degree at the 
University of Tennessee. He served 
as an instructor in mathematics at 
Tennessee for six years before com- 
ing to Bucknell. In addition to serv- 

10 



ing on the mathematics faculty, Dr. 
Ray is also coordinator of graduate 
studies at the University. 

Professor Wagner, who has re- 
tired from active teaching and now 
holds the title of assistant professor 
of civil engineering emeritus, grad- 
uated from Bucknell in 1927 with 
the degree of bachelor of science in 
electrical engineering and received 
a professional degree in electrical 
engineering from the University in 
1932. In addition to working as a 
professional engineer, he served 24 
years with the Pennsylvania State 
Police before joining the Bucknell 
faculty in 1956. 

Summer Study 

Grants from the National Science 
Foundation and the National Insti- 
tute of Mental Health made it pos- 
sible for nine undergraduate stu- 
dents to spend 12 weeks- at Buck- 
nell University this summer gain- 
ing experience in research in psy- 
chology and animal behavior. 

The students, seven of whom at- 
tend Bucknell, worked with Dr. 
Douglas K. Candland, professor of 
psychology, and Dr. Tim T. L. 
Dong and Dr. Alan I. Leshner, as- 
sistant professors of psychology. 

Two of the participants, Pamela 



G. May, a Bucknell sophomore 
from Wilmington, Del., and James 
Kuisma of Lafayette College, stud- 
ied how syntax and grammar are 
learned and remembered. The gen- 
eral purpose of this study is to un- 
derstand the mechanisms of human 
memory. 

Four Bucknell students, R. Jay 
Poliner, a junior from Easton; Jef- 
frey J. Kassel, a junior from Balti- 
more, Md.; Richard B. Zandler, a 
sophomore from Pennsauken, N. J., 
and Q. Thomas Novinger, a sopho- 
more from Williamsport, worked in 
the psychology laboratories at 
Bucknell learning how to telemeter 
heartrate from the Japanese snow 
monkey and studied the relation- 
ship between heartrate and social 
behavior of these primates. Three 
of these students spent a month at 
Bucknell's field station in Goulds, 
Florida to study the behavior of the 
200 free-ranging monkeys living in 
Monkey Jungle. 

John A. Gardner, a Bucknell 
junior from Clarks Green, Kirk A. 
Speicher, a Bucknell senior from 
YVilkes-Barre, and William Wal- 
ker of Union College, studied ef- 
fects of overpopulation on the en- 
docrine system of rodents in order 
to determine how overcrowding 
produces changes in the reproduc- 
tive system. 



Bucknell Review 

An interpretation of John Booth's 
Giles Goat-Boy by Dr. John W. 
Tilton '52, associate professor of 
English, is one of seven scholarly 
articles included in the Spring, 1970 
issue of the Bucknell Review. 

Among the other articles are 
"Westernization: Russia and 
China," by T. H. Von Laue, Wash- 
ington University; "Hesiod and 
History," by Douglas H. Stewart, 
Brandeis University; and "The 
Problem of Philosophy in the Nov- 
el," by Donald Pizer, Tulane Uni- 
versity. 

Issued three times per year, the 
Bucknell Review is edited by Dr. 
Harry R. Garvin, professor and 
chairman of the department of En- 
glish. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Top Award 

David P. Wohlhueter, Bucknell's 
sports information director, is the 
University's latest winner of a na- 
tional honor. 

Bucknell's 1969 football bro- 
chure, compiled and edited by Mr. 
Wohlhueter, was judged the finest 
in the country among College Di- 
vision schools in competition spon- 
sored by the Football Writers As- 
sociation of America. The award 
presentation was made at the sum- 
mer meeting of the College Sports 
Information Directors of America 
in Chicago. 

The Bucknell brochure was 
judged the best among College Di- 
vision schools in District Two 
(New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- 
vania, and Delaware) and then 
was victorious in competition 
among the eight district winners. 
Syracuse University captured Dis- 
trict Two and national honors in 
the University Division. 

The 1970 Bucknell Football 
Guide, which some have said is 
better than the prize-winning 1969 
edition, has been mailed to news- 
paper, radio, and television sports 
reporters and a copy will be sent 
to every Bison Club member. The 
book includes biographical sketch- 
es of the Bison players, a rundown 
on the ten 1970 opponents, bio- 
graphical sketches of the coaching 
staff, complete 1969 statistics, all- 
time Bucknell records, a capsule 
outlook for the 1970 season, a com- 
plete team roster, scores of all 
Bucknell football games, and a 
complete list of all former Bison 
football lettermen. 



Higby Memorial 

The University has received a 
$5,000 bequest under the will of 
Jane McKinney Higby as a me- 
morial to her late husband, Profes- 
sor Chester P. Higby '08. 

An historian on the faculty of the 
University of Wisconsin, Professor 
Higby received his M.A. degree 
from Bucknell in 1909 and an hon- 
orary doctorate in 1934. A similar 
bequest in his memory was made 
to the University of Wisconsin. 

SEPTEMBER 1970 




Miss Trennie E. Eisley '31, director of public relations, congratulates David P. Wohl- 
hueter, sports information director, for his award-winning work. Dave's 1969 football 
brochure was voted best in the nation by the Football Writers Association. 



Funds from the bequest will be 
used to aid the teaching and study 
of modern European history. Since 
the adequacy of library facilities 
was a primary concern of Professor 
Higby during his teaching years, 
initial funds will be used to pur- 
chase books in the field of modern 
European history. Bookplates will 
be placed in each volume to indi- 
cate purchase by the Chester P. 
Higby European History Fund. 

Bucknell Parents 

John B. Young, of Glen Bidge, 
N. J., is president of The Bucknell 
Parents, succeeding Hans Aron, of 
Seaford, N. Y. 

Parents of all students automati- 
cally become members of this or- 
ganization, whose purpose is to 
provide for better understanding 
between parents and the Universi- 
ty, and to stimulate interest in high- 
er education and in the opportuni- 
ties offered by Bucknell. 

Named to serve with the new 
president are Melvin Axelrod, of 
Lake Success, N. Y., president- 
elect; Mrs. B. Ross Houston, of 
New Wilmington, vice president; 
and Mrs. Andrew J. Hinlickly, of 



Glyndon, Md., secretary-treasurer. 

The parent representatives are 
as follows: 

Class of 1971 — Jack L. Bruckner, 
of Manhasset, N. Y.; Richard Car- 
ter, of Cumberland, Md.; Mrs. 
Bernard Gardner, Wantagh, N. Y.; 
and Mrs. Howard Stier, of Clifton, 
N.J. 

Class of 1972— Richard A. Dick- 
son, of Chatham, N. J.; Mrs. Lloyd 
Geer, of Cresco; Mrs. Edward 
Nachshin, of Oceanside, N. Y.; and 
Vincent P. Richards, of North Cald- 
well, N. J. 

Class of 1973— Howard R. Ber- 
ninger, Sr., MifHinville; Mrs. Eliza- 
beth W. Ewing, Tarrytown, N. Y.; 
Mrs. John C. Hellyer, Pennington, 
N. J.; and Harvey Scherer, Merrick, 
N. Y. 

Win Scholarships 

A senior woman and a junior 
man received fraternity scholar- 
ships for the coming year. 

Marilyn R. Emerich 71, of Beth- 
lehem, is the recipient of a $1,000 
scholarship awarded by Kappa 
Kappa Gamma fraternity for the 
coming year. The scholarship com- 
memorates the 100th anniversary of 

11 



the founding of the fraternity and 
is given on each campus where the 
fraternity has a chapter. In the 
coming fall Miss Emerich will be 
one of 94 Kappa Centennial Schol- 
ars studying throughout the coun- 
try. 

She is a biology major and plans 
to take graduate work in physical 
therapy. 

The Interfraternity Council 
Scholarship for the 1970-71 year 
has been awarded to Timothy W. 
Shay '72, of Elkland. The '$400 
grant was given on the basis of 
need, academic achievement, and 
contribution to the fraternity sys- 
tem. 

Mr. Shay is studying for the 
bachelor of science degree in me- 
chanical engineering and is a mem- 
ber of Theta Chi fraternity. 

Faculty Promotions 

Promotions for 14 Bucknell Uni- 
versity faculty members, effective 
in September, were approved at 
the recent semi-annual meeting of 
the University's Board of Trustees. 

Those receiving promotions from 
associate professor to professor are 
Dr. James F. Carens (English), 
Dr. Sidney L. Miller (business ad- 
ministration), Dr. Harvey M. Pow- 
ers, Jr. (English), Dr. David S. 
Ray ( mathematics ) , and Dr. Doug- 
las E. Sturm (religion and political 
science). 

Dr. William H. Becker (reli- 
gion), Dr. Gerald Eager (art), Dr. 
John D. Kirkland, Jr. (history), Dr. 
David W. Milne (psychology), Dr. 
Mark D. Neuman (history), Dr. 
James M. Pommersheim (chemical 
engineering), and Dr. James N. 
Zaiser ( mechanical engineering ) 
were promoted from assistant to 
associate professor. 

Barry R. Maxwell (mechanical 
engineering) and William E. Yeo- 
mans (physical education) moved 
up from instructor to assistant pro- 
fessor. 

A member of the Bucknell fac- 
ulty since 1964, Dr. Becker received 
a bachelor of arts degree from Col- 
gate University, a bachelor of sac- 
red theology degree from Harvard 
Divinity School, and a Ph.D. de- 

12 



gree from Harvard University. He 
will be studying under a Danforth 
Foundation Post-graduate Fellow- 
ship for Black Studies during the 
coming year. 

Dr. Carens, who is also editor of 
the Bucknell University Press, 
joined the faculty as an instructor 
in 1955. He received degrees from 
Harvard, Yale, and Columbia Uni- 
versities. 

Recipient of a bachelor of arts 
degree from Wesleyan University, 
a master's degree from Columbia, 
and a Ph.D. degree from the Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, Dr. Eager 
joined the faculty in September 
1965. 

Dr. Kirkland, who also joined the 
faculty in 1965, earned a bachelor 
of arts degree at King College in 
Bristol, Tenn. and master of arts 
and Ph.D. degrees from Duke Uni- 
versity. 

Professor Maxwell, who received 
bachelor and master of science de- 
grees in mechanical engineering 
from Bucknell, joined the faculty 
in 1961. He has been on leave of 
absence while pursuing a doctorate 
program at the University of New 
Mexico. 

A member of the faculty since 
1964, Dr. Miller received bachelor 
and master of arts degrees from 
Stanford University and a Ph.D. 
degree from the University of 
Pennsylvania. He previously taught 
at the Wharton School of the Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania. 

Also a member of the faculty 
since 1964, Dr. Milne was awarded 
bachelor and master of arts degrees 
by Hofstra University and a Ph.D. 
degree by Cornell University. 

Dr. Neuman, who earned mas- 
ter of arts and Ph.D. degrees from 
the University of California after 
receiving a bachelor of arts degree 
from Pomona College, has been on 
the Bucknell faculty since 1965. 

Dr. Pommersheim, who joined 
the faculty in 1965, received bache- 
lor and master of science and Ph.D. 
degrees in chemical engineering 
from the University of Pittsburgh. 

Recipient of a bachelor of arts 
degree from Tufts University, a 
master of arts degree from Johns 
Hopkins University, and a Ph.D. 



degree from Cornell University, 
Dr. Powers joined the faculty as 
an instructor in 1949. He also serves 
as director of the University Thea- 
tre and director of the Institute for 
Foreign Students. 

Also coordinator of graduate 
studies at the University, Dr. Ray 
has been on the faculty since Sep- 
tember 1964. He received a bache- 
lor of arts degree from Washington 
and Jefferson College, a master of 
arts degree from the University of 
Michigan, and a Ph.D. degree from 
the University of Tennessee, and 
previously taught at Tennessee. He 
was honored with a Lindback 
Award for distinguished teaching 
at Bueknell's recent Commence- 
ment exercises. 

Dr. Sturm, who received a Lind- 
back Award in 1966 and the Class 
of 1956 Lectureship in 1968, joined 
the faculty as an assistant professor 
in 1959. He received a bachelor of 
arts degree from Hiram College 
and bachelor of divinity and Ph.D. 
degrees from the University of Chi- 
cago Divinity School. 

Mr. Yeomans, who also serves as 
assistant football coach, joined the 
faculty in 1964. He received a 
bachelor of science degree from 
East Stroudsburg State College 
and a master of science in educa- 
tion degree from Bucknell. 

Recipient of bachelor's, master's 
and Ph.D. degrees in mechanical 
engineering from the University of 
Delaware, Dr. Zaiser joined the fac- 
ulty inT965. 



New Chairman 

Dr. Richard W. Henry, associate 
professor of physics at Union Col- 
lege, Schenectady, N. Y., has been 
named professor and chairman of 
the department of physics at Buck- 
nell University. Dr. Henry succeeds 
Dr. Owen T. Anderson who has 
served as acting chairman of the 
department during the current aca- 
demic year. 

Recipient of a bachelor of sci- 
ence degree from Union and mas- 
ter of science and Ph.D. degrees 
from the University of Illinois, Dr. 
Henry joined the Union faculty in 
1958. In 1963-64 he held a National 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Science Foundation Postdoctoral 
Fellowship for study in neurophy- 
siology at California Institute of 
Technology and in 1967-69 he was 
a visiting associate professor of 
electrical engineering at Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology. 

He is co-author of Physical Elec- 
tronics, a textbook published in 
1962 and revised in 1968. He was 
responsible for the section of the 
book dealing with solid state theory 
and devices. 



New Director 

Miss Judith A. Judy, a residence 
hall director at Illinois State Uni- 
versity in Normal, 111. for the past 
three years, has been appointed 
director of University residence 
halls at Bucknell University. 

Miss Judy, whose appointment 
was announced by Dr. John P. 
Dunlop, dean of student affairs, re- 
places Miss Suzanne K. Herman 
who has been named assistant dean 
of students at Lafayette College. 

A native of Kankakee, Illinois 
where she graduated from St. Pat- 
rick Central High School, Miss 
Judy received bachelor and master 
of science in education degrees 
from Illinois State University. She 
previously taught mathematics in 
junior and senior high school. 

Leonard P. Smolen, who was 
named associate director when the 
Office of University Residence 
Halls was created last year, will 
continue to serve in that capacity. 

The Office of University Resi- 
dence Halls is responsible for the 
operation of the upperclass resi- 
dence hall areas which include two 
large co-residential complexes, 
New Residence Hall and Swartz 
Hall; Hunt Hall, for women; Lari- 
son Hall, for men; and six small 
houses. 

The director and associate direc- 
tor are aided by a staff of residence 
directors and 40 undergraduate 
resident assistants who work with 
individual students and groups 
within each hall. Hall government 
councils and programming groups 
are active in the development of 
educational, social and recreational 
activities. 

SEPTEMBER 1970 




Miss Judith A. Judy 

New Office 

Creation of the Office of Fresh- 
man Residence Programs and the 
appointment of two current staff 
members as director and assistant 
director of the office have been an- 
nounced at Bucknell University by 
Dr. John P. Dunlop, dean of stu- 
dent affairs. 

Miss Brenda E. Gordon, who 
was named assistant dean of wom- 
en at Bucknell in 1965 and promot- 
ed to associate dean last Septem- 
ber, has been appointed director of 
freshman residence programs. 
Ron M. Jenkins, an administrative 
assistant for student affairs for the 
past year, has been named assistant 
director. 

A graduate of Frenchtown (N. 
J.) High School, Miss Gordon re- 
ceived a bachelor of arts degree 
from Trenton ( N. J. ) State College 
and a master of science in educa- 
tion degree from Indiana Universi- 
ty. She taught at Plainfield (N.J.) 
High School and was on the resi- 
dence hall staff at Indiana before 
coming to Bucknell. 

Mr. Jenkins, who also serves as 
diving coach for Bucknell's swim- 
ming team, is a native of York, Pa. 
where he taught for two years at 
York Suburban High School. He is 
a graduate of William Penn High 
School in York and West Chester 
State College. 



Miss Brenda E. Gordon 

The Office of Freshman Resi- 
dence Programs will be responsible 
for the operation of the freshman 
residence halls, and a staff of un- 
dergraduate junior counselors will 
aid the director and assistant direc- 
tor in working with individual 
freshmen and groups within each 
hall. 

In addition to providing guid- 
ance to individuals in a number 
of areas and helping them to make 
the major adjustment to a totally 
new environment, the staff will 
help coordinate educational, social, 
cultural, and recreational programs 
within individual freshman halls 
and on a quadrangle-wide basis. 
Freshman men will live in Kress, 
Trax, and Larison Halls and fresh- 
man women in Old Main and Har- 
ris Halls. 



Political Adviser 

Ronald J. Pedrick '60, director of 
development at Bucknell Universi- 
ty, served in August as a member 
of the Platform Committee of the 
Pennsylvania Democratic State 
Committee. 

One of 41 men and women se- 
lected to the Platform Committee, 
Mr. Pedrick advised the State Com- 
mittee on the financing of higher 
education in the Commonwealth. 

13 



Foreign Student Post 

Mrs. Gale Stillman Duque, a 
lecturer in English at Bucknell, has 
also been named foreign student 
adviser at the University. 

Recipient of a bachelor of arts 
degree from the University of Ro- 
chester in 1958 and a master of arts 
degree from New York University 
in 1968, Mrs. Duque has served as 
a lecturer in English at Bucknell 
since February 1969. Her field of 
special interest is teaching English 
as a second language and she re- 
ceived her master's degree in this 
area. 

Prior to beginning studies for her 
master's degree she served seven 
years as a professional worker with 
the Girl Scouts of America in 
Rochester, N. Y. and Monmouth 
County, New Jersey, and one year 
as a teacher of English in Helsinki, 
Finland. She is currently a member 
of the International Selections 
Committee of the national Girl 
Scout organization. 

In addition to working with indi- 
vidua! foreign students attending 
Bucknell, the foreign student ad- 
viser also coordinates the activities 
of campus and community volun- 
teers engaged in programs for the 
foreign students. 

Mrs. Duque is currently a mem- 
ber of the staff of Bucknell's Sum- 
mer Institute for Foreign Students, 
one of two such programs in the 
country. 

A graduate of Potsdam (N. Y. ) 
High School, she is the daughter of 
Mr. and Mrs. Donald G. Stillman, 
7 College Park Road, Potsdam. 



Admissions Aide 

Buchanan "Buck" Ewing III '65, 
has been named assistant director 
of admissions at the University. 

Recipient of bachelor of arts and 
bachelor of science in chemical en- 
gineering degree from Bucknell, 
Mr. Ewing received a master of 
business administration degree 
from Boston University this year. 
Announcement of his appointment 
was made by Fitz R. Walling, di- 
rector of admissions. 

He served two years as a First 

14 




Buchanan Ewing III '65 

Lieutenant with the U. S. Army 
Corps of Engineers beginning in 
November 1965, was a project en- 
gineer with The Badger Co. in 
Cambridge, Mass. from February 
to September 1968 before entering 
Boston University, and was a mar- 
keting research assistant with the 
United Fruit Co. in Boston in the 
summer of 1969. 

As an undergraduate at Bucknell 
Mr. Ewing was enrolled in a special 
five-year program combining de- 
grees in arts and engineering. He 
was a member of Pi Delta Epsilon, 
national journalism fraternity, and 
the student chapter of the Ameri- 
can Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers. 

Son of Mr. and Mrs. Buchanan 
Ewing, Jr., 1949 Paul Avenue, 
Bethlehem, Pa., he came to Buck- 
nell after graduating from Liberty 
High School in Bethlehem. 

Mr. Ewing replaces Jonathan C. 
Davis on the Bucknell admissions 
staff. Mr. Davis plans to do gradu- 
ate study at Syracuse University. 

Intramural Sports 

Walter 'Len' Dillinger, a member 
of the Freshman 'E' team, is the 
recipient for 1970 of the Al Ander- 
son Award. Honored by his team- 
mates, Len is the son of Mr. and 
Mrs. Walter L. Dillinger, both 
members of the Bucknell class of 



1937, of Point Merion, Fayette 
County, Pennsylvania. Len gradu- 
ated from Gallatin High School in 

1968, was an outstanding student 
and athlete. He deferred entering 
Bucknell for one year, and as a 
freshman was the major cog in the 
Frosh 'E' team championship drive 
over experienced fraternity and in- 
dependent teams. 

Len Dillinger participated in soc- 
cer, volleyball and basketball for 
the 'E' team, freshman dorm. He 
was a member of the freshman 
track team and aspires to be a 
jumper on the varsity in 1971. A 
civil engineering degree candidate, 
Len was initiated as a brother of 
Sigma Chi in May. 

The memorial in tribute to Alex- 
ander Anderson '60 was initiated in 
1964 by friends and fraternity 
brothers. The son of Mr. and Mrs. 
Carl Anderson of Old Lyme, Conn., 
Al died in a Navy plane crash in 
1962 at the time of the Cuban 
crisis. His untimely death prompt- 
ed those grieved at his loss to es- 
tablish an appropriate memorial 
in his name. 

An active intramural participant 
as a Sigma Chi, Al was one of 
those people who took much plea- 
sure from the healthy competition 
of the Bucknell intramural sports 
program. Befitting his memory, the 
brothers of Sigma Chi and other 
close friends chose to award a bowl 
each year to an outstanding intra- 
mural athlete. The student must be 
a member of the team winning the 
Pangburn team trophy and is se- 
lected by his teammates. The name 
of the recipient is engraved on the 
large permanent bowl which is on 
display in the Davis Gym trophy 
case. Previous winners include 
David Wright, 1964, Independent 
Men; Mac McBeth, 1965, Phi Kap- 
pa Psi; Richard Daner, 1966, Sigma 
Alpha Epsilon; Nels Jantzen, 1967, 
Phi Kappa Psi; John Willis, 1968, 
Independent Men; Scott Lutzer, 

1969, Sigma Alpha Mu. 

Chemistry Program 

Three Bucknell students who re- 
cently completed their sophomore 
years have been admitted as poten- 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



tial candidates in the University's 
special program for chemistry stu- 
dents combining the degrees of 
bachelor and master of science. 

They are Thomas R. Hoye, New 
Wilmington, Pa.; Edward T. Peltz- 
er. III, Baltimore, Md.; and Paul 
G. Williard, Mount Carmel, Pa. 
These students will be considered 
for official admission to the Univer- 
sity's graduate program during 
their junior year. 

In addition, two women complet- 
ed their work in the BS/MS pro- 
gram this summer and received 
master of science degrees in Aug- 
ust. They are Mrs. Karen Crane 
Irving, San Diego, Calif., and Mrs. 
Bonnie Burns Sandel, Gettysburg, 
Pa. Mrs. Sandel received a bache- 
lor of science degree at Commence- 
ment exercises in May and Mrs. 
Irving will receive bachelor's and 
master's degrees in August. They 
are the fifth and sixth persons to be 
enrolled in this special program. 
One of the first four was Mrs. Irv- 
ing's brother, Lawrence. 

The BS/MS program in chemis- 
try at Bucknell provides an oppor- 
tunity for outstanding students in 
chemistry to take a special course 
of study which is significantly more 
advanced than the normal under- 
graduate program. 

The goals of the program are to 
give the student the opportunity to 
participate in a sustained, in-depth 
research effort under close faculty 
supervision, and to present more 
advanced chemistry courses to fill 
the gap caused by a growing ten- 
dency in the larger universities to 
reduce the amount of classroom 
work for doctoral candidates. 

Students accepted for the pro- 
gram have taken the same courses 
during the freshman and sophomore 
years as other bachelor of science 
candidates in chemistry, but begin- 
ning in the summer after their 
sophomore year they return to the 
campus for three successive sum- 
mer sessions devoted principally to 
research. During the regular aca- 
demic terms of the junior and se- 
nior years the students in the pro- 
gram take more, and more ad- 
vanced, chemistry courses than the 
bachelor of science candidate. 

SEPTEMBER 1970 



Fulbright Scholar 

Dr. Gerald B. Cooke, associate 
professor of religion at Bucknell 
University, has received a Ful- 
bright-Hays Faculty Research/ 
Study Grant which he will use for 
six months study in Japan during 
the coming academic year. 

Also the recipient of a sabbatical 
leave from the University for the 
first semester of the 1970-71 year, 
Professor Cooke plans to study the 
modernization of Japanese Budd- 
hism and its sociological implica- 
tions. 

The Fulbright-Hays grants were 
established as a program of support 
for foreign language, area, and in- 
ternational studies which will con- 
tribute to the development of the 
knowledge of the American people 
of other countries, people, and cul- 
tures. Their purpose is also to pro- 
mote mutual understanding and co- 
operation and to strengthen our re- 
lations with other countries. 

A member of the Bucknell facul- 
ty since 1962, Dr. Cooke was the 
recipient of a Faculty Training Fel- 
lowship from the American Insti- 
tute of Indian Studies in 1963-64, 
and currently holds a ten-week Na- 
tional Defense Foreign Language 
Grant with which he is studying 
Japanese at Columbia University. 

A magna cum laude graduate of 
Colorado College in 1950, he also 
received a bachelor of divinity de- 
gree from Yale Divinity School and 
a Ph.D. degree from Yale Univer- 
sity. Professor Cooke was on the 
faculty at Oberlin College for sev- 
en years before coming to Buck- 
nell. 



Research Grant 

Bucknell University has received 
a grant of $62,596 from the U. S. 
Office of Education for a research 
project entitled "Behavioral Pro- 
tocols in Language Development: 
Reading." 

The grant, which will be admin- 
istered by Dr. William H. Heiner, 
associate professor of education, 
was awarded through the Bureau 
of Education Personnel Develop- 
ment of the U. S. O. E. 



Gulf Scholarships 

Four Bucknell University stu- 
ents will receive scholarships this 
fall from Gulf Oil Corporation. 

John C. Hayward, director of fi- 
nancial aid, has announced that a 
freshman, sophomore, junior, and 
senior majoring in chemistry will 
be selected jointly by the chemistry 
faculty and the financial aid office 
to receive the Gulf Honors Schol- 
arships. 

The grant to the senior will be 
for one-year, but the grants to the 
others may be renewed until the stu- 
dents complete the normal four 
years of undergraduate study or 
until they receive the baccalaureate 
degree. 

An incoming freshman will be 
selected in each subsequent year so 
Gulf will have four continuing 
scholarships in force each year. 

When the program was set up 
last year, Gulf had planned to in- 
troduce one Honors Scholarship a 
year to a freshman so that by 1972 
and in subsequent years four stu- 
dents would be benefitting from 
this program. 

But, according to E. L. Butcher, 
secretary of Gulf's Aid to Educa- 
tion Committee, "Since it now ap- 
pears that there is a very serious 
need for scholarship support on 
campuses. Gulf has decided to 
speed up the procedure by making 
all four scholarships available im- 
mediately." 

The Bucknell students will be 
among 98 receiving Gulf grants in 
26 departments of 23 colleges and 
universities in the United States. 

$30,000 Grant 

Bucknell University has an- 
nounced receipt of an unrestricted 
grant of $30,000 from The Charles 
E. Merrill Trust. 

Bucknell President Charles H. 
Watts expressed his deep apprecia- 
tion to the officials of the Merrill 
Trust for the grant and indicated 
that it would be used to help fi- 
nance the University Center cur- 
rently under construction on the 
Bucknell campus. The Center is 
expected to be ready for use in 
September 1971. 

15 



The Varied 

Worlds of 

Bucknellians 



The Mayor Is a Lady 

" 'Hizzoner' Is a Lady in Bir- 
mingham" was a headline in an 
April issue of The Detroit News. 
The lady is Ruth Braden McNamee 
'42, and she had just been unani- 
mously elected mayor of Birming- 
ham by the city commission. She 
has been a member of the commis- 
sion of that Detroit suburb of 35,- 
000 since 1965. On May 18, 1970, 
Mayor's Exchange Day in Michi- 
gan, she became mayor of the city 
of Detroit as she traded places with 
Mayor Roman Gribbs. During her 
one-day tour of duty as a big city 
mayor, she cited her strong belief 
in the mutuality of interest and the 
interdependence between core 
cities and their suburbs. Her stand 
on this was greeted with general 
acclaim, and the Birmingham City 
Council backed her in passing a 
resolution calling for support of a 
tax program which would raise tax- 
es on non-residents working in De- 
troit. 

After earning her B.A. degree in 
English and history at Bucknell, 
Ruth graduated in 1943 from the 
School of Business Practice and 
Speech of Rockefeller Center. She 
then worked in public relations for 
Pan American World Airways until 

16 




Ruth Braden McNamee '42 

she married her husband, 'William 
A. McNamee, who is now an execu- 
tive with Ford Motor Company. 
While her husband was earning his 
master's degree from the Harvard 
Business School, Ruth taught at 
Erskine Junior College in Boston. 

Since moving to Birmingham in 
1947, she has been most active in 
community affairs and has been a 
member and often the president or 
chairman of many different civic 
groups. Before her first election to 
the city commission she was a 
member of the city planning board. 
In 1968, she received the Ford 
Citizen of the Year Award for com- 
munity service. 

The McNamees have two chil- 
dren, JoAnne, a 1970 graduate of 
Bucknell, and Jeff, a student at 
Hillsdale College in Michigan. 

Good Satire 

A satiric article written ei°;ht 
years ago by four Bucknell Univer- 
sity students, is being reprinted in 
a book entitled The Headshrinkers 
Handbook bv Dr. Robert Baker, 
chairman of the department of psy- 
chology at the University of Ken- 
tucky. 

The spoof, entitled "Effect of a 
Pre- Frontal Lobotomy on the 



Tsetse Fly," was written in 1962 
by four women, all members of the 
Class of 1963, who were students 
of Dr. Douglas K. Candland, pro- 
fessor of psvchologv. 

It was originally published in 
The Worm Runner's Digest, a jour- 
nal devoted originallv to work on 
transmission of DNA and RNA, but 
which from time to time poked fun 
at itself and the scientific commu- 
nitv with satiric articles. 

The paper by these students was 
first reprinted in 1965 when it 
came out in a hardback edition of 
The Best of the Worm Runner's 
Digest. 

Authors of the article are Mrs. 
James E. Sayre, Jr. (Joan M. Klein), 
902 Pierce Road, Norristown, Pa.; 
Mrs. Malcolm C. Moore, Jr. (Kay 
S. Lathrop), 69 Boardman Road. 
Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Mrs. Graham 
E. Johnson (Elizabeth Lominska), 
69 Hamilton Street, Sayville, N. Y.; 
and Mrs. William W. Hussev (Les- 
ley Seaman), Star Route, Franklin, 
N. Y. 



Honor Physician 

The Commonwealth Committee 
of Woman's Medical College of 
Pennsylvania chose Edithe J. Levit, 
M.D. '(Edithe Judith Miller '46), 
secretary and associate director, 
National Board of Medical Exami- 
ners, as recipient of its citation giv- 
en annually to an outstanding 
WMC alumna from Pennsylvania. 

A member of the WMC Class of 
'51, Dr. Levit was cited "in recog- 
nition of her outstanding contribu- 
tions in the field of medical educa- 
tion. As secretary and associate di- 
rector of the National Board of 
Medical Examiners, she has served 
as consultant and adviser to medi- 
cally-oriented groups. She has also 
played an active role in the Board's 
research and development activi- 
ties, especially those related to new 
testing methods. By her dedicated 
and unique services she has 
brought honor to her Alma Mater, 
to her native state of Pennsylvania 
and to women in medicine." 

During Dr. Levit's past nine 
years with the National Board of 
Medical Examiners she has partici- 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



pated in major decision making, 
and helped formulate policy. She 
also has been involved in "some of 
the exciting changes now taking 
place in medical education, meet- 
ing with distinguished physician- 
educators in this countrv and 
abroad." In April. 1970, at the in- 
vitation of the Josiah Macy Jr. 
Foundation. Dr. Levit worked with 
international educators in Toledo, 
Spain to help medical schools in 
that country plan for the future. 

From 1957 to 1961. Dr. Levit 
was director of medical education 
at Philadelphia General Hospital. 
Her association with PGH began 
with an internship in 1951. fol- 
lowed bv a fellowship in endocri- 
nology and later a clinical assis- 
tantship in this field. She received 
her B.S. degree in biologv from 
Bucknell and was a student assis- 
tant in psychology. 

Currentlv, Dr. Levit serves on 
the Board of Directors of PGH's 
Charitable Foundation, and on the 
Board of the Philadelphia Council 
for International Visitors. She is a 
fellow of both the American Col- 
lege of Phvsicians and the College 
of Phvsicians of Philadelphia. Dr. 
Levit, whose biographv is listed in 
Who's Who of American Women, 
is married to Samuel M. Levit, 
M.D. Thev are the parents of two 
sons and make their home at 1910 
Spruce St., Philadelphia. 

Magazine Publisher 

The appointment of Peter G. 
Diamandis '53 as publisher of 
Mademoiselle magazine was an- 
nounced on June 22 bv Pern 7 L. 
Buston, President of The Conde 
Xast Publications Inc. Mr. Diman- 
dis assumed his new post on July 7. 

In making the announcement, 
Mr. Buston said, "Mr. Diamandis' 
wide experience in the advertising 
and publishing business — particu- 
larlv in the fashion areas — qualify 
him unusuallv well for this new as- 
signment." 

Since 1962, Mr. Diamandis has 
been a partner of The Lampert 
Agency. Inc., most recentlv serving 
as senior vice president, secretary 
and director. In becoming the sec- 

SEPTEMBER 1970 




Peter G. Diamandis '53 

ond publisher in Mademoiselle's 
35-year historv, Mr. Diamandis is 
returning to the Conde Nast or- 
ganization. He was associated with 
Charm magazine in 1958 and later 
transferred to the advertising staff 
of Glamour magazine in 1960. 

Mr. Diamandis received a Bache- 
lor of Science degree in 1953 from 
Bucknell. and he is married to a 
classmate, the former Joan Laf- 
ferandre '53. The Diamandis' have 
six children, five boys and one girl. 
A native of Short Hills, New Jer- 
sev, Mr. Diamandis now fives in 
Rowayton, Connecticut. 

He is a member of the Sales Ex- 
ecutive Club and The Advertising 
Club of Xew York. 



To Build Resort 

Verdine E. Campbell '50 has 
been appointed a director of Vir- 
ginia Beach Festival Park, Ltd., the 
developer of a proposed S6 million 
amusement park to be built in the 
heart of the Virginia Beach resort 
area. The site for the park, adjacent 
to the Norfolk-Virginia Beach Ex- 
presswav, has been acquired. 

A licensed engineer in Virginia, 
Maryland, and Pennsylvania, Mr. 
Campbell received his B.S. degree 
in civil engineering from Bucknell. 
He has been active on highway and 



bridge construction projects in the 
U. S., Indonesia and Brazil. He is 
presently serving as project coordi- 
nator for the Pollution Control Di- 
vision of the Carborundum Corp., 
Hagerstown, Md. 

Mr. Campbell is married to the 
former Charlotte Stout and thev 
are parents of three children. They 
reside at 305 Cherry St. Circle, 
Hagerstown, Md. 

College Librarian 

Bowdoin College has announced 
the appointment of Dr. Bichard B. 
Beed '54 as Special Collections Li- 
brarian, effective Sept. 1. 

Born in Indianapolis, Ind., where 
he prepared for college at Thomas 
Carr Howe High School, Dr. Beed 
received his B.A. degree in history 
at Bucknell, his M.A. degree at the 
College of William and Mary in 
1958 and his Ph.D. at the Univer- 
sity of 'Wisconsin this vear. 

During this past summer he con- 
ducted research in Tudor-Stuart 
historv on a Folger Fellowship at 
the Folger Library, Washington, 
D. C. He was Curator at the Lilly 
Library of Mendel College, Indiana 
University, from 1962 to 1967, and 
a Teaching Assistant at the Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin, Madison, in 1960- 
61. Dr. Reed was a Fulbright 
Scholar in Brazil in 1959-60. 

His main fields of interest in 
Historv are Tudor Expansion, Sir 
Robert Cecil, and Anglo-Spanish 
Relations (1580-1625). He plans to 
continue research on Cecil, Richard 
Eden, and on a bibliogarphy of 
16th Century Americana. 

A member of the American His- 
torical Association and the Society 
for the History of Discoveries, he 
is also a member of Phi Alpha The- 
ta, the national honorary 7 history so- 
ciety. 

Dr. Reed is the author of "Rich- 
ard Eden: An Early English Im- 
perialist." published in "The Serif" 
at Kent State University; "A Biblio- 
graphy of Discover) 7 " in "East- West 
in Art;" and book reviews in "His- 
panic American Historical Review," 
"William & Man 7 Quarterly," and 
the "Newsletter" of the Society for 
the Historv of Discoveries. 

17 




Army First Lieutenant Robert A. Water '68, right, receives the Bronze Star Medal 
from Col. N. D. McGinnis at ceremony held July 22 at Fort Bragg, N. C. 



Medal Winner 

Army First Lieutenant Robert A. 
Vater '68 has been awarded the 
Bronze Star Medal. The Medal was 
presented by Colonel N. D. McGin- 
nis, XVIII Airborne Corps and Ft. 
Bragg G-l, in a ceremony July 22 in 
the office of the commanding gen- 
eral. 

According to the citation accom- 
panying the medal, Lieutenant 
Vater was cited for, ". . . meritori- 
ous service in connection with mili- 
tary operations from May of 1969 
to April of 1970 while serving as 
district intelligence operations and 
coordination adviser in Thanh Tri 
District, and later Ke Sach District, 
Ba Xuyen Province, in the Republic 
of Vietnam. 

"He was instrumental in estab- 
lishing a detailed intelligence base 
which contributed greatly to the 
denial of areas of operation and 
bases of supply for the Viet Cong 
Infrastructure." 

Through his efforts, Lt. Vater, 
". . . contributed immeasurably to 
the effectiveness of allied intelli- 
gence operations in Vietnam and 
ground operations against a hostile 
force." 

A 1964 graduate of New Britain 
(Conn.) High School, the 24-year- 
old Army lieutenant received his 

18 



bachelor of arts degree in political 
science from Bucknell. He is pres- 
ently serving as Chief of the Com- 
mercial Entertainment Branch of 
Special Services at Ft. Bragg. 

Campus Minister 

The Rev. James A. LaRue '59 
plays a variety of roles in his post 
as campus minister at Cuyahoga 
Community College in Cleveland, 
Ohio. 

In an article in the March, 1970 
issue of the Crusader, Jim notes: 
"We have a tense situation here. 
Eighty percent of our students are 
white and we are in the midst of 
one of our city's worst black ghet- 
tos. There are 55,000 black people 
living within four blocks of the 
school. The pressure is on for the 
college to relate meaningfully to 
the community." 

Jim has gone into the community 
to understand its needs. For a year 
he met with a group of black stu- 
dents for four hours every Sunday. 
"We read a book a week — every- 
thing from Kant to Malcolm X. 
Some would come with dictionaries 
under their arms — it meant so 
much for them to understand eve- 
rything there was to know. 

"They called me the 'Jesus cat,' 
but there was never any question 



that I would be working with 
whites when the chips were down." 

The administration and faculty 
are seeking Jim's help. So Jim be- 
comes an interpreter of the commu- 
nity. Beyond this, Jim works with 
faculty and administration in other 
ways, does draft counseling, and 
tries to interpret for the local 
churches what is happening. 

"There is a great myth floating 
around that says religion and Jesus 
Christ are dead on the campus," 
Jim says. "True, no one goes 
around shouting 'Jesus Christ 
saves,' and they may start off the 
conversation by asking me, 'Say, 
do you believe all that stuff about 
the virgin birth?' 

"But students are ready and will- 
ing to talk about faith and theolo- 
gy. Hardly a day goes by that they 
don't bring it up. What we some- 
times fail to see is that underlying 
all their concerns about peace, 
racism, ecology, inter-personal re- 
lations and other issues is one basic 
question, 'What does it mean to 
be a human being in these confus- 
ing times?' I can't think of a more 
theological question." 

Ordained in 1962, Jim is a grad- 
uate of the Colgate-Rochester Di- 
vinity School. He received his B.A. 
degree from Bucknell and was a 
member of the D. U. fraternity. 
He is married to the former Cor- 
inne Rover and they are parents 
of two children. The LaRue fam- 
ily resides in an integrated neigh- 
borhood at 19902 Lanbury Ave., 
Warrensville Heights, Cleveland, O. 

New Brokerage Firm 

William R. Frazier, Jr. '52 has 
been named president of the newly 
merged firms of Woodcock, Moyer, 
Fricke and French, Philadelphia, 
and Cummings and Taylor, New 
York, both members of the New 
York Stock Exchange. Mr. Frazier 
formerly served as president of 
Woodcock Moyer. 

Woodcock is one of the oldest 
brokerage houses in the country, 
having been founded in 1842. It is 
a full service firm with its home 
office in Philadelphia at 1500 Chest- 
nut Street. Cummings and Taylor, 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




William R. Frazier, Jr. '52 

located at 24 Broadway in New 
York City, was founded by Donald 
E. Cummings and James A. Taylor. 
It has developed an institutional 
and retail business as well as a 
clearing operation for brokerage 
firms. The merged firms have of- 
fices in five states, including Port- 
land, Maine, and Denver, Colorado. 
William R. Frazier, Jr. became 
president of Woodcock in 1969, 
moving up from the executive vice 
president position. He received his 
B.A. degree in political science and 
economics from Bucknell and has 
an extensive background in com- 
mercial and investment banking. 
He lives at 4145 Kottler Drive, 
Whitemarsh Farm, Lafayette Hill, 
Pa. 

Trust Officer 

Russell P. Williams '48 has been 
elected vice president, personnel 
administration, of Long Island 
Trust Company. In his new post 
Mr. Williams will have over-all re- 
, sponsibility for all phases of per- 
sonnel administration at Long Is- 
land Trust including recruitment, 
training, salary administration, em- 
ployee development and personnel 
relations. 

Prior to joining Long Island 
Trust, Mr. Williams was vice presi- 
dent, personnel administration, of 
National Bank of North America. 
From 1948 to 1955 he was em- 

SEPTEMBER 1970 



ployed as a personnel specialist 
with Marine Midland Grace Com- 
pany, New York. 

Mr. Williams received a B.S. de- 
gree in commerce and finance from 
Bucknell University, graduated 
from the American Institute of 
Banking and studied at the Gradu- 
ate School of Business Administra- 
tion of New York University. He is 
chairman of the Personnel Rela- 
tions Committee, Long Island 
Bankers Association. 

Mr. Williams is married to the 
former Lucienne Singer and they 
are parents of two children, Rus- 
sell, Jr. and Eden. They make their 
home in Merrick, N. Y. 

New President 

J. Edgar Spielman, Jr. '48, for- 
merly vice president of corporate 
development, has been named pres- 
ident of Farmbest Inc., Jackson- 
ville, Fla. Mr. Spielman joined 
Farmbest in June 1969 to direct the 
development of a corporate diversi- 
fication program. Prior to that time 
he was vice president of a large 
national dairy organization where 
he gained extensive experience in 
finance and general management. 

A certified public accountant, 
during World War II he served as 
a naval aviator. He and his wife, 
have two sons, John E. Ill, a 1970 
graduate of Bucknell, and Jeff- 
rey R. 




The new corporate president said 
he is "highly enthusiastic about the 
company's current operations and 
the future in the food business," 
and he said no other organizational 
changes are planned. 

Farmbest, formerly Foremost 
Dairies of the South, processes and 
distributes milk, ice cream and oth- 
er dairy products under the Farm- 
best label throughout the South- 
east United States and Puerto Rico 
and operates a refrigeration equip- 
ment company. 




/. Edgar Spielman, Jr. '48 



Stanley C. Marshall '43 



Institute Leader 

Stanley C. Marshall '43, an officer 
of Lando, Inc., Pittsburgh, has 
been reelected president of the 
Pittsburgh Commerce Institute. 

The Pittsburgh Commerce Insti- 
tute was established in 1967 be- 
cause of the ever-growing interface 
between the federal government 
and the business/academic com- 
munities. It aims at transporting in- 
formation from the federal govern- 
ment to the business man in usable 
and understandable form, and pro- 
viding a communications link be- 
tween the public sector and the 
business community. 

Comprised of eleven business or- 
ganizations and the graduate 
schools of business of three Pitts- 
burgh universities, PCI represents 
a "first." No other city in the United 
States has a business "organization 
of organizations" of this type. From 

19 



its inception, the Institute has 
geared itself toward the selection 
of projects significant and worth- 
while enough to draw Pittsburgh 
business and academic communi- 
ties together into major interdis- 
ciplinary efforts. 

Mr. Marshall shares his active 
concern for community affairs with 
the university, having served as a 
director of the Bucknell Engineer- 
ing Alumni Association and as a 
member of William Bucknell Asso- 
ciates. He is married to the former 
Alice Zindel '42 and they are the 
parents of three children. 




Richard E. Fetter '47 



New Position 

Richard E. Fetter '47 has been 
elected to the new position of vice 
president — finance and administra- 
tion, by Research-Cottrell, Inc. For- 
merly financial vice president and 
treasurer of Standard and Poor's 
Corporation, Mr. Fetter has also 
served as vice president and con- 
troller of F. W. Dodge Company, 
and manager of finance for Gen- 
eral Electric Company's Industrial 
Heating Department. 

A 1947 graduate of Bucknell 
University, Fetter holds a B.S. de- 
gree in commerce and finance. Dur- 
ing World War II he was a bom- 
bardier with the Eighth U. S. Air 
Force, stationed in England. 

Fetter is a member of the Me- 
tropolitan Club of New York, the 



Financial Executives Institute, the 
Newcomen Society, Fairmount 
Country Club, and the Copper 
Springs Beach and Tennis Club. 

Mr. Fetter resides with his wife, 
M. Virginia Gabriel '48, and daugh- 
ter in Chatham Township, New 
Jersey. 

Scholarly Editor 

Professor Peter A. Tasch '54, a 
member of the faculty of Temple 
University, is one of three editors 
of a new publication, The Scribler- 
ian, a news journal devoted to Pope 
and Swift and their circle. The 
scholarly journal is published in 
the autumn and spring at the de- 
partments of English of Temple 
University, Philadelphia, and 
Northeastern University, Boston. 

Editor Tasch received his B.A. 
degree with honors in English and 
was a Junior Fellow at Harvard 
University. He also did graduate 
work in English at Columbia Uni- 
versity. 

Professor Tasch and his family 
reside at 5430 Wayne Ave., Phila- 
delphia 19144. 

Executive Post 

Mason C. Linn '54 has assumed 
the top civilian post at the Toby- 
hanna Army Depot, near Scranton. 
As the depot's executive assistant 
he will act as the principal adviser 
to the command and coordinate ac- 
tivities of the various depot direc- 
torates and staff offices. 

A 1950 graduate of Council Rock 
High School, Newtown (Bucks 
County), he attended Wilkes Col- 
lege for one year to pursue a career 
in radio and television broadcast- 
ing. He transferred to Bucknell 
University in 1951, graduating in 
1954 with a bachelor's degree in 
economics. 

While at Bucknell, he worked 
his way through school by doing a 
variety of jobs and was the re- 
cipient of scholarships during his 
three years at the school. He cur- 
rently is pursuing graduate studies 
at the University of Scranton and 
will receive his master's degree in 
management in the fall. 



Commissioned an Army second 
lieutenant in 1954, he served on ac- 
tive duty from 1955 to 1957. He at- 
tended two schools at Ft. Mon- 
mouth, N. J., before transferring 
to Tobyhanna in September 1955. 
All of his depot service with the 
military was spent working in stock 
control division. 

He entered federal service in 
May 1957, after his discharge from 
the Army. He was staff assistant in 
stock control division and the depu- 
ty commander's office from 1957 to 
I960; assistant chief of stock con- 
trol from 1960 to 1963; division 
chief of stock control from 1963 to 
1965, and deputy director of dis- 
tribution and transportation direc- 
torate from 1965 until moving up 
to executive assistant. 

Mason is married to the former 
Yvonne Bucher (University of 
Pennsylvania), Lewisburg. The 
Linns are parents of four children 
and reside in Mt. Pocono. 




John F. Riefler, Jr. '42 

Sales Executive 

John F. Riefler, Jr. '42 has been 
promoted to vice president-sales m 
manager of Thorn McAn Shoe Co., 
Worcester, Mass. He served previ- 
ously as vice president-personnel. 

In his new capacity, Mr. Riefler 
will be in charge of sales for Thorn 
McAn's 900 stores located through- 
out the United States and Puerto 
Rico. With the company since 1949, 
Mr. Riefler joined as an assistant in 
the personnel department. In 1957, 



20 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



he was made director of personnel. 
He became regional director of 
field operations in 1960, and was 
named vice president and regional 
sales manager in 1961. He was ap- 
pointed vice president-personnel in 
1966, and later that year became 
a director of Thorn McAn. 

He received his B.A. degree from 
Bucknell and served in the Army 
Air Force during World War II, 
being discharged with the rank of 
captain. 

He resides in Worcester with his 
wife Man% and a son John, III. 

New Jurist 

Peter Ciolino, Esq. '54 has been 
nominated by Governor William T. 
Cahill (New Jersey) for appoint- 
ment as judge for the Passaic Coun- 
ty District Court. 

A partner in the law firm of Man- 
dak and Ciolino, Clifton, N. J., Mr. 
Ciolino received his B.A. degree 
from Bucknell and his law degree 
from Fordham Law School in 1957. 
He served as magistrate of the Clif- 
ton Municipal Court from 1962 to 
1968. 

As an undergraduate, Mr. Cioli- 
no served on the staff of the Buck- 
nellian and was a member of the 
S. A. E. fraternity. He is married 
to the former Sylvia Taylor and 
they are parents of three children. 
The family resides at 62 Friar Lane, 
Clifton, N. J. 

Pittsburgh Alumni 

For many years Bucknell alumni 
in the Pittsburgh area have been 
having informal luncheon meetings 
every Friday. There have been no 
reservations and no formal pro- 
grams — just walk in, have lunch 
and visit with some friendlv Buck- 
nellians. 

The meetings are now held on 
the. third floor of the Bigelow 
Square (near the site of the new 
U. S. Steel Building), starting 
around noon. Ed Klett '57, Pitts- 
burgh Chapter President, has ex- 
tended a cordial invitation to any 
member of the Bucknell communi- 
ty to join the Friday fete for good 
conversation about Bucknell. 

SEPTEMBER 1970 



Change In Posts 

Standard Oil Company (New 
Jersey) announced in June the cre- 
ation of a new position of Director 
of Washington Affairs and the ap- 
pointment of Dr. Walter G. Held 
'43 to fill it. Dr. Held served pre- 
viously as Director of Business Pro- 
grams and senior staff member of 
The Advanced Study Program of 
The Brookings Institution in Wash- 
ington. 

Under Jersey Standard's reor- 
ganized operations in Washington, 
Mr. Held will work in a construc- 
tive corporate role with efforts of 
the federal government on major 
national and international prob- 
lems. Encompassed will be Jersey's 
policies on air, water and land con- 
servation, educational and urban 
affairs and public policy analysis 
and long range planning over a 
broad selection of domestic and 
international activities. 

Dr. Held, a trustee of the Uni- 
versitv, was born in Pennsylvania 
but spent much of his formative 
vouth in Southern New Jersey. He 
holds an A.B. degree in political 
science and economics from Buck- 
nell. After graduate study at Har- 
vard, he received M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees in Public Administration 
from American University. Along 
with his position at Brookings In- 
stitution, he has been professorial 
lecturer, George Washington Uni- 
versity and during 1968 was on 
leave from Brookings to serve as 
visiting professor of government 
and economics at The College of 
William and Mary. Before joining 
the Brookings staff, Dr. Held served 
as director of the Government Op- 
erations and Expenditures Program 
of the U. S. Chamber of Com- 
merce. This followed a series of 
positions, including government 
service, a member of the full-time 
faculties of Bucknell and American 
Universities, and as consultant to 
federal agencies. 

A former president of the Buck- 
nell Alumni Association and of Phi 
Gamma Delta fraternity, Walter is 
married to the former Eleanor Par- 
ry' '42. They are the parents of 
three children and reside at 2042 
Bockingham Street, McLean, Va. 



Alumni 
Authors 



Bloodv River 

J 

"Because of the subject matter, 
this book is a study in military his- 
tory. Like all history, it is con- 
cerned with the interactions of im- 
personal forces, which are some- 
times vast, and human beings, who 
are always fallible — men who 
squabble, cooperate, and, above all, 
attempt to control and shape not 
only the forces of destiny that move 
and change them but also the indi- 
viduals who stand in their way or 
are amenable and serve them. 

"The effect that men and their 
occupations and preoccupations 
have on each other may be called 
the personal equation in history. 
It is all too rarely mentioned in 
militarv studies. Sometimes it is of 
little importance. At the Bapido 
Biver it was a vital consequence. 
There, a conflict between ambition 
and compassion, duty and morality 
plaved a prominent role in the be- 
havior of men who are responsible 
for the lives of thousands under 
their command. Their struggles — 
with the enemv, with their col- 
leagues, and within themselves — is 
what this book is ultimately about." 

These are the final two para- 
graphs of the Preface to Bloody 
River, the Real Tragedy of the 
Rapido, by Martin Blumenson '39. 
The work is one of two recently 
published by the distinguished 
Bucknellian, whose works include 
a studv of Kasserine Pass and of 
Anzio: the Gamble that Failed. Af- 
ter service in the European theater 
in World War II, Mr. Blumenson 
commanded the Third Historical 
Detachment in Korea and was the 
historian of the joint task force 
that conducted the atomic weapons 
test in the Pacific. He was for ten 



Bloody River, by Martin Blumenson. 
Illustrated. ISO pp. Boston: Houghton 
Mifflin Co. (1970) $4.95. 
Sicily: Whose Victory?, by Martin Blu- 
menson. Illustrated. 160 pp. New York: 
Ballentine Books Inc. (1969) $1.00. 

21 



years a senior civilian historian in 
the army's Office of the Chief of 
Military History, and most recent- 
ly served as visiting professor of 
military and strategic studies at 
Acadia University, Nova Scotia. He 
is currently working on the papers 
of General George S. Patton, Jr. 

Mr. Blumenson acknowledges 
that Bloody River is based in very 
large part on a segment of his docu- 
mented Salerno to Cassino (Wash- 
ington, 1969), a volume in the se- 
ries U. S. Army in World War II. 
It is also the other side of the 
Anzio beachhead coin and forms, 
in a sense, a companion volume to 
his Anzio work. 

The second study published by 
Mr. Blumenson, Sicily: Whose Vic- 
tory? is part of Ballantine's Illus- 
trated Historv of World War II 

J 

series. This paperback edition is 
generously illustrated and exam- 
ines in dramatic fashion one of the 
significant battles of World War II. 

All the details are there, includ- 
ing Patton's wild dash to capture 
Messina before Montgomery's 
troops could enter that city, and 
the episode involving the slap by 
a general that had effects around 
the world. Mr. Blumenson does not 
dodge the issues or the facts, and 
he does draw his own conclusions. 

The same can be said for Bloody 
River. This is a book which cer- 
tainly will stir controversy in Texas, 
for it was the men of Texas who 
were at center stage in this battle. 

o 

"The action at the Bapido was one 
of the most shocking defeats of 
World War II. The 36th Division, 
originally a National Guard Unit 
from Texas, suffered complete dis- 
aster, a debacle for American arms. 
Within the shadow of Monte Cas- 
sino in January, 1944, the troops 
tried to cross the river against Ger- 
man opposition and failed. The 
casualties were heavy," Mr. Blu- 
menson candidly states.. 

In seeking to determine who was 
to blame, if the battle was even 
necessary, or if it was mismanaged, 
Mr. Blumenson is involved in a 
detailed study of men and the 
things that make men leaders of 
other men. The book is introduced 
with a quotation from Sun Tzu, 




Martin Blumenson '39 



writing On the Art of War around 
500 B.C.: "There are five danger- 
ous faults which may affect a gen- 
eral: . . . the fifth one is solicitude 
for his men . . ." But solicitude is 
but one of the qualities examined. 
The others include determination, 
ambition, fortitude, bravery, cow- 
ardice, intelligence, competence, 
and insight — in short, all the quali- 
ties of being human in an inhuman 
situation which has kept philoso- 
phical discussions going for many 
centuries. 

The battle of Bapido, in fact, 
continues to stir controversy — only 
a part of it philosophical. In 1946, 
more than two years after the en- 
gagement had been fought, the 
Committees on Military Affairs in 
both the U. S. House of Bepresen- 
tatives and the U. S. Senate invited 
witnesses to appear before them in 
order to determine whether a full- 
scale investigation of the battle was 
justified. Many of the commanding 
officers of the troops involved tes- 
tified at these hearings. No full- 
scale investigation was ever held. 
Committees concluded that the evi- 
dence warranted no further exami- 
nation of the matter. The finding of 
Bobert P. Patterson, then Secretary 
of War, was confirmed: the attack 
at the Bapido had been necessary. 

But a real tragedy had occurred 
at the Bloody River, and Mr. Blu- 
menson probes skillfully and por- 
travs masterfully the event and the 
men involved in it. 



Work on Suicide 

An English translation of Thom- 
as G. Masaryk's Suicide and the 
Meaning of Civilization, originally 
published in German, has been 
made available in the Heritage of 
Sociology series of the University 
of Chicago Press. Dr. Morris Jano- 
witz is general editor of the series. 

Two Bucknellians are the trans- 
lators of the work, Bobert G. Bat- 
son '55 and William B. Weist '50. 
Mr. Batson, a former Fulbright 
scholar, is a communications con- 
sultant in New York City. Mr. 
Weist, a former instructor in so- 
ciology at Bucknell and former 
newspaper editor, is managing edi- 
tor of the Bucknell University 
Press. The translators acknowledge 
their debt to Dr. W. Preston War- 
ren, professor of philosophy, who 
introduced them to the work of the 
Czech philosopher during their 
studies at the University. 

Thomas Garrigue Masaryk ( 1850- 
1937), founder and first president 
of Czechoslovakia, was one of the 
most revered liberal democrats of 
modern times, a man who perhaps 
came closer than any other to em- 
bodying the Platonic ideal of the 
philosopher-statesman. Suicide and 
the Meaning of Civilization, pub- 
lished in German in 1881, was his 
first empirical study in sociology, 
a pioneering attempt to analyze the 
role of philosophical and moral 
perspectives in the life of the indi- 
vidual and society. 

In the late 1960's there was a 
resurgent interest in the life and 
work of Thomas Masaryk. Czech 
intellectual and social concerns in- 
cluded a new investigation of the 
alleged "suicide" of his son, Jan 
Masaryk (1886-1948), Czech for- 
eign minister at the time of the 
Communist coup of February 26, 
1948. This investigation by the 
Dubcek regime, in its turn, formed 
part of the background to the dra- 
matic events of August, 1968. 

"We surrender our intellects to 



Suicide and the Meaning of Civiliza- 
tion. T. G. Masaryk. Translated by Wil- 
liam B. Weist and Robert G. Batson. 
With an introduction by Anthony Gid- 
dens. 288 pp. University of Chicago 
Press (1970) $10.00. 



22 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



learning, our feelings to a religion 
and a church in which we no long- 
er believe and which we no longer 
trust — that is the single, but atro- 
cious, failure of our civilization." 
Masarvk characterizes this failure 
with the German noun Halbbil- 
dung ("half-education"), using the 
term to describe the lack of unity 
in the world view of a society. It is 
"half-education" that rules in the 
"sick" societv, and suicide rates are 
an index of the depth of die illness 
and the extent of the divorce be- 
tween the intellect, the spirit, and 
the moral act. 

Masarvk noted in later works 
that his work on suicide "gives in a 
nutshell a philosophy of history and 
an analysis of the modern era" ( The 
Making of a State, English ver- 
sion, 1927. p. 291 ) . He also remarks 
in another book (The Spirit of Rus- 
sia, Vol. 2, p. 557. English, 1919): 
"In my attempts at philosophico- 



historical explanations I start from 
the conviction that religion consti- 
tutes the central and centralising 
mental force in the life of the in- 
dividual and soeietv. The ethical 
ideals of mankind are formed bv re- 
ligion; religion gives rise to the 
mental trend, to the life mood of 
human beings." 

Almost three decades after its 
original publication, in 1910. Mas- 
arvk sent the work to Tolstoy, with 
whom he had discussed the sub- 
ject. Tolstov. at work on an essay 
on suicide, noted in his diary for 
May 3, 1910: "I walked up and 
down in the park and read Mas- 
arvk. I thought about suicide and 
again read over the book which I 
had alreadv begun. It is good. It 
would have been good to write. 
Wrote Masarvk." (I. Silberstein. 
"L. X. Tolstov and T. G. Masarvk." 
Slavische Rundschau, Vol. VII 
(1935), no. 3. p. 162.) 



Masarvk analyzes and evaluates 
a considerable volume of literature 
and statistical material which had 
accumulated on the subject of sui- 
cide at the date of writing. He dis- 
cusses suicide in relation to the ef- 
fects of nature — climate, weather 
and seasons; and in relation to the 
conditions of societv — economics, 
social and political. He also consid- 
ers, as variants in suicidal behavior, 
sex. health, age and population 
growth, concluding with a study 
of suicide among prisoners and of 
the effects of one's occupation on 
suicidal tendencies. 

Mr. Batson, who received his 
B.A. degree in religion and sociolo- 
gv. resides with his wife, Bonnie, 
and son, James, at 2236 2Sth St.. 
Long Island City, N. Y. 

Mr. Weist resides with his wife, 
Annamarie. and two sons, Karl and 
Kurt, at 522 Pennsylvania St., Lew- 
isburg. 



1894 

A Patron of the University, Mrs. 
Gouvernor K. Wattson, the former 
Ida Gertrude Greene, of the In- 
stitute Class of 1894, died June 20, 
1970, at her home in Mercedes, 
Texas. Mrs. Wattson, at the time 
of her death, was the oldest living 
alumna of Bucknell. She was the 
last survivor of her immediate fam- 
ily which had many close ties with 
Bucknell. Her father. Calvin 
Greene, a Founder of the Universi- 
ty, served on the Board of Trustees 
from 1894 to 1908; a brother, Ed- 
ward M. Greexe '95, also a Found- 
er and trustee, served the Univer- 
sity in the latter capacity from 1922 
until his death in 1953. His wife 
was the former Carolyn K. Wrr- 
texmyer. Institute Class of 1891. 
who died in 1942. Another brother 
was Raymoxd Greexe '02 of Lew- 
istown, who attended Bucknell 
Academy from 1895 to 1898 and 
received his B.S. degree in 1902. 
He too, was a Founder of the Uni- 
versity and passed away in 1935. 
Mrs. Wattson had two sisters, Nora 

SEPTEMBER 1970 



In Memoriam 

May Greene, Institute 1894, of 
Lewistown, who died in 1954, and 
Esther (Mrs. Hugh Hamilton). In- 
stitute 1896, who had resided in the 
New York Citv area and passed 
awav in 1948. 

Although a native of the Hunt- 
ingdon area of Pennsylvania, Mrs. 
Wattson had lived in Mercedes 
since 1909, where her husband had 
established a hardware store. She 
was instrumental in bringing cul- 
ture and refinement to the area of 
her adopted home and was a char- 
ter member of the Barlow Chapter 
of the Daughters of the American 
Revolution, the Rio Grande Valley 
Historical Society' and the Mer- 
cedes Study Club. She was the last 
charter member of the First Baptist 
Church of Mercedes and was active 
in its work until confined to her 
home the last several years. She 
was one of the founding members 
of the Vallev Hospital of Harlingen 
(Texas) and a supporter of the 
Valley Baptist Academy of Har- 
lingen. On her visits to Pennsylva- 
nia she usually found time to spend 



a day at Bucknell and with friends 
in Lewisburg. 

Mrs. Wattson is survived by four 
nephews, Waldo Greene, Mission. 
Texas, and Edward Greene. Green- 
wich, Conn., both sons of Edward 
'95; Hugh Hamilton, Boca Raton. 
Fla., and Raymond Hamilton. Bed- 
ford, Mass., both sons of Esther 
Greexe Hamilton '96. 

1909 

Mrs. Robert Yeager (Ida M. 
Sames) of Norristown, passed 
away on June 10, 1970. She is sur- 
vived by a brother, Walter, of Nor- 
ristown. 

1914 

The Rev. Johx E. Kavffmax of 
Santa Ana, Calif., died June 11. 
1970. He had served Presbyterian 
and Congregational Christian 
churches in Massachusetts, Xew 
Jersey and Ohio prior to retiring 
and moving to California. Survivors 
include two children and several 
grandchildren. 

23 



1916 

Mrs. Stephen F. Puff '20 (Grace 
E. Stare, DS'16) passed away June 
10, 1970. Her death was a shock 
to their many friends, especially 
those who had the opportunity of 
visiting with them during Mr. Puff's 
50th Reunion just 12 days earlier, 
their last visit to the campus. Mrs. 
Puff was a member of the D. A. R., 
the Eastern Star and was retired 
from the Federation for the Handi- 
capped. Among her survivors are 
her husband (217 Beach Blvd., 
Forked River, N. J. 08731), two 
children and several grandchildren. 

1918 

Barton H. Mackey, former in- 
surance broker of Newark, Del., 
died of an apparent heart attack 
July 15, 1970. His wife passed away 
in 1968 and he is survived by two 
sons, Barton L., a dentist, and 
David L., a medical doctor. 

1920 

David J. Martin of Williams- 
port, a retired salesman for the 
Lone Star Cement Company, died 
July 16, 1970. He received a B.S. 
degree from Bucknell and was a 
member of the Phi Gamma Delta 
fraternity. His wife, a daughter and 
a sister are among his survivors. 

1921 

Chelten W. Smith of 17 N. W. 
3rd Ave., Clearfield 16830, passed 
away July 1, 1970. He was a promi- 
nent church and civic leader and 
was a retired executive of the Penn- 
sylvania Electric Company. He re- 
ceived a B.S. degree in electrical 
engineering from Bucknell and was 
a member of the Phi Kappa Psi fra- 
ternity. Among his survivors are 
his wife; a son, Chelten W., Jr. '50 
of Erie; a daughter, Mrs. Jacquel- 
ine Portent '53 of Miami, Fla., and 
a sister, Mrs. Thelora Musser 19 
of Lewisburg. 

Arthur E. Harris of Hilton, 
N. Y. died September 2, 1969. He 
received a B.D. degree from Col- 
gate-Rochester Theological School 
but his career was in the field of 
education. He was principal of the 

24 



Brighton High School in Rochester, 
N. Y. and had retired in 1955. 
Among his survivors is his wife, 
the former Elsie Rich. 



1923 

Frank U. Davis, M.D., retired 
eye, ear, nose and throat specialist 
of Delray Beach, Fla., died April 
16, 1970. He was a member of the 
Kappa Sigma fraternity at Buck- 
nell and received his M.D. degree 
from Temple University Medical 
School. He is survived by his wife, 
the former Arlene Hoff, of F-23 
Brinv Breezes, Delray Beach, Fla. 
33444. 

1926 

David L. Miller, retired senior 
vice president of Allegheny Air- 
lines, died July 15, 1970. He had 
been with the airlines 28 years af- 
ter starting as a ground school in- 
structor and progressing through 
the ranks of traffic operations. Sur- 
vivors include his wife, the former 
Jeanne Porter and three sons, Jan, 
Hugh and Brent, of 410 S. Ken- 
sington St., Arlington, Va. 22204. 

Harry F. Bird of Jersey Shore, 
a former bridge and building in- 
spector for the New York Central 
Railroad, died June 29, 1970. He 
received a B.S. degree from Buck- 
nell. Survivors include his wife, 
Kathryn, and several children. 

1928 

Dr. Paul R. Seibert, well-known 
retired dentist, died suddenly 
at his home on July 24, 1970. He 
received his D.D.S. degree from 
Temple University Dental School 
and has always practiced in the 
Muncy area. He was widely 
known also as a fancier and breed- 
er of prize winning bantam breeds 
of poultry. Among his survivors are 
his wife, the former Kathryn Mar- 
tin Spotts, a son, Paul R. '59; a 
daughter, Mrs. James Muffly of 
Muncy; two step-sons and two step- 
daughters. 

1929 

Mrs. F. Earl Bach '26 (M. Eliz- 
abeth Evans) of 88 Coolidge Ave., 



Glens Falls, N. Y., died July 22, 
1970 of cancer, following a long 
illness. She received an A.B. degree 
from Bucknell and was a member 
of the Pi Beta Phi sorority. Among 
her survivors are her husband, re- 
tired president of the First Nation- 
al Bank of Glens Falls; two daugh- 
ters, Mrs. Betsy Peters and Mrs. 
Kathy Medina. 

1933 

Henry W. Hallett, a retired 
Wilmington school teacher and a 
professional organist, died August 
3, 1970, after a short illness of a 
heart ailment. He received an A.B. 
degree from Bucknell and was a 
member of the Sigma Chi frater- 
nity. Mr. Hallett was never mar- 
ried and his only immediate survi- 
vor is his sister, Mrs. Virginia Hal- 
lett Stevens '35, of Brinton Lake 
Club, Lake Drive, Thornton, Pa. 
19373. 

1938 

Dr. Edward P. Kamienski, op- 
tometrist of 167 Lake St., Upper 
Saddle River, N. J., died August 9, 
1970. He received an A.B. degree 
from Bucknell and was a member 
of the Sigma Alpha Epsilon fra- 
ternity. His O.D. degree was 
awarded by Columbia University 
in 1940 and he conducted his prac- 
tice in Passaic, N. J. Among his 
survivors are his wife, the former 
Helen Murko; two sons, Edward 
and Howard; a daughter, Jane; a 
brother and a sister. 

1964 

Attorney William S. Nelson of 
Ithaca, N. Y. passed away June 8, 
1970. He received a B.S. degree in 
business administration from Buck- 
nell and was a member of the Sig- 
ma Chi fraternity. He was awarded 
his law degree by the University of 
Buffalo in 1967. He then served 
with U. S. Army Material Com- 
mand in Washington, D. C. until 
1969, with plans for joining a law 
firm in New York after his dis- 
charge. He is survived by his par- 
ents, Mr. and Mrs. Carl H. Nelson, 
104 Northwav Rd., Ithaca, N. Y. 
14850. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Coach Henry ^Hank' Peters Dies 



Henry N. "Hank" Peters '39 died 
Saturday, August 15. Death was 
ascribed to a coronary occlusion. 
He was 62. 

The renowned tennis coach col- 
lapsed about 3:30 P. M. Saturday 
at the Bucknell courts, where he 
was supervising the mixed doubles 
competition in Lewisburg's first in- 
vitational tourney, which he organ- 
ized. Coach Bill Yeomans, a com- 
petitor in the event, applied mouth- 
to-mouth resuscitation, but Hank 
died before an ambulance arrived 
on the scene. 

An associate professor of physi- 
cal education, Mr. Peters joined the 
Bucknell faculty in 1938, serving as 
coach of the varsity baseball and 
basketball teams while a senior at 
Bucknell. A native of Wilkes-Barre, 
he graduated from Coughlin High 
School and Wyoming Seminary, 
completed two years of studv at 
Bucknell Junior College (now 
Wilkes College), and enrolled as a 
junior at B. U. in 1937. He received 
B.S. and M.S. in education degrees 
at Bucknell and a master's degree 
in physical education from Penn 
State. He was a chief petty officer 
in the Navy during World War II. 

A stand-out athlete, "Hank" was 
a member of the 1938 and 1939 
varsity baseball and basketball 
teams. Though he coached Bison 
soccer teams from 1952 to 1964 
and maintained an intense interest 
in all sports, it was as a tennis ' 
coach that he won his greatest rec- 
ognition. During his outstanding 
career as "Mr. Tennis" at Bucknell, 
his Orange and Blue teams won 
158 matches and lost 129. His 1970 
Bisons compiled a 14-0 record, re- 
peating their 1969 triumph as 



champions of the university divi- 
sion of the M. A. C. His 1969 Bi- 
sons were 11-2. 

A man who developed many top 
players and coaches, one sports 




,-„/ / 




4.4. 



:■■--,'■■ iW:'' ' ! 




fc 



fcr' m 



Coach 'Hank' Peters '39 



columnist described him this way: 
"He could talk a leg off you when 
the subject was tennis. And the im- 
pression he gave you was that 
Hank Peters had little to do with 
coaching the sport. His boys won 
simply because they were, as he 
said, 'terrific' " 

A member of Phi Kappa Psi fra- 
ternity, he was scheduled to serve 
as house manager this year. He was 
a member of the Presbyterian 
Church and of the Kratzer-Dull 
American Legion Post, Lewisburg. 

Coach Peters is survived by his 
wife, the former Margaret G. Wil- 
liams and a sister, Louise Peters. 

Buck's Memorial 

Contributions to a memorial in 
honor of John H. Shott '22, director 
of Alumni Relations at Bucknell 
from 1950 to 1968, are still being 
received at the University. 

Although the exact nature of the 
memorial has not been determined 
to date, friends who wish to re- 
member "Buck" may make contri- 
butions to Bucknell, designating 
their gifts to the John H. Shott Me- 
morial Fund. 

The Bison Club recently honored 
Buck's long and faithful service to 
the University by designating that 
its scholarship fund henceforth will 
be known as The John H. Shott 
Memorial Scholarship Fund. Buck 
served as the club's secretary for al- 
most two decades. 

Mrs. Beatrice Shott ("Trix") re- 
cently changed her campus address 
to 308 St. George St., Lewisburg 
(telephone: 524-9065). She has 
asked that correspondence be di- 
rected to her at this new address. 



o 

3 
cd 
o 

o 



Qrq 

a 

p 
o 

CD 

CD 
© 

o 



T. 



-r 


> 


- 


h- 1 




C/3 














a 


O 






fl", 


Q 




-1 


C 








S 


3 




5 


~ 






~ 


- — i 


T, 


SB 


< 




o 










B- 


W 


B. 


- 


3 


- 


3" 


3 


ffl 


bd 






re_ 




-r 












Oc 






v> 


o 






0. 








re 
3 




O 








2 


a 


— 


5 


» 




re 


►B 




n 


n 

re 


3- 


a 


s 


c 


-. 

n 
n 


•-1 


re 





3 






^ 




> 


> 




— • 

-! 


c 
3 


3 


- 

-3 



o M 



£. G 

S n 

3* Z 

» M 

a, m 

OS > 

S ^ 

S. Z 

< <3 

re o 



r 



* z 

3' 3 



3" 

3 



i-d "fl 





— 
2 


> 


H 


> 


2 




3 
o 


3 
> 


CD 
< 

cd" 

PL, 


D 

3 
X 

CI 

13 


CD 

3 
o 

to" 






S3 

3 


2 

A 


mpus 
Worl 


o 
U 


2 








PL 




> 


H 








O 




3 


I 








03 
3 




c 

PL, 


cyi 








$ 




P 


_ 








CD 




£ 


cn 












So 


(/) 








JB 

3 




C/l 


d 














M 


13 13 


^3 13 


13 




jb 


B 


to 


a 






TO TO 


TO TO 


TO 
CD 




cd 


cd 


T) 


to 




to 


io 


I— 1 










03 


1— ' 


a> 


JO 


1— < 





a 

a 



CO 

o 



o 
o 

r-t- 

cr 

63 



O 

< 

o 

cd 

r-t- 



H0 en 



r 
e 

o 

cr 

CD 

O 
P5 

EC - 

1-1 Cjq 
Cn en 



C/5 

n 


X 


cd 




o 


W 


o 


R 


o 


CD 

Cd 


o 

o 


o 


cn 


h-,' 


cr 


O 
P5 


P^ 

QTQ 


Cd 




*l 


cn 


< 




63 


Cn 


O 


*- 




63 


H-> 



C<3 

65 



&: 

o 

o 

C 

cr 

CO 



Cd 



CD 
CD 



Q OQ 

S- s, 

o 
c 



2". P3" 



Cd 
o 

83 



P 

P5 

•n 

o 
o 

cr 
p 



51 

o 

o 

O 

cr 
to 



Qrq 



cT > 



to 

o 
o 

Hd 



o 
o 



p 
i-i 
p 

CL 
CD 



CO 
O 



P 
cn 



00 
O 

o 



ia- a- £L 
i P ■• 

^3 



Cd 



o 



CD 
cn 

cr 
5 

Qrq 
CD 
i-( 



00 

b 
o 



o s 



B5 

o 

o 5 

Cd 
C 
p 
sr 

2- CD 



r 
p 

M-i 
P 

CD 



CO 

b 

o 



o 

o 

rf 
O 

cr 
to 



CD 

o 



3 h3 
*-■• . 

> s 

cn ™ 

cn 

O 

O 



DC 

O 

w 

n 

o 



o 

3 








L^ 


Publish 
August 
sity. E 
office a 
on For 


Si 


3 "• 5. NK> 01 


Is 


every 
Alum 
ed as 
ewisb 
579. 


fe 
fe 


month e 
ni and fr 
second- 
urg, Pa. 


S 


Xj » 3 re 


E. 


00 w jx'-rt 


R" 


^ 3 2,^ 

»S-t»cr 


fe 




Er 


R X- Si 
3 &5 3 ^ 


(S 






June 
11 Un 

the 
reque 


1 


c= 


and 
iver- 
post 
■sted 






© 




r" 


IT 


H 


a 


C 


sr 


* 


tJ 


CD 


H" 


pr 




tu 


3 


,•». 


a- 


a 


'-I 


C 


>— 


u 


T 


f— 


a* 


w 




H'"* 


• 


c 


< 




a 


CD 


"T 


h^- 


(0 


Pi 


< 


« 


» 


CD 






T 


CD 




U. 


CD 


,-• 


H- 


T 


-0 


d- 


c+ 


I 


<< 


T 


UJ 




U 


-J 




3 

c- 
cr 
&> 






f II 1WIIIILIL MMMM 



NOVEMBER 1970 



Volume LVI, Number 4 





w 
3 



I* 

01 * 

PI r 

a. 3 



<-< x 2 

§ 2. 3 

*■ 9: » 

W a - 

I « ~' 

« 9 Ol 

«■ s« 

a o sr 
o 2 a 

■* 3 © 
ft c« 

a s 9 

>>^ B J° 

!■?»«« ai 
S § 6, 8 
3 3 r fl-o 



*- H 

- — 

p M 

>"d S3 

c c 

E n 

3" § 

cs > 

a r 

*- d 

I 2 

a. z 

CJ en 

a " 

< < 



- 
< 



Z 
o 







> 


H 


> 


s 




2 

CD 

3 
o 


5 


< 

is 


g 

5 

3 . 


CD 

3 
o 




> 


3" 


n 


pj 




















<r1 


3 


o 










pus 
Vorl 


d 


1 — 1 

2 








O 




> 

(0 










03 




a. 










£ 




o 










3 






►— 1 








a> 




2 


C/3 












so 


C^ 








SB 

3 




<-* 


a 














w 


-u 13 


•"O 'u 


13 
CD 




jB 




(0 


a 




GTQ 0Q 


rjq Qrq 




0) 


-D 


0) 


■o 




to 





1 — 1 










jo 




05 


JO 


1— 1 





o o 


^ 


> 13 


3 33 

3 ft 


■< 


to cr 
c sr 


h 


in m 


3 




co r 


CD 


o a- 


or re 




, CO i 

> < 

fa- ct 

3 M 


<D 2. 


a. 


a" 




3 ^ 


H 




3.3 


0q 


rt 


§1 




n 


13 


3 




L_ 


ETcD 


-J 




2 C5 

3 CO 


CO 


^ 


Q.T3 










5 


a^ 


M 




a> 


1) 


s s 


c 


-1 


K-i 


13 


(0 


3 v; 






0> - 


•-1 

a 

c 

CD 




G5 

3 OJ 


en 


XI 


5 » 




o 


2 3 


P-. 


rT 


7 a. 

















05 








^ 




















a 








2. 
a. 




ffi 


K 
O 

3 

cd 
o 
o 

3 
)— '. 

era 


p 

o 

CD 

© 

o 


td 
W 
> 
> 


5' 

— 
0) 

1 
CD 

00 

o 


o 
o 

CT 
P 

Cd 

on 
O 
S3 

On 

< 

on 

o 

a> 

r-t- 
c-t- 

en 


> 

3 

— 

r 

C 
o 

cr 

CD 
O 
C3 

1 

I— 1 
1— ' 

*>. 

> 


C75 
O 

o 
o 

td 

O 

en 
< 

td 

r-h 

Qrq 
a> 

1 


X 
o 

3 

CD 
CD 
O 

3 
era 

o* 
p 

TJ 

>^ 
P 
Ch 
CD 
1 


td 
o 

O 

cr 
w 

CD 
P 

?r 
p 

en 

r+ 

00 

b 
o 


o 

o 

c 
cr 


td 

g 

n 
so 

o 
a- 

i 

c 

K 

o 

rt* 

CD 


CD 
CD 

& 

era 
o 

td 
o 
p 

3- 

o 

a 

R" 

CD 
CD 


ro 

on 

3 
p 

o 

o 

cr 
£L 

td 

on* 
O 
13 
on 


O 
o 

O 

cr 

b3 


o 

o 

O 

cr 


o 

n 
O 
g 

5 




k 


era 

b 

o 


s 


i— 1 

b 
o 

> 


1 

(— ' 
O 

w 

o 

> 


> 

k 




r 

CD 

cr 


O 

i-( 

Ln 

td 

c 

o 

?r 


on 

p 
p 

CD 




CO 








r 




k 


s 






era 
a> 

►-! 

00 

b 

o 


— 

CD 

> 

3 

— ■ 

> 

en 
tn 
O 
O 

p' 

o 

13 


ri- 

CD 

1 

w 

b 

o 




CO 

o 





r- co H 



ro 


e 


a* 


* 


u 


ro 


i-" 


py 




c 


D 


,■*» 


cj- 


ra 


'1 


c 


•— 


CJ 


T 


• — 


3" 


CW 




K 


• 


c 


< 




a 


(C 


*n 


H" 


(fl 


B 


< 


« 


• 


(t 






1 


03 




U. 


ro 


*-* 


!-■■ 


T 


-J 


cf 


rt- 


J. 


«< 


T 


-0 




3 
P» 

c- 
tr 

T 

w 



Around Campi 



Faculty Reject Flan 






The faculty rejected | 
October ?r.i .1 resolution 
Students ■ tiling for .1 m 


it a special sen 
Jincd "Prracct 


on 011 Monday. 
on o( Bucknell 
n Plan." In «- 



plclcd In the (mirth week uf the following semester), 



Faculty Aid Admission 


Staff 


Twelve 'acuity member 


began volunteer duties in the 


Admissions Office on October 1. The professors, who 


represent departments in 


npjiurcrinv.. Ilie sciences and 


(lit humanities, :ire interviewing candidates for admis- 


sion 10 ihc University. AH 


(tended two training sessions 




tsions Staff prior to undcrlak- 


ing this n.w t.i.l Their 


inrk adds approximately 25 




xk that can lie granted to 


prospective students Sinn 


ri-qucsls for personal intcr- 




inhjJIv, Ihis faculty' effort is 


a major contribution to lb. 


work of Uic Admissions Stuff. 


Some 1200 interviews 


■id been conducted between 


Mav 1 and October 15. Tin 


e are now 345 Early Decision 


applicants of the 1.006 pn 
class admitted nest year 




expected to number about 


725 to 750. 




Bucknell on ETV 




Though details arc inco 






gttae on Die. 10 will be 




actional T V. stations on a 


delayed basis: Stal Nib 


d to carry the game include 


WLVT, Bethlehem; WVM 


Scran ton; WJTr, Hcrshcy; 
(.-, and WQEX. Pittsburgh. 


WLIW, Garden City, N. 


Cheek for rhe dale and tir 


e in vour local area. 




T^r? f^=J Php 




"The Child Is Father to the Man . . ." 

Some proof that "the child is father to the man" was provided io a feature 
story by Dave Wohlhuctcr, sports information director, who gathered together 
baby photos of all seniors on the foiitlull team ami published them side by side 

with 1970 plnitus of tliise young r Our sample includes only Co-captains Cone 

Dcpow and Don Ciacomelli and Tony I.ucndamo. but some' statistics may add 
sveight to the photos above. The "monster" man on defense. Tony is 5'-9* and 
weighs 165. The left tackle on defense. Ccne is 6-1* and hits the scales at 235. 
An offensive halfback, Don now stands at 6"-2" and weighs 200. None of this 
is scientific, but neither is growing up. 



♦ George K. "Lefty" James '30. outstanding end on liucknell grid learns under 
Cu.ich C.11I Suavely, u-.i, installed in the Pcnnsvhani.. Spurts llall ill Fame for 
1970 in ceremonies hold in Hanisburg on November 15. "Lefty." who served 
from 193(3 until I960 „ [] lc coaching stall at Cornell, the lasl M years as head 
football mi -ntiir. also was a stand-out baseball player in hLs student days al 
Bucknell, He resides at Lansing East Apt.. Ithaca, N. V. 14S50. 



Name Dr. David D. Pearson to Herbert Spencer Professorship 



The Herbert Spemcr I'rolessoishlp in Biolo- 
gy, created l.y a SJiTiiikkj v,r.int From the Samuel 
II. Kress Foundation in Ni-w York City, has been 
announced at Bucknell University. 

Dr. Spencer was president of Bucknell from 
19-15 to 19-10 mid from 1949 until his death in 
I960, was executive director of the Kress Foun- 
dation. The Foundation's work is mainly in the 
fields of art and post-graduate medicine. 

At the same time, it was announced that the 
newly -created professorship has been awarded 
10 Dr. David D. Pearson, assistant professor of 
biology- at liucknell and 11 member of the Uni- 
versity's faculty since 1066. 

The Spencer Professorship will make possible 
the development and administration of coopera- 
tive program! between [luckncll and the Institute 
for Medical Education and lies, arch at the Gel- 
singer Medical Center in Danville. In his now 
position Dr. Pearson will devote some time to 
consulting on programs of research at the Insti- 
tute in addition to bis regular teaching and re- 
search in biology. 

Recipient til bachelor uf arts and master of 
science degrees from the University of Conneeti- 
cut and a PhD degree from the University of 
Kansas. Dr. Pearson is chairman of the five-coun- 
ty Northeastern Area Committee of the Susque- 
hanna Valley Regional Medical Program. His 
special fields of interesl are iinmnnobiology and 
biochemistry and he has published several arti- 
cles on immune systems in reptiles and mammals. 

In 1969, Dr. Pearson was appointed chairman 
oF the Susquehanna Valley llegiun.il Medical 
Program, Northeastern Area, in winch he has dis- 
played an active interest in research on cancer, 
heart, stroke and related diseases. 

More recently, he received a grant from Penn- 
sylvania Department uf Puttlit Instruction to con- 
duct a conference at Bucknell on "Principles and 
Problems in Mmlal Health and Menial Hctardn- 
svill be held on January 







I, 1971. 



Greet Prime Minister 

Gifts of cuff links bearing the Bucknell Uni- 
versity seal were presented to Japanese Prime 
Minister Eisnku Sato by the seven Boekncllians 
who were his guests at a meeting in his hotel 
suite in New York City on Monday, October 19. 

The students also gave Mr. Sato a Pennsyl- 
vania Dutch centerpiece, a wall fixture which 
includes a barometer, thermometer, and the 
liucknell seal, and a bos nl locally-made candy 
for his wife. 

The Buck 11 el I inns, all of whom have taken 
work in Bueknell's Japanese Studies Center and 
who made a study-tour in Japan, last August. 
included Jeffrey Shcrwin, of Port Jervis, N. Y.; 
Richard Matkie, ol Sloekhridge, Mass.; Healher 
Entrckin, of Medina, N. Y.; John Duffy III, of 
lleaeiinslield. 1 lu. bee. Canada. Helen Koons, of 
Paramos. N. J,. Sally Henderson, of Zelicnoplc; 
and Pamela Havens, of Johnson City, N. Y. 



n Japanese, accompanied the gi 
luda, Japanese counsel general, 
at the meeting. 

o met with New York Mayor J oho 
Inwiiiglus talk with the [luck,,, lli.ms 
:cd the United Nations General As- 
vVcdncsday, October 21 and met with 
liion on Saturday. October 2-1 before 



Eastman Kodak Grants 

Buekncll University has been awarded ti 

grants totaling $8,750 from the Eastman Kodak 

Company as part of the compaoy's S3.3 million 

educational aid program for 1970. 

Bucknell has received a grant of $3,750 a 
one of 101 privately .suppnriMl colleges and uni- 
versities awarded unrestricted grants totaling 



U. S. Steel Foundation 

Bucknell University has received an unre- 
stricted grant of $25,000 from the United States 
Steel Foundation. 

Tlie grant to Bucknell is one of 25. ranging 
from $15,000 to $100,000. made to colleges ^ 
universities by the U. S. Steel Foundation 
major- purpose or capital needs. 



Sor 



Library Memorial 

: of the friends of Mary Elizabeth Evar 



'29 (Mrs. F. Earl Bach), who died in July. 1970. 
have sent contributions to the Ellen Clarke Ber- 
trand Library lor the purchase of books in 1 
memory. Alumni interested in adding to I 
fund may do su by making cheeks parable to 
library and directing them to Mr. Donald You 




H X|isja.siuf[ ai[i «| 
salvias piiis ojouj jo aq uco a.n ipju.u in s.Sv.w JIMS 

pirn '(.(poq snoouoHiuuoi| v 1011 si 1 t i\\ \pwpn\\ .njt 

)iri|j nui/ip:.uj s-.'i)iui|.ii' 11 |V piiiiiiitiniiu in i|.iu 

•BA c OUtUUDiap 'siiniie.iumuiuim ivudiin 111 .idruj 111 
■\poq o.siieiuasojdoj .uotti pu« pa3ji-|o > siiji qii y\ 

lOSlpiiBOUGi [i 6 | jos.«wpji|i 

"■"J! ""l'» jd " "I l»"!o! ■*, 111" Jo, *U-|y ]>=>N 

j.iqui.u, |i.v,«| iv.i3u.iioa ino .«ou si 'am Jo «"D 
„ ( i p in .pi.ud 'jamatis |i!(i ■Xpoq aienpeiSiapuii 
nji in 11 <ji n 1 1 nqaj i[ i-iij' iimiil.i id i> oppoid poti 
■dnoiu aSn su|) a.uas .aiiaq 01 sn a|qcua ||im i||uoa jo 
UDisiijui sil|| .>doq j,\\ -ilvoi U-TOUiip |SU| .->1|( UiqjLW 
pojvnpujtS a.u'q »i»i[i vi'viqj ^ui|ii.>i .ud.u pJCOfj oi|| uo 

sii[| i[3ooii|X UU04 Jca(-.t.'it)l l! JOj pJEOfj at[i uo uiaqi 
4u35y11d.il 01 suaqui.iui ijaqi jo auo nuuSisip [p.w s.1 
-stop -suoiunaij iriuai puc qoy aqi pue uorionpuiS )V 
lauuEiu 8uiavo|1oi .ii|l in po|u,is.ud.i] aq |n,u s-issvp 
raSunoA -ii[X uoiiC|ii,is,udaj n3u mo Jo nojiJod jotuas 
ail] 3ii<]iiasojdor snip 'uuaj juaX-tuiiii u joj jo)aoi|p 
auo opesord oi paivmi uaaq suq qnp in)uauisj oqx 

e joj aAijiijuisajdaj .urn apLsoid i>i |fa]Lsu; uaoq si'i| 
uoTjcpossv sjuajitj nau^ang ,ii| ] uuai 1111-puip 

u joj qoua auo 'saaisatj, jo pjuofl "|i jo "uu 03 

(uot4B|a|t louitqv aqi puu '[uuiui) i|iiu ijiiji i|u| 



'■"l.l. 1 



:.U[1 JO pCDUC >|S1!| 



j >|3t.o, 



iduip .up iv suieiSnid 1 
-uu puu .lAipe do|'.i.ip o| adoi| a,w |iii|i ui.ii|| i[3iioji(1 
si ii puoisjiiptm [i-i.w aiinb ojb sJi|!|!(|!SOods.H puv 
saiiop j|.ii|i pue .wou sjco.C oaiqi roj 8oi|ci.ido uaaq 
-i.\«q sJoi*)j|p la.uisip ai|X sjO|a,ijip a3jn(-)E si pue 
siopojip lauiijp it jo s|siso,u .spuis-ud pivog aqj. 





iwj.i|u| pxi.iu.i9 joj pinq 

OOI ."UlS ,lw ll.llj.w |«.1^|>3|J.-1AI'I MIllHlUKis Sli.lJC ST130J 

J0|pq oiui 8iii~iiiji| "(i-iiii ■■"■..■jd.ij \|jidnjd ,uu .{»oq lu 
-umju aqi jo siu.iuiSas puu sdnoiS 1s.1j.14u1 paaads icqi 
ajnsui ||Lw loiaoiqi .iHjuj-iu aqj_ -a^t-udordde u- 
luauiiAOjdiui joj suo14cpu.1un1100.1j a^cui [|lu 
'piHSip siq uiijiisi siuvjfojd ji. ss.iuaAcpajj.1 aq] 
-n|B.s.i |p,w 'sufiiiiviinajn niinu[i- \vno[ jo diqsjapc." 

AllllinillO,! nuLUIMII LI] lijssi; ||LW .1[J |11J|.S[)1 siq Nil 

sajifAiiaii Jajdeqi | j<> ioj Ai||ii]isuodsaj .sjuslu; 
put |uuoHCJido % 1 - 1 1 [uu- s|s.>j ijin iuiun|v [UjauaS s 
-aidaj joiaajip pu|sip at|j_ uoiMjip j3jv|-iu 

SJ04U.1JIP ]OU|5|p .Ji.p-ijip jn spu;>| OAVJ OTO OJ0l[J 

■saiiwipc s.uoiiei.ii i^\ |uuui[v aqi jo .wop j,i3jc| 

'4U.isojd3J .Clljl 111 dlllOl H|| IjlLW Suquauiiiiui 

jo 0|OJ ]in,'4Joduii aii) uuojiad tun) ui sjopiuip aqx 
-uoiiepossv -ii(l '"] sii|iid .nuinii( jMstudv-i A|p 
uailAy ipji|M 'OpniiUD jo i-is e appuid -.(poq 11 
1EJOI oi|) JO -MiH-ilias-udu 3m, iq Aq 'sjaquLim pjro(| 
[en[]i.if|iiu .111 j_ .i|qissnd n: .lAiiviuas-iid-iJ sv aq p]ln 
sroiiijiQ jo pjcofi aqi ■.(p.Mja.-jijD sup op 01 s, 
-jalqu uoiuuioj Jin Suiqsi(duii.vie in diqu.>pi;.i[ -1 
-Old 01 J.lipaSoi iJo.w o| paau ivip sdncuS jsyu.i|ui p-'O 
-ads 'SJ.Jldvqa 'S.HWj.l \t> v.i|din.n r: su uooupossi 

saquasap (6861 ut [i-ndopci ugunirtmtn assu jh 

,1..,,. ..,-„ „„,.v iM,.,fi ri .ue 
osodjnd ,ii|i jo aiiiqt mms Suipurisaaputi tit no, 
-sc 4_nea [ 'sqdciSi-jvd lei) v |int in || 90S .1111 1 

•uoiiupossv 
iuum|v ]|.iu^.i[in n|i j.i 1'iilim! |inr .^in^jn.w ,ii|| uinij 
paj noA nianiqiviai. iqi ..7qe.11 i.iiea [ mm luuinp! a'e| 
jo s^uvi aqi ujojj poAOiu.ij 3uo[ os lou me [ iui|4 s; 

Siqi JO ||C Ol ]Ulod Ipl .(ilinUiS s iL|l[|(|tsl|(idS0J S4] 

^001 qnqw duoiS maS 1111.1 yj.iA e sew 'ipej 111 'slip, 
luqi uiaiedde .Hiiej.q n 31111-11111 isjy aoj ly tusioitn 
-vu,i|. (ii mo lou iv n i|i\uie jiaqi jo aSnuii X]\ ■\n.\J\ 

uapi a[H!| peq [ 'uoisog u,i 41 pue euid|..pv[iqj ui [,.vi| 

qiqi .il ( | iv jAiiai: ,r.« | l(" (j , , r 

^i.u.i| p|in>.w ii (in ■ ■ ■ r.uu n(i j, , ■ ■■. ., 

s.joia:>ji[[ .iqi poid.ioai: ] .ia.ii|.»[ [ "Xppicjj SJOjaaj 
-IO 1° P Jl '°fl suoquioossv munqv oi[i uo joimjiq v 
su Ajauq p.i.uas pvq j 'isod su|| Suuunssir oiojag 

stioi/ojou luiuniy 1013311a 
oc, iiatuoagMLivf/irj 

XjpaiTQ §UD[B3dg 



Bucknell Parents 

['ari'ills WerVenil ".is i-ieitiufi — 11 il billing a iln.t ll-tu-the-wiri 

n the Bisons football nctory over Lafayc'lte. Hi-iH— and included 

bold topics as Professor John Kirkland's 'What docs Bucknell 

for sour $3,700 per year?" 
Pi iii.sinh si-ssiniis mi .jp|nirtiinilii-i Fin giailu.ile stiidv. Inl by 

I1..I.I Hay, th.liriii: I Ilie iti p.irtiniiit nl iil.illieiu.itics, Ol '■' 

. h il bv Dr. Daiiil Pearson, assi-lunt prod ssnr nl hinlogy . an 
onn'es, ied by Di. William Cooper, chairman ..I Hie departme 
' ,-erl. Other events that met with appl 
's The Mela 



s of 11 



lionie llan 

The Hue 

■aduales, contributed Sl.OOfl to the Merle M. and Franco* B. Odgers 
diolarship Fund. Niinutl in honor of the president emeritus and his 
ife. I he fund was established by the liucknell Parents to provide one 
more full-lime scholarships Inr mnli ruraduat' ? Mr. John B. Young, 
leil Ilidgc. N- J-. is piisiilenl nl the '•iganization. 



Autumn Patterns 

The leaves arc crimson, gold ami brown, 
But tu each one comes tumblingdoion, 
To me' forever they ore green, 
And s])rlng's frail buds arc alwayn seen. 

"IWpceC In /.title Sonj;! of Ihc Sroijn 



A11 Artful Photographer 




For Today's Adolescent, Home Is Just an Affectionate Hotel 



By The Rev. Max Corn 



Tracing lite Family's Loss 

of Influence On The Young- 

AndXVJwt Might Be 

Done About It 



*i ipecUli 



ded tpeclaluallon n u 
legally define our chU- 



cii.ii;i- I- hasic lo ihe total personality de- 
velopment of an iTbili^ itln-nl, anil l-'iu^ lan- 
guage U seldom neutral il Is the major "35' 

li,,|V. lalmt.. Iitn--.ii. an J wi.»u ,.( both 
the fnmlly and the culluie. This has no! 



.' cl„.-,.l, 
iral of all I reditu Her 



iehomc.1 





Afcou/ trie Writer 








larian Universalis! 


cw 


h of Canltm. 

r 


"Isis 


* 




Union Theo- 




• -: / 


logical Soml- 




1-.i 


York Oly and 






f 


















[ - 


A 


ily. lie also hai 
hria Ihc pjuto- 










1, .-,( Crib, 


d, N. Y., and has 












is married Lo the 




, Eniilie J. 




Ire 


I* parents o[ 





,• that permeated 



s. hard work, and homc- 



pce-r emnp. ihf home I clbii.ju L-ln-.s morr and 
mat,- ul Us traditional impcirlantv. untd, in 
laic adolc^ci-nssr, the- home beconiei an of- 

a.,,1 .l.iocjit.n opernle- 

For 200 years of American history, lire 
Inline was the -pcci-ilcr in lire .l.-vvlopiii.-nt 
of adnlls Irnin the cradle 10 the grave, be- 

In our desire lo better the education oF 
the s-.j.ii.g. Ilic- Crn.vlng society of specialists 

iiiliiI ill" mi.iliiir .(lures ol turcnti. 



dilutions were ai good 1 

created Ihi-m and If their services "ere Uis- 

mliLit.il ecpiilalily. il ill other ivords tlrry 

,.„■..,,!,,„, |l. i, „', i.-jd ' -..,, sialic I i in..- rc- 
H-r.il.U- l.urc.iiJcatic Ic.idallmi in which the- 

the ...u|-.Ftuniliii el mi. ofiiprir.g ilepentliiii; 

on a varicly of B.n.i-1 ■> imitii.i.al crili nil. 

Where once Ihc i|iiifils nf ill,- f-imllv di- 

ii.mii.-n. i.fErn today il mini Ik- the nullity "I 

"tilth children ..ill !--■ plated in loslcr 
homes, which cdc-cnled, which drilled. 



The family alsn 
It) chlld.raL.ini; fu 
flucnccs. especially 



..tailed l.i I,- 



, ,-1 prnl.- 



lals, 



i:;;,;; 



main source of the cmuliunal arid cultural 
activities of people Until the turn of the 



hood of persons was directed, n 

at "'gros.iiir; up'" m rpiicUv as possible, fur 
j J.i (ill ..-.I ..-as desirable. 



hot who. by Taw. il,-rc nnlm.- gicn-m-Ll liiturcs 
and s---i.il opp.iliiiiilic- Today the school, 
not the home, determines If and when the 

Second to Ihc schf.l in ehviiius impor- 
tance is the legal ixi.d legislative sj-jlein 
lirndinq toer-llu-i n.-llan- department, laini- 
Iv court. DCtlill Institution, droit board, and 



,- dclcn 



.■''ico'ii'-. 



.1 pl.i-rn .cnn.n in his mouth 
a ..liver .jx-iip. the c-ducali.il? 
n nioro than th" larnuVs c-1 



thov.ered lliei. vi.nn; wilh affluence and 
i.llhhcld open aiTccllon . . In n society 

■ kin ln.-iiig al7.-ctli.ii.il i- authoring, or. holat- 
,-d peer group he. ilei.-loj:.-.! T h ..- anli-idiill 
ric-cr grf.lip, ■-.iTranci-i! Iriun 111..- adult .lorld. 
has often mad,- laic adok-'L-iil-. capllv,-. Ii> 
themselves. In sirch crplivil. llir-lr i.pinnn... 

lu ihc vniiriL! Ihan Ih'BC n! their parents, 
ilni-. .c.-jk.-iuiiL: i In- ..illicit inn il pincr ill 111..- 
family. 

Thl. l.-ndi-nn fur ...urn; ulirlls t.. lircil- 
u.lh the lonulbl fl.c- c.f the cullure, thniiv-, 

en wilh all the in..ni.-.nl ..cilncn irl Hal 



Liicil "I iK-.M.nil ili-Liliii.incnt. Coniccp-en.lv. 
iilnltlim.Kl ufi|H.-,.r. to be a fate v.-orse rlcjr- 



...... .„.,„. ,r .... ., 

K.rst' of all. parent.' reed to overcome 
t.i.id n.rcc:nei u! tl.eir uwn vhildhood dnd. 
cDn.nirlrt; thil .,1 the.' own children ",lh 

I i It,,- il-rlt .lei'.,,, arc I.J.I.y; ... 

T.-.-I a l.i-iC av lh:> Sill and rhit rl.ey an- 



(othc" and mothers rrs a vpeeinl breed ni 
Idinll ..1th no rights eseepl In the olf houn 
when th- children, poorthlnes. must be sub- 
letted to the fumbling! of the family. 

The- 'ad Is. thai while parents ore cdl). 



j'li't". 'vk, ",,',r. 

nale rales and v 



L .s pnor .tody habits. 



oclety. Sometimes 



or man-rn.ldi-. When the y.innL; hav. no enn- 
lldcnt place on which In stond and be priind 
" 'lo confldcnl in licin; ih<- 



Eiiitdh's Note 
This article first appeared fn Septem- 
ber 7, 1970 issue of 'The National Ob- 
server"-antl Is reprinted here wilh the 
permission of the editors and of the 
author. Reprints of the article are now 
being offered to readers of "The Na- 
tional Observer." 



liilci.ee in their >outh and children h* mak- 
ing the home more than a hotel Irum which 

tli..- nll,|irinir radiate to the misleading "fun" 



n the world as it 



, Ihcy 



ich a cullly parent Is 
4o>e, InsThcd, com- 
. nil), his children 
■ the wilhdrauvrl by 



, arid take a more active pan 



r Ii-ach.-r. In piiii,K. ri.cnl ir 

1 r.: wilt, ^h..:.1 .Mitl.orili.-i, l 

-.irlr.^ ,.F v.h..-1-lHiiril N„.-..-linj;-. 

lilion m nich a. rhi-<". pir.nn 
thev .hoeld leach ih.-lr ,.t,il 



;lii ciit.rr.illy templed, a 

lag to adapt in order to survive, to escape; 
..-.-■III.. I.i ......id rcip.-Tivililliiy. tn arr.-il ado- 
lescence and hence a.Tiid adulthood. 

Often, loo. wr lm.e raised children to 
espev-l lilc al.va.s lo lie "fun." and when 

•il. Ih.-y f.-el Iwttavcil |.y n, and by lk-- 
world. 
Sricli. I think, arc the Imle templadcnn 



What Pnrcnls Cnn Teach 

Itricll., Ihi-v ran Icicli iL-.-.-.-pr.ihl,: navi . 
..ili.llln... wlll.uiil fulling ml. i (I.,- d:i;-..] 

so many of usdi.lilc The. ...r 



dog pit I ems 



........mi. The, .an l.-.lrli the 

nf ..■II-c,,r,Ii,l,-ot-e by noting IS 
crsons thcrnselvcs. They cnn teach 
by giving a balanced account of 






The Varied Worlds of Bucknellians 



* All iho-ir ctrmnnLTdnh prtidjitii (fint "Pan Am makes ttK gninfi 
grtat," nnd three pretty Buckiiflliiiiis aro aboard those giant 747 
Lr.inspiirt jets lo testify lo Ihc fads in Ihe malter, Marili,ii G. Kvil- 
joid 70 is now- based in Wnshinglon. D. C. and flits the Eutapcan 
<ki-.v.i.s lor fan Amtricln. Mirvli.i I,, [lomillrai '(Vj and Baibara 
Puff '69 are Hying out of New York City on jet clipper flights to 
Europe, Ihc Caribbean area, Africa and the Middle and Far East. 
So. v.Lilcli lot mir alumnae mi u-ur ne.lt P.ni-Am fligllll 

♦ Nine Buckrull tlniversilv alutnni. including a current member 
of the lliickin.il laculty, have hecn selected In appear in the 1970 
edition of Oulslontling Young Men of America, an ariiutal awards 
volume whi c)i recngiii/c-s icunt; mm bi-twivji the ages ut 21 and 35 
who are wrirkinir. t'iw.ir.1 evcilliue their c-.trters iint! cemmunity 

The Buchnelli.ins Imimr.-ii ineludc Majnt K.ilman Csc.ha, Jr. '02, 
assistant profi-s.jr of mililan ieitnee at Duqucsne Univcrsiti' in 
I'ittsbtiroli. mid William S. Mover '53 who i_s a refining accounting 
c-i.>i..rihi..itnr fni flu., Asia S.-nicc. file in Siugapcre. Major Csoka, 
who received a M.S. degree in nu-ctiLiiiicnl eiigiiicering, avsiimed his 
present post in August, I960, afler scrying two lours of duty in 
Vietnam. He recently received the first Oil; Leaf Cluster lo the 
Uniivcc Star fur iiiiTiiuriuiis service and tin- Air Mnial. awards one 
Ihrongb seven Mr. Mm it receiv.-d hiv US degn. in c-onimercc and 
finance and pr.vionslv nr.rLc.l lor the Standard Oil Co, in Ihis coun- 
Iry and in Manila anil Snig.in Also -elected was Dr. David A. Lutz 
'59, who received a B.A. degree earn laude. Currently serving as a 
lecturer in religion at the Uiiivii-ilv, he received a B.D. degree 
(trim Cole. iir--li.<li. -liter Diiinili S.linnl .mil .i I'liD ilegree from 
Drew University. 

The other Uiictiiell .ilunnii selected are Hichard I). iloddie '01. 
iliK-lii.-iter, N. Y . ii recent gradti ite u[ the Syracuse University Col- 
li ce ni Law, where he was president of th.- sludenl bar association; 
11.,!., rt M Ci.niiius Til, Spmic-iicU. \',i., a m.irinoemuit officer with 
tin ['r.-sidtiifsCJ.riiniilli.f.jn Mental Itel.irdatiuii nf (tie Department 
ol ll.allh. Education, and Welfare; Henry A, Lambert '57, New 
"i ■ rj-l City, i-ieeiiliv... vie.' pi.^idcnt nl the (],inal-HnndoIph Corpora- 
lion, a major real i-stalr- company; Kennclh C. Langonc '57. Mnn- 
hussel, N, Y.. president of B, W. Presspricb and Co . Inc.. a leaiiini; 
brokernge concern In New York City; Dr. Bobert B. Larsen '56, 
Denv.r, Cell, , a [i.mier nn-iliail inissi.ir.ar-. In India and now n sur- 
gical residenl in a Denver hospital, and Alan \V. Steiss '59. Blacks- 
burg, Va., assi-amit r.lireelor uf the ('enter for Urban and Begional 
Studies at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 

* The lk-v Di. Nicholas G. Sileo 49 has been appfiintcd dean of 
student sfrriti-s .it Florida IiitirnatiiMi.il Uiiiversitv at Miami, Flo. 
Me formerly served ns director of c-mmirnilv alTni'r. nl the Llruecr. 
sity. The new dean is a member of the Phi Lambda Theta fraternity 
and received his A II. degree fr,„„ llncta,,!! in 19-19. his B.D. degree 
from Colgalc-lli-i he.lct Divinity Schotil in 1952. and his Ph.D. de- 
gree in sociology fnnn l'lmid i Slate University in 1.161. An academ- 
ic s'-.r-iol-'gist. he will toiiliiiiii- to teach on a regular basis. Mrs. Sileo 
ii the former Nida Poteitt '■.8, a mimber of the Pi Beta Phi sorority 
at Bncknell who now seryes as a sccondaiy school teacher. The 
couple has five children and lives in Miami, Fla. 

♦ Bobert W, Cochran '48. Cazcnovia, N. Y,. has joined CBS Lab- 
oratories, a division nl Columbia lltoade.islinu System, Inc., as 
director ol ni-irVeliiig fur pi.ifesilnn.il pnnlncts. He is responsible 
for all profi-ssion.d ptodncts dinnestn. .mil frirtie; arkcling pro- 
grams serving ill,- Itro.n leas lint; ami ,..,iiiriaiiiie.iln.iii,. iuilieilry, busi- 
ness and cd ncal ion. Mr. Cochran formerly headed Ca-ni-ral E.octric's 

Coin d P.-rlon v.- Nelwurk Otnininiikatiini Service and served 

in several e-vetuliv.- |»-ii„,i,. with th.it company, lie received a U.S. 
degree in plissjr-, Irum lluiVm-ll are! is a iinnilier of the Lambda 
Chi Alpha fraternity. The Cochmns have two childrm. 

♦■ Harold M. Huffman, Jr. '50. Lebanon, lias been named plant 
manager o( Whitmoycr Lilsntaliirii-s. Inc., ni Micrstown. A 1050 
ehcuiieal I'Hj; ■nuc gr.ulieii,, nl Hinknrll. Mr. Huffman was em- 
ployed in various pruilnetinn and ilevelnpriii'iit capacities wilh 
Merck 4 Co. and Bristol Lalmrakirii.-i, prior to joining Ihc WTiit- 
moyer organisation in 1961. lb- is a member ol the American Chemi- 
cal Snc-i.fv, American Legion and lilts. Me anil his wile. Ihe former 
Victoria Turznnski, have three sons. 

♦ Ernest Hendricks, Jr. '50, Tcnneek, N. J„ has been appointed an 
assistant corporalc Irust officer nl Marine Midland Grace Trust 
Company ol New York fin- lineVnilliaii. who received his B.S. 

degree in cc icicc nnd finance in 19S1 and is a memller oF the 

Phi Lambda Theta fraternity, joined tin batik in January 1970. ami 
is in charge ol Ihe computer at con riling control section ol the cor- 
porate trust department. Me retired as a Major in the U. S. Army ai 
ihc end of 1909 after 25 years of sen-ice to his country. Mr. Hen- 
dricks and his wife. Amir... are Ihe parents of two sons and live 
at 156 Voorhces Street. 

♦ Marvin C. K.-lly 51 is tin- ni-iv director nf management advisory 
services for ILciVins and Sill-. Man, a tin uiii-al engineering gradu- 
ale. joined this international public acnnmling firm in 19«i Pre- 
viously, he served with the L' S Ann. Signal Corps in Alaska and 
was assiK.-i.ttid ..ith tl„ (,.,ds.-ar Tile f, Hiiblur Company. Union 
Carbide mil th. 1 ..^.,1. -I' dmolie,- Company. A member of Sigma 

Alpha Epvl.n. it IS,i,l.r„!l \l.„v t ,, Lv iv,d his MI1A InMri.il 

M.in.igerm.-ni ai the Univcrsiti ,,f Mitliigjn in 195S and subsequent- 
ly stinliiil ,,t Columbia University. He Is married lo the former 
Virgin!., Martin VI With their thildieii— Marvin. 8. Pamela, 6, and 
Mark. 4— they live at 6 Vine- Br.ad. Somerset, N.J. 



Bridging the f Gap' Via the Marketing Media 




, * . -• 





Where the Market Lies 

Some thougbls on how the mar- 
keting media might bridge the 
"generation gap" in social ideas as 
well as in merchandising were ad- 
vanced recently by David A. 
Crimm "50. ABC Badio Network 
Director of Station Relations. 

Addressing leading businessmen. 
retailers, advertising agency per- 
sonnel and members of the faculty 
of the Hadio-Tetevision Depart- 
ment at Michigan State University, 
Mr. Crimm stressed the potential of 









,-o«ll, 



iting thai "the young people are 
there now, wilh discretionary dol- 
lars lhal will respond lo carefully 
planned, on-targel marketing: re- 
sults can be measured in retail 

As an example. Crimm drew 
upon recent data projecting the 
rapid shift in age groups. 

"People age 20 to 29, for exam- 
ple, increased in numbers by Dnly 
two million in the 1950s. In the 
decade ahead, lhal group will grou 
by 15 million — far and away the 
fastest growing segment of the to- 
tal pop uln lion." 

Crimm went on to say that "ald- 
er age groups — people in the age 
35 to SI bracket will tend lo be- 
come somewhat less important in 
the population p.. (tern Markets of 
the 70s will be importantly influ- 
enced by such population shifls— 
and by conspicuous changes in 
spending power of various gionps." 






am B. Webber 
nd finance and 
has been appo 
Audio Elc-cln. 


'SO 


ho received his B.S. degree in eom- 
ornber of Ihe Tan kappa lipsilon fra- 
manager of General Electrics newly 
l,rl,,t "1" ""■"' ■ifftitdiug o. ., 


er Electronic! 
in 1950, had 
s planning. He 




m M, W.-bl.r, "1... joined General 

«b ' >' ■!'" .'s manage, for 

live of Uwisburg and von oi Harold 



Webber, it 1U2T i;i.irlmili- .,1 lliidriell. Mr. Webber 
three daughters, and resides in Fnyctlevillc, N. Y 

James A, Kirk '57 has been appointed Pittsburgh district n 



_ r for The 
3M7 One Olio 
from Buckncll 



Appraisal Company. Inc. with offices a 
I 'la/a Mr. Kirl: received a M.S. degree in economic 
n 1957 and is a member of the Phi Gamma Dell 



Mr. Grii 



ited fro 



study 



by the National Indtistri.it Confer 
eneo Hoard as an indication of what 
to eypect in the 70s. "By 19S0, 
with growing numbers of young 
and affluent households, the 25 to 
-It age onions will hold an estimat- 
ed 2Bpcr cent ol tfie total spending 






coniinuedt "Bui, 



when we go 
beyond ihe parameters of age and 
income demographics to plunge 

into [i.-vcliotiraplin-- tli.it we arc led 
astray by fanllv character analyses 
that lead us and I hem . . . totally 
astray . . . until we are worlds 

Quoting ftom a speech delivered 
.ipproiiniaiely four and one-half 
years ago, Mr. Grimm illustrated: 
"A recent survey by a leading ad- 
vertising agency revealed that 
America's young people for the 
most part want security. They want 
censorship and they want lo be 
treated with authority." 

"But," Grimm pointed out, "to- 
day's youth are not seeking Ihe pro- 
leclion of authority, they arc re- 
belling against it, and Ihe more 
I hey ire eensored, the greater the 
rebellion." Grimm added. "Mass 
media lias relenllessly zeroed in on 
the young, but only lo sell them 
tilings, and in some eases, to over- 
sell them. Mass media has relent- 
lessly dramatized for (he adolescent 
his predicaments Television mag- 
nifies liis pimples: radio calls atten- 
tion lo his had breath, magazines 




caution him to use an underarm de- 
ordnnt. It must seem strange to 
many young people that we, as a 
nation, have developed and use 
even' possible product imaginable 
for personal cleanliness, while we 
tolerate litter and garbage in our 
streets, parks and highways, and all 
manner o£ dirt in our streams, riv- 
ers and the air we breathe." 

In looking to the future, Mr. 
Grimm said, "If we arc all aware 
ni their growing economic influence 
in the market, and 1 think w-o are. 
we should also be aware of their 
passion for peace, concern for en- 
vironment, hatred of hypocrisy, 
their compassion for the underdog. 
their cries for justice, their fear of 
repression and [heir desire to be 

"If all of us, as we claim, have 
the means and the Facilities to pro- 
mote the movement of merchan- 



dise, We also have the means and 
the obligation lo promote the 
movement of positive, not negative 
ideas, ideas and movements thai 
appeal to our noblest desires, in- 
stead of our lowest instincts." 

In closing, Mr. Crimm turned 
tlie attention of )u's audience to the 
future: "fn the nest decade we can 
expect steady progress am! growth, 
or rapid disinlcgration. ft all de- 
pends on whether we, as well as ihe 
younger generation, can grow up 
and face our problem-- together in 

A member of (he board of direc- 
tors of the Bueknel] Alumni Asso- 
ciation, Dave was a member of the 
S. A. E. fraternity tit Buckncll. He 
is married to the former Marjorie 
J. Gass and the)' arc the parents of 
three children. The Crimin family 
resides at 20 Goodwin Terrace, 
Westwood. N. J. 



ran help children lite reality I 
[ them Into cnnRdcmec on real fnmi 
, Utc the family budget, by givii 
not play, wort to do In the hornc, m 



Ihe nilK media and peer ernup ..-ill, what is 
«-csik nnrl wrong anri cnl In life but only 
Iho fnnirly can tfach them that to b 
urupher (,ir R ..«d is to hive a lovers' q' 
rcl with lilc Tn leach them lo be propheU 



ing In a ivoilrl of so man) i-rmp- On,: 
agencies and fotco, became, for olf lb=lr 
Inadequacies, onk parent! .ire th.- s fieri] lists 
in loving. 

II you cannot teach love by loving, nines 
by valuing, trust nf life by Imitlni;. jell- 
mnfidence hy l>cint: lite-] nan-, hepe liv j.ii 
In ye-ur Lnvn ad ul th.-. vi\ then ^niir rhilijren 
in ,ir|>lc.ni cteilinecl 1,1 I*- aliens In a tlmnge 



Alumni Authors 

*■ A three-act play. Ofoli, written hy 
Dr. John S. Whcalcrofl '49, professor 
of English, has been published in 
book form here and in England. De- 
scribed as a modem fable, Ofoli won 
the Alcoa Playwriting Award in 1965. 
The American Conservatory Theatre 
and Station WQED-TV in Pittsburgh 
produced it as a television play in 
1966. The television production was 
purchased by National Educational 
Television Playhouse, and it has been 
seen on national television from 1966 
to 1970. The- production received a 
NET award in 1966, The American 
publisher is A. S. Barnes and Com- 
pany. Thomas YoselolT, Ltd , London, 
published the writing in England. 

O/oli was first done in its original 
form by Cap and Dagger at llucknclf 
in 1960. Written as a stage piny. Dr. 
Wheotcroft adapted it for television 

in Atlanta in the spring of 196S. The 
play has also been used as the basis 
for a student-made Elm by a Pitts- 
burgh prepanilory school. Dr. Wheat- 
etoft's olher published works arc 
books of poetry, Death of a Cfottin. 
published in 1964, and Prodigal Son, 
in 1967. 



♦ Dr. 


Ambrose Saritks "37 has 


sunicd 


liis n 


■w post iis dean ol 


Cradut 


e Sr 




of Faculties 


I Wichita Stale Lin 


sit}'. II 


prev 


nusly served as profc 



of hislory and associate dean of the 
Graduate School at the Uiiiversitv of 
Kansas. His new address is 5001 East 
Momiugside, Wicliita, KS 67207. 




In Memoriam 




service with the clilo Speelill Fonea 

Berets.'' Me !er.-cd In Korea, T.ii.v.ri. tlli- 

ilwlh. f as oris I Handing officer at the 

Jl-.i Engineer Detachment In the Cam- 
I..-.I nil l.or.J.-r .n.-a .. ilfi r.s.|i...L.il,ilil. 

Captain Gardner n-aj married lo the 

f ir Imliili Stiuc.-ii. ,1 t-U.tni.lte hum 

I j---.i-ia.iiri; llic.fi Sc'i'-il mIi,. |,,iiv.l fun. 
l„rf„- it,S H„,lbi.v.ii la.it March. The 

.1 l-...ir,-.,li.. ^.'r. In uildlttUfl t,s hll 
" children. Captain Gardner Is 



.iartlyn 



,1 1,1 1, 



■1 I .ic.hr S 






-, Pj. 10090. 



minds HI 



d leaching by dedicating 
ao ol L Agenda. The- year- 



rnfnalurc'and mankind 



author of a teat In llua field. MoAtm 
u plaji. Slrat, Lcol-oi nnd Happtrwsi 



Wnrnw (10-17) for tj 



,„(„-: ■•:. uxm. i.ii cii.i.i,-, i--. f,.. |t. '.si 

L.i I I.e.- Iliii.-i-rslh Til,., p. mail Lis u liill. 
nl ihe IWIrirs ,,I iln.l.ncll :,i,ii ciL-r 
lomier iludenb of Dr. Stewart. Tlic 
i.iitr.iil il.... hangs in Tailor Hall. 

I'rnft-icir Sle.varl i. survived t,y his 
nldoiv. tho Inm.cr Macv Kline. IIS 
Bream St.. Lcvlsbnrg. a son, Eric '3fl, 
llir,-,.- crji,ilihiliir,ii 1 I--.,, k'n-.Ll-t'r.iinJ- 

l'rofessor Robert M. Ewing 

Bobert M. liiring, aasodali; profcunr 

.)! Kriflisli .-i.iroi. in. die.! ei. Morula.,,. 

HI Hi. ai fus he „ Cruit-I \'jiI!c) 

Vill-S-. t.'al.l , ..here he leas resided fur 
iIm- I'J'i uto icnrs. 

Puilo-nr LVI.iti |..n„,l rh:- I !...,: I: r-„ -I I 



■ ■iiii.katii.ns at f'.irt M, J.I,-. Mil. 111. 

Ilrn-c-i.-cil hii Hfl ilccrec Ir-.n. hrarllf) 
t'nlirc.li In 10-11) and an MA de^nv 

1. I'uli.ii.l.l. li|ii.,e.li- in 1013. 

lie Is survived by his svidoiv, the 
l..m.,-r |T,.rnlhs- |,,lim..n. a sister. Mrs. 
Marguerite a,|e of Dcnvyn, III., tins 

AlonD. Gardner '62 

Captain Alan D. Garr 

lull M.ilcl St. U-i. i-l 

In an aJrcmft landing oc . . 

I 111 I'll S,-- ill [-'.in, - i ..mil' in Vi'.-lniilii 

|-.|ar„-2.. IT7I). „■,,„.,< - ,. 



t. »l.s Thru Iratrri.ilv, the Amcriian 

Society oi Civil Engiu.vrs; ]',..l,i„g 
nill,-s: Ihc .-.i.sslliiiLi team, imil s,-a. in- 

.inn, i,,i i .-i.if-l-.lMiici slvJivnn ni 

tin- l.'nivceati. sc-rvini: a. P ic-]denl "I 
its Grit skydiving club. Ills interest In 

her ol the, 82ml Airlsonse Dli-islnn at 
Fori flratii!. rj. C. and nl I he laiuaus 
Aon, I'o-cLn-sr. Sbislivlnri Team, The 
i::<-l,].„ Kinctlilt, i-.lir.fi he .-e^iai as ea- 
i.-iill.i- elliLvr. Ills I.n.l Vietnam l.mr svi. 

Ifu- ...111 Knpn.vr I >,qr-. ill tile l.nilil.ni; 
-if Ilk' Qui. ILlhn lis.- sit[,plv i-n-,|iiplci 
lie |i.I,.L--,l lor III.- llol, ll,,|V Sl.-i.i- .11 
I! ini lliilu, Bay in I'Xvj and made a icc- 



f-. r ,|a.r, Car.lr,,-, sv... a uu-ml-r ol 
1 fi. O. T. C. at Beiclnell. a DistlD- 



CntlierincD. Edgctt '21 

Dr. Calherlne D. Edgell '21, Lcivlj- 

n. it. died 11 n ..-Alice toil I.- October 17, 
07O, allc-r liiu Jjy- el liospiulLMIi.ai 
hi- gre.v up in Ihe Scr-irunn Lllali-lv 
r,-... ei.iilnsl,.! trom Wei Chciler fim- 
id taught school 



elved h, 



« in 1021 Inlr 



ivilh ir 



tl,e t.l,.0- 

u-ood. n, " 



each- 



thool ol Not- 

i-fd her MA 

o the Uniivnily ol Penrer>Ii-a- 

(ttj; nftcr ishk-h ilie 
in dice nf ntedl- 



„n- ll.i.pml 



orvstHd. 
I, she be 



,- Village .,!.; 

.". .dull .lie U 

M.in. ii.-M 'IViii 



. T. C. aiinid... and upon 



JANUARY, 1971 



■""">" > i rtnvJilVLS 



III llSIIffl 1HMII 



Domestic Policy: A View from the White House 
By Kenneth R. Cole, Jr. '59 

The Little Man: A Forgotten Cause 
By Joseph D. Hughes 

The Ministry Serves in Industry 

By The Rev. Howard VanDine, Jr. '49 




s r 




l*i 









HflfHMRtiiiti 



*H# 



x.v-2 1 



■'tStiii 



T\ <1 



L- ?* 



* 







5& 




LV- 



-V/' 



T«t 



.-* K- 



\ f 






-< ■»• 



u*r 



fii 




-'--x^^c-v^- 



i. '< 



*Jt 



V 



#L/ 



>* 



:«\ 



»' * 



*- 



,4 y 






• . . ^* • . 









* x * - ■*• -x. 2 ' % " *. 



Search 

for a 

Symbol 



By 

George W. 
Woodward '51 



On Our Cover 

Our cover photo and the photo 
at left are the work of Mark Mallett 
'70, a part-time graduate student in 
art. The Ellen Clarke Bertrand Li- 
brary tower, with Elisabeth Koons 
Freas Hall in the foreground, is the 
subject of the cover photo. Photo 
at left shows path leading to Hunt 
Hall and New Women's Dorm. 

In his search for new graphic 
perspectives on campus, Mark has 
sought to use photographic and 
darkroom techniques to "sketch" 
with his camera. The black and 
white renderings are in the tradi- 
tion of the artist who sketches in 
charcoal, the camera's lens captur- 
ing the details on film for manipu- 
lation by the artist-photographer in 
the darkroom. Several other photos 
from Mark's collection are included 
in this issue. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS, 
Vol. LVI, No. 6, January, 1971. 
Published by Bucknell University, 
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837. William B. 
Weist '50, Editor. 

JANUARY 1971 



EDITOR'S NOTE: The board of 
directors of the Bucknell Alumni 
Association began last year a search 
for a suitable graphic symbol. 
George Woodward '51 was appoint- 
ed to direct a study of graphic de- 
signs and to solicit suggestions from 
Alumni. This article is his prelim- 
inary report on the project, which 
is still in its initial stages. Anyone 
icho wishes to submit ideas or 
sketches for a logogram can direct 
them to Mr. Woodward at 960 
Oberlin Drive, Columbus, Ohio 
43221. 

Logogram: (logagram) a letter, 
character, or symbol used to rep- 
resent an entire word. 

The logogram will be a character 
or symbol to be used to represent 
the Bucknell Alumni Association 
(BAA). For this context, BAA will 
be viewed as the umbrella organi- 
zation from which all alumni ac- 
tivity takes place. 

At this point, only a logogram is 
involved; only the symbol will be 
created. In other words, we are not 
involved in a pervasive "organiza- 
tion identification" program. Ulti- 
mately, we may change the name 
(from BAA) . . . we may, eventu- 
ally, derive a whole new set of 
guidelines for "identification." But 
at this time we are only interested 
in the graphic symbol. 

The method for selection of a 
logogram will be very tight and 
closed. No large campaign or con- 
test will be staged. Selected pro- 
fessional individuals will be re- 
quested to submit proposals: from 
these proposals a small alumni 
committee will select a logogram 
for recommendation to the Alumni 
board of directors. The recom- 
mendation will be the conclusion 
of a committee report. This ap- 
proach to logogram selection will 
minimize time lag, eliminate ill 
will (professionals don't get disap- 
pointed), and keep expense down. 

The character (charisma, nature, 
etc.) of the logogram should be 
such that it embodies all the posi- 
tive imagery of Bucknell Univer- 
sity: past, present, and future. It 
might incorporate current imagery 



such as: University Seal, library 
tower, the Bison. The logogram 
should embody the spirit of the 
alumni, which in its largest sense 
includes the current student body. 
Unlike the static imagery of the 
Seal, the logogram should exempli- 
fy a dynamicism, a creative entity 
of supporting students and alumni. 

The planned use of the logogram 
is varied. Initially, letterheads, 
newsletters and magazines will dis- 
play it. Longer range applications 
might include: decals, on speakers' 
dais, on office doors, on banners. 
The desired effect is that of a 
unique and memorable visual im- 
pact, embodying an esoteric exclu- 
siveness, calculated to induce a 
desire to participate in the entity 
represented. 

The logogram, while primarily 
a unique visual signature, should 
not be solely a graphic contrivance. 
It should be a sublimation of im- 
agery which can be effectively and 
articulately described in written 
language. A written explanation of 
the meaning or imagery of the 
logogram is therefore an indis- 
pensable part of any logogram to 
be considered. 

Colors — orange and blue — are 
highly desirable, provided the ap- 
plication is feasible and provided 
the colors will reproduce satisfac- 
torily. If a single color appears the 
only feasible answer, then prob- 
ably blue. Perhaps professionals 
will be of help in this area. 

Finally, a comment about the 
importance of the logogram is in 
order. It's a fact that the face we 
put on relationships has a lot to 
do with how we feel about those 
relationships. It's also a fact that 
an entity can change, without its 
imagery changing. 

Many alumni remember a Buck- 
nell that isn't there any more. They 
remember a genteel school smell- 
ing faintly of old tennis shoes and 
rotting leaves. That's gone. The 
Bucknell entity has changed, and 
the imagery should keep pace. The 
Alumni should see the Bucknell 
that is here and now, a University 
that is part of the mainstream of 
our culture, retaining its heritage. 

A new "trade-mark" will help. 



". . . It's pretty hard to market a product at a fair price 
when somebody across town is giving it away free or far 
below cost . . ." 




An early winter scene with the campus in background and University farm in foreground. Photo by Mark Mallett 70. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Forgotten THE LITTLE MAN 

Cause 



By Joseph D. Hughes 



MY subject is the plight of the 
independent privately sup- 
ported colleges, and espe- 
cially of those small liberal arts 
colleges of limited resources. My 
thesis is that the independent col- 
leges are rendering a unique and 
essential service in American edu- 
cation and that their plight is more 
dangerously critical than is com- 
monly realized. 

Before I discuss with you a prob- 
lem of higher education let me 
recall certain developments in Pitts- 
burgh and Texas that made indus- 
trial history, created one of the 
world's great corporate enterprises, 
and changed the face of the Ameri- 
can southwest. These developments 
are relevant because out of them 
came some of the resources for the 
foundations we administer today. 

The Texas developments began 
on a barren little rise — a salt dome 
— on the plains south of Beaumont, 
then a town of 9,000. Some people 
called it "Bound Mound," but in 
the fall of 1900, when a small oil 
crew came in and set up a new- 
fangled rotary drilling rig, they 
good naturedly changed the name 
to "Spindletop." Men had been 
trying for ten years to make that 



Mr. Hughes is administrative trustee of 
the Richard King Mellon Foundation, 
Pittsburgh, Pa. The article is an adapta- 
tion of an address he delivered on April 
9, 1970 at the Conference of Southwest 
Foundations in Dallas. It is reprinted 
with permission from the July-August 
1970 issue of Foundation News. 



mound produce oil. There was a 
demand for oil, even though it was 
being used almost solely for lamps 
and lubrication. 

These oil men were operating 
with a credit of $300,000 obtained 
in Pittsburgh from Andrew W. and 
Bichard B. Mellon, brothers and 
partners in the banking house of 
T. Mellon and Sons. They drilled 
for several months without bring- 
ing in a well. On the morning of 
January 10, 1901, at 1,020 feet, the 
going had become difficult, and the 
crew shut down the rig and pulled 
the drill string to change the worn 
bit. They were lowering the pipe 
again when, unexpectedly, mud be- 
gan to spurt high up the derrick. 
The crew ran in all directions for 
safety. As they ran, six tons of four- 
inch pipe shot up through the der- 
rick, knocking off the crown block. 
The pipe sailed into the air, broke 
into sections, and came raining 
down on the open area. 

Everything was quiet then. The 
men returned to the well. They 
started cleaning up the debris and, 
as one historian put it, expressed 
their feelings "in a manner of elo- 
quence reserved for men in the oil 
fields." 

Suddenly there was a roar. The 
crew scattered again. Out of the 
well shot mud, shale, rocks, gas 
and then a steady, solid six-inch 
column of oil. This was a gusher — 
a gusher like none that had ever 
been seen before — 40,000 barrels a 



day. It was to become the most 
famous well in the world and it 
would establish Texas as a major 
source of American oil. 

Within a few months, a group of 
eight Pittsburgh investors headed 
by A. W. and B. B. Mellon formed 
a company to develop the Spindle- 
top field. It had a Texas charter 
and a capitalization of $15 million. 
In November the same group cre- 
ated a sister company to refine and 
market the oil they were producing. 



OUT of consideration for Tex- 
as pride and respect for 
Texas natural resources they 
elected to use the name "Texas 
Oil Benning Company," but when 
the\' found the name pre-empted 
by others, they called their com- 
pany "Gulf Befining Company of 
Texas." 

There were problems. The Spin- 
dletop wells went dry — temporari- 
ly. The Spindletop oil — unlike the 
greenish, light -bodied, paraffin- 
based Pennsylvania crude — was 
heavy, black, loaded with sulfur, 
with an asphalt base; and refining 
it brought enormous technical dif- 
ficulties. There were no pipelines 
and no refineries in Texas, and 
there was only one major American 
buver — the Standard Oil Company. 
In 1902, at the beginning of the 
automobile age, the price of Texas 
oil dropped to an all-time low of 
five cents a barrel. 



JANUARY 1971 



The decision of the Pittsburgh 
investors to operate an integrated 
oil company meant that they would 
have to create an entire industrial 
complex in a new technology, in 
what easterners then considered a 
rugged and remote part of the 
country. 

They built a refinery at Port 
Arthur, and to carry their oil there, 
they laid down a 450-mile pipeline 
with the necessary pumping sta- 
tions and tankage. They hired ex- 
perts to develop new procedures. 
They opened sales offices in Hous- 
ton, New Orleans, Tampa, Phila- 
delphia, and Boston. They formed 
teams to search out new fields, 
write leases and drill wells. In 1905, 
they discovered oil at Glenn Pool, 
near Tulsa. By 1907, their annual 
sales of gasoline had reached the 
respectable total of 133 million 
barrels. 

All this, of course, was the be- 
ginning of the Gulf Oil Corporation 
of which Andrew W. Mellon be- 
came President in 1907. You are 
no doubt aware that Pittsburgh 
investors have a considerable in- 
terest in that company today. Pitts- 
burgh capital and southwest oil are 
still associated in a productive and 
creative partnership. ' 

Gulf Oil Corporation, created in 
Pittsburgh and Beaumont sixty-nine 
years ago this November, is one of a 
number of business enterprises that 
have provided a base for the vari- 
ous charitable and foundation ac- 
tivities of the Mellon Family. The 
two major charitable institutions 
with which I am associated are the 
Richard King Mellon Foundation 
and the Richard King Mellon Char- 
itable Trusts. And this brings me 
around to matters that concern us 
as foundation executives. 

There is no need in these times 
and certainly not before this audi- 
ence—to justify the role or the 
record of higher education in 
America. Education is capital in- 
vestment. Indeed, trained and dis- 
ciplined knowledge is one of the 
nation's most valuable capital re- 
sources. In the words of the philos- 
opher A. N. Whitehead, "In the 
conditions of modern life, the rule 
is absolute: the race which does 



not value trained intelligence is 
doomed." 



WE depend on the colleges 
and universities for educat- 
ed manpower in every field, 
including most of our leaders in 
business and industry. The educa- 
tors have done a truly remarkable 
job in carrying added burdens over 
these past twenty-five years. They 
trained 2.2 million veterans of 
World War II. They reformed their 
curricula after October 4, 1957, to 
place more emphasis on mathe- 
matics and the sciences. They re- 
sisted any inclination they may 
have had to remain small, selective 
and exclusive — the appealing the- 
ory of educating "the elite." They 
expanded their facilities, built a 
splendid new physical plant, and 
attracted teachers and administra- 
tors to accommodate the tidal wave 
of students in the 1960's. There are 
7.1 million undergraduates on the 
campuses today — more than three 
times the number of 20 years ago. 
We get some measure of what 
has happened in higher education 
in this century when we realize that 
in 1900 in this country there were 
few colleges with more than 2,000 
undergraduates. 2 

As for the product of today's 
colleges, the corporate executives I 
have talked with are unanimous in 
saying that the young people they 
are getting have worked harder 
and are better qualified, better edu- 
cated, and better motivated than 
the generations of students that 
preceded them. It is a sobering 
thought that if we were eighteen 
again, some of us probably would 
not be admitted to our college and 
might not stay the course if we 
were. 

This country committed itself in 
the nineteenth century to a dual 
system of higher education — one 
that provides opportunity for both 
large scale and small scale educa- 
tion in terms of numbers to be 
served in given institutions. To the 
earlier private, independent col- 
leges and universities were added 
the Land Grant Colleges, the state 
normal schools, and, a little later, 



the state universities — a movement 
called by the teacher-poet Paul 
Engle "the most massive attempt 
in the world's history to make high- 
er education available to any quali- 
fied young person who wants it." 3 
The dual system has served us well 
for more than a hundred years. 
Now, under the stresses of our 
times, we re-examine the system as 
all healthy societies have always 
re-examined their institutions. 

Today the nation's 1,200 private 
colleges and universities are edu- 
cating less than one-third of the 
students enrolled in higher educa- 
tion. That is a considerably smaller 
proportion than the fifty percent 
of two decades ago, but it is al- 
most as many students as were 
enrolled in all colleges in 1952. 4 
Many of these colleges, from the 
largest to the smallest are operat- 
ing in the red. Virtually all the 
major private colleges have been 
experiencing growing deficits at 
least since 1966, which now ap- 
pears to have been the year when 
the intensified crisis began. Some 
are transferring funds from their 
operating reserves to meet their 
payrolls. Some are borrowing mon- 
ey. 5 

If we were to put the problem 
in the simplest business terms, we 
might say that the costs of build- 
ing, maintaining, and staffing the 
operation have risen faster than the 
income it produces. Management 
has raised prices, but unit cost — the 
cost per student — is near the point 
where it will be higher than the 
price the customers will pay. With 
a growing deficit in unit cost, the 
difficulty is compounded by an 
enormous increase in the number 
of units. Unlike the factory, the 
college cannot recover its costs by 
increasing its output per man-hour 
worked. Productivity remains rela- 
tively constant on the campus. 

The problem of rising costs and 
insufficient income, of course, is 
common to all institutions of high- 
er learning; but it is especially seri- 
ous for those that are privately 
supported, and more serious still 
for those that are privately sup- 
ported, small, and not heavily en- 
dowed. 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



IN the first place, the indepen- 
dents are competing against a 
subsidized operation — that of 
the growing community colleges 
and the spreading state university 
complexes. It's pretty hard to mar- 
ket a product at a fair price when 
somebody across town is giving it 
away free or far below cost. 

The cost gap between the inde- 
pendent and the tax-supported col- 
leges has been widening in these 
recent years. 6 The independents, 
of course, can't pass their money 
problems onto their state or county 
governments. They may look to the 
state for assistance, but they have 
no formal claim and no assurance 
that assistance will be given. There- 
fore, they must ask for more and 
larger grants from foundations, 
alumni, corporations, and the fed- 
eral government. Those grants have 
not been forthcoming in the amount 
or the manner needed, and 1970 
does not look like a good vear for 
an increase. Some observers be- 
lieve that the economic squeeze 
already being felt will intensify 
greatlv. 7 

For one thing, the competition 
for the available private dollars has 
been increasing, with more people 
in the act, until we begin to near 
the point of diminishing returns. 
The federal government has been 
cutting back on its funded research 
programs and is returning high- 
salaried Ph.D.'s to the teaching 
ranks. The alumni of the liberal 
arts colleges are themselves beset 
by rising costs and new tax laws 
less favorable to gifts to education. 
Business has tended to increase the 
strings it ties to its grants, appar- 
ently as a result of dissent and 
violence on the campus. Founda- 
tions are now operating under a 
federal tax. Foundations and corpo- 
rations have both undertaken new 
inner-city improvement programs 
and related poverty projects. 

In the meantime, having tooled 
themselves up for increased num- 
bers, the independent colleges this 
past year have seen their enroll- 
ments dip — down one-half of one 
percent for the first drop in sixteen 
years — although national popula- 
tion in higher education was up 

JANUARY 1971 



almost thirteen percent. 8 The prob- 
lem is compounded bv the fact that 
graduate education — by far the 
most expensive sendee a university- 
renders — is largely concentrated in 
the private institutions. 



I 



N a studv which Fortune maga- 
zine did on twenty selected col- 
leges, this was said: 9 

"By 1973 the twenty colleges will 
be running a combined annual 
deficit of S45 million, and probably 
will have exhausted their reserves, 
not to say the generosity of their 
donors. By 1978 their total annual 
deficit will have risen close to $110 
million, or 17 percent of their op- 
erating budgets. The twenty have 
no idea where the money needed 
to cover deficits of this size will 
come from." 

The article continued: "The 
twenty are among the wealthiest 
colleges in the United States . . . 
They are the one that breathe most 
easily. What about the others? No 
one has yet been able to estimate 
the deficit the whole community of 
1,177 private four-year institutions 
is piling up. The way things are 
going, the combined annual deficit 
ten years from now could be in the 
neighborhood of five billion dol- 
lars." 

And Fortune concludes: "This is 
obviously impossible. To one de- 
gree or another then, the private 
colleges and universities are faced 
with the question of survival." 

In recent years a number of in- 
dependent colleges — especially lib- 
eral arts colleges — have become 
state or "state-related" institutions, 
among them Houston, Buffalo, 
Temple, Pittsburgh, Kansas City, 
Akron, and Wichita. Observers be- 
lieve that there are likely to be 
more. In 1967, Dr. Allan Carrier, 
Chancellor of New York Univer- 
sity, declared, "Without a shift in 
current trends, I would anticipate 
the absorption into state systems 
of all but a handful of the strongest 
private universities ... It would 
not be surprising to find only sev- 
eral score (private liberal-arts col- 
leges) left by 1980 with even a 
modicum of vitality." 10 



Time and time again, educators 
have warned us that the private 
colleges and universities are in se- 
rious trouble. One of my acquaint- 
ances — Dr. Edward D. Eddy, Jr., 
President of Chatham College, one 
of Fortune's well-endowed twenty 
— told me bluntly the other da}', 
"Too many of us are subsisting on 
our fat. This situation is scaring 
everybody. Something has got to 
give." The presidents of seven 
small colleges said much the same 
thing before a Congressional panel 
last February 4th. Thev reported 
that their institutions and hundreds 
of others like them were faced with 
bankruptcy. 11 

Dr. William G. Bowen, Provost 
at Princeton University and author 
of the Carnegie Commission report 
on "The Economics of the Major 
Private Universities," allows that 
college presidents, like football 
coaches, are expected to talk of 
grim prospects; but he adds, "Be- 
cent statements about the financial 
difficulties of these institutions have 
a tone of gravity and a sense of 
urgency which compel close atten- 
tion. In the opinion of this writer, 
the facts fully justify concern." 12 



IT is hard to see how we can 
possibly ignore or seriously dis- 
count what the responsible pro- 
fessionals have been telling us so 
insistently. If we distrust them in 
their judgment on the plight of our 
educational system, we certainly 
should not trust them with the care 
of our most precious resource. If 
we do trust them, we should act 
on their warnings. 

What would be the consequenc- 
es of a major decline in the number 
and quality of the independent 
colleges? What would be the effect 
on higher education? What would 
America lose? It seems to me that 
four main points need to be made 
in answering those questions. 

First, we would certainly lose a 
freedom of choice in higher educa- 
tion — choice of place and sur- 
roundings, of curriculums, of spe- 
cial emphasis, of standards, of size 
of college, of size of its classes. 
That loss or reduction in freedom 



of choice can come with disappear- 
ance of the college, or its absorp- 
tion into the state system, or its 
decline as a quality institution, or 
with increased tuition that only the 
well-to-do can pay. 

Secondly, we would lose the 
cross-effect, sometimes synergistic, 
produced by two different educa- 
tional organizations working in the 
same field. Generally the relation- 
ship of the two is competitive; 
sometimes it is cooperative; but 
either way it very often has creative 
results beneficial to both parties. 
The state universities, for example, 
are strengthened in their relation- 
ship to the state boards by the 
atmosphere of academic freedom 
maintained by the private colleges. 
They benefited in the 1950's when 
the private colleges initiated and 
led the drive for decent academic 
salaries. 13 They are emulating the 
teaching values of the private col- 
leges by establishing small semi- 
autonomous residential colleges 
within the larger university. 

Each type of institution is stimu- 
lated by advances in knowledge 
and innovation in teaching meth- 
ods developed by the other. The 
private colleges are commonly said 
to hold educational leadership in 
innovation — a claim that the state 
universities are inclined to deny 
with some heat. The fact does re- 
main, however, that the private 
colleges have greater freedom to 
experiment and innovate, since they 
do not have to clear new programs 
with a state board. As Fortune sees 
it, "presidents of state universities 
themselves are very solicitous of 
the private colleges, whose higher 
standards give the presidents some- 
thing to shoot at, and an extra 
leverage on statehouse appropria- 
tion committees." 14 

Thirdly, it seems clear that an 
absorption of the private colleges 
into the state systems would add 
very substantially to the cost of 
education, both in terms of tax 
burden and of the overall national 
cost. There is a long and well- 
documented history in this country 
of vital private services that lan- 
guished and were replaced or taken 
over by a tax-supported service — 

6 



one that was not much different, 
perhaps no better, but inevitably 
several times more expensive. 

In education, the University of 
Buffalo is a classic case. Buffalo had 
a large endowment but its cost per 
student was high and it needed 
additional financial support that it 
could not get. The state took it 
over in 1962 and was able to find 
resources that had not been avail- 
able to Buffalo as a private univer- 
sity. It poured some hundreds of 
millions of dollars into building a 
new university — the State Univer- 
sity of New York at Buffalo — on a 
completely new campus. In 1967 
the new university was costing the 
state $45 million in operating sup- 
port. Dr. Allan Cartter believes 
that $3 to $4 million probably 
would have been sufficient to let 
it prosper as an independent uni- 
versity. "Each new institution tak- 
en over bv the states." he says, 
"raises the tax burden by a factor 
of ten to twenty times the amount 
that might have been necessary to 
keep the college as a viable inde- 
pendent institution." 15 

The president of small Bridge- 
water College in Virginia, Dr. 
Wayne F. Geisert, has spoken 
plaintively on this theme. "I wish 
the taxpapers and state legislators," 
he says, "could be made to realize 
that the real bargains for an ex- 
panding higher education lie in 
utilization of the unused capacity 
in the private educational institu- 
tions of our nation. Modest ex- 
penditures ... on state scholarship 
programs . . . would provide an 
economical way of allowing stu- 
dents to 'choose their own colleges' 
and would at the same time allow 
the states to avoid the temptations 
to over-expand state educational 
capacity at great expense to the 
taxpayers." 16 



I HAVE no wish to become in- 
volved in the never-ending de- 
bate on the propriety and forms 
of government aid to private col- 
leges; but I do feel that one point 
should be made as a warning to 
those who feel that federal or state 
funding is a simple and dependa- 



ble solution to the plight of the 
private college. Our recent expe- 
riences in Pennsylvania are in- 
structive. In February of this year, 
the State Assembly had not been 
able to agree on a tax bill for the 
fiscal year that began July 1, 1969. 
Appropriations for higher educa- 
tion were delayed for more than 
seven months, and through that un- 
certain period the colleges had to 
draw upon reserves or borrow mon- 
ey to meet their operating expens- 
es. Pitt was reported on January 
15th to be paying $4,000 a day and 
Penn State $5,700 a day in interest 
on money they had borrowed since 
last July while waiting for their 
appropriations to come through. 
The colleges received their appro- 
priations in March. 

The Pennsylvania experience is 
not typical — not of Pennsylvania 
which has a good record in sup- 
porting our leading institutions. 
Nevertheless, anyone who has been 
involved with programs requiring 
state or federal appropriations — in 
science, space technology, poverty 
programs, urban renewal, or what- 
ever — knows that legislators are 
under various pressures, that gov- 
ernment blows hot and cold, and 
that a feast may very soon become 
a famine. 

Finally, in allowing the indepen- 
dent colleges to decline, we would 
be compromising the concept on 
which our dual system of higher 
education is based. Mass education 
on the giant state "multiversities" 
would over-balance quality educa- 
tion in the smaller independent col- 
leges and universities. 

Quality education requires em- 
phasis on teaching as the primary 
mission rather than on research and 
publication. It means treating the 
student as an individual. It requires 
small classes and frequent face-to- 
face contact with teachers of ex- 
perience and stature rather than 
with T.A.'s — Teaching Assistants. 
These are essential elements of 
humane learning, of the inculcation 
of moral values, and of liberating 
and organizing the human mind 
through the communication of 
knowledge. A great many responsi- 
ble people feel that it is better done 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



". . . The first casualty of the academic financial crisis is 
not likely to be the outright disappearance of the indepen- 
dent colleges, but rather something very nearly as serious: 
a reduction of services, a lowering of standards, and a de- 
cline in the quality of teaching . . ." 



in the small and medium-size pri- 
vate colleges and universities — and 
especially in those that qualify as 
"centers of excellence" — than in 
the state universities, which have 
no control over their size and may 
be educating 25 to 50 thousand or 
more students in classes of 200 to 
300. 

At a friend's house during 
Christmas vacation I questioned 
his daughter about her classes and 
teachers. She attends a private col- 
lege, one widely known for its 
teaching excellence. It has fewer 
than 700 undergraduates, many of 
them from out-of-town and out-of- 
state and some from foreign coun- 
tries. She told me that she is taught 
by two full professors, one associ- 
ate professor, one assistant profes- 
sor, and an instructor, in classes 
averaging about twenty students. 
She sees nothing unusual in this 
and assumes that instruction on all 
campuses is like that. 



THE first casualty of the aca- 
demic financial crisis is not 
likely to be the outright dis- 
appearance of the independent col- 
leges, but rather something very 
nearly as serious: reduction of ser- 
vices, a lowering of standards, and 
a decline in the quality of teaching. 
Cutback is inevitable in the face 
of chronic deficits. 

Dr. William Bowen discusses the 
effects of such cutbacks in his eco- 
nomic study. "Institutional morale," 
he writes, "is a delicate thing, and 
depends at least as much on the 
direction in which events are mov- 
ing as on the state of affairs at any 
point in time. In the face of the 



kinds of decisions which would 
have to accompany any process of 
retrenchment, it would be veiy dif- 
ficult indeed to retain key admin- 
istrative and faculty personnel and 
to maintain general morale . . . 
Given the mission of a major pri- 
vate university, 'standing still' (let 
alone leaning backward) simply is 
not a viable posture, and any insti- 
tution which is unable to maintain 
a forward momentum runs a clear 
risk of losing the support of facul- 
ty, prospective students, patrons 
and friends — and thus exacerbating 
its problems." 

We must make a further distinc- 
tion here, I think, among the in- 
dependent institutions. Some are 
large, well-endowed, and leaders in 
their field — in law, or medicine, or 
engineering, for example. Some 
others are small but widely known 
to be centers of excellence — Col- 
gate, for example, or Williams, Am- 
herst, Carleton, Union, or Swarth- 
more. These have a special claim 
as purveyors of a unique and es- 
sential contribution to the public 
welfare. It is unthinkable that we 
will abandon such institutions. 

We should have a special con- 
cern, it seems to me, for a third 
category — for the hundreds of 
small "have-not" independents. 
These are not well-endowed, are 
not nationally recognized centers 
of excellence, and consequently are 
limited in the assistance they can 
ask and get. Here the problem is 
not only that of maintaining or 
achieving higher quality but also 
of actual survival. 

All that has been said in the 
rationale for the independent col- 
lege applies in measure to these 



institutions. Teaching and student- 
related activities are their primary 
aim. The classes are small, and the 
students are in frequent contact 
with the best teachers available. 
The college offers what Howard 
Lowry, past President of Wooster 
College, called "a superb asset, one 
that is subtle and not easily mea- 
sured or explained. It answers to 
one of the deepest human needs, 
the need for belonging." And so 
these small colleges, too, are per- 
forming an essential public service 
in educating a million or more of 
our young men and women. 17 

Some of these colleges, moreover, 
are on their way, and all are striv- 
ing, to become recognized centers 
of excellence. Some of them have 
distinguished alumni to their cred- 
it. The last two presidents of the 
United States, after all, came from 
small colleges not exactly famous 
in the academic world, one private 
and one state-supported: Whittier 
College in Whittier, California, 
1934; and Southwest State Teachers 
College in San Marcos, Texas, 1930. 
Among the colleges of the chair- 
men and presidents of our one 
hundred largest corporations are 
found such names as Birmingham- 
Southern, Davidson, Emory, Grove 
City, Harden-Simmons, Occidental, 
Susquehanna, and Wesleyan. 

And yet the deserving have-not 
independents are almost always in 
the position of the seventh puppy 
in the litter. They do not often 
appear on the contribution lists of 
the foundations or the corpora- 
tions, and when they do appear, 
they suffer exceedingly from the 
set and apparently unbreakable 
pattern that favors the old, the 
large, and the wealthy. I mean that 
when a major grant is given to a 
hundred colleges across the board, 
Harvard is likely to get $500,000, 
which, indeed, it richly deserves, 
and Waynesburg College is likely 
to get $5,000, for which it will be 
grateful but still in need of more. 



THE largest Mellon foundation 
grants and personal gifts have 
been to two Pittsburgh insti- 
tutions: $87 million since World 



JANUARY 1971 



War II to the University of Pitts- 
burgh and $30 million to Carnegie 
Institute of Technology, which be- 
came Carnegie-Mellon University 
in 1968 with the merger of Mellon 
Institute. For some years, however, 
the Richard King Mellon Founda- 
tion has carried out a program un- 
der which grants ranging from 
$25,000 to $100,000 are made to 
selected small colleges, most of 
them in the three-state area of 
Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Vir- 
ginia. Our grants are given with a 
minimum of restrictions as to use, 
since we believe that unrestricted 
grants are an expression of con- 
fidence in the recipient, and be- 
cause we feel that the driving im- 
pulse for a grant program that is 
novel and distinctive is self-defeat- 
ing. We have found quite unex- 
pectedly — as perhaps others have 
found — that a sizable grant to cer- 
tain of the smaller and less distin- 
guished colleges carries with it a 
value to that college far beyond 
the value of the money itself. The 
prestige of a foundation's name and 
the appearance of the college on 
a list with more renowned institu- 
tions have the effect of a vote of 
confidence. It helps the college in 
its approach to other donors and 
even, sometimes, in its pursuit for 
accreditation. The small college 
which has escaped the student dis- 
temper of our times may be a good 
candidate for academicians and 
donors alike. 

What are the solutions to the 
financial plight of the independent 
colleges? This is a very big and very 
involved matter — a subject for an- 
other speech. We do know that 
foundation grants are not the onlv 
answer — there is not that much 
money in the tills of all the founda- 
tions. Support must be increased 
on all levels. As McGeorge Bundy 
has been insisting, "the American 
rich, old and new, must plav a 
much larger role as individual con- 
tributors." 18 There may be some 
merit in a plan proposed some 
years ago by the McGraw-Hill 
Company but never pursued — that 
American companies pay a flat sum 
to a college for every one of its 
graduates they employ. 19 A key 



question in the whole problem is 
this: Who is to take the responsi- 
bility for finding the means and 

J O 

developing the programs of saving 
the colleges? The state? The col- 
lege administrators? The college 
associations? 

Robert K. Greenleaf, retired offi- 
cial of A. T. & T. and a consultant 
to the Richard King Mellon Foun- 
dation, advanced the thesis persua- 
sively at a meeting of concerned 
college people in January that the 
responsibility lies with the college 
trustees. He holds that the level of 
trust at which the trustees function 
must be substantially raised. There 
is no other resource than trustees, 
he savs, that is positioned to act 
quickly enough and decisively 
enough to reverse the deteriorating 
trend in the college's finances. He 
holds that it is not enough simply 
to "bail out" these colleges from 
their current financial dilemma. A 
new constructive force is needed 
and he feels that a new trustee in- 
terest should provide it. It is a bold 
concept and eertainlv one that is 
worth exploring. 20 

Summary 

We would do well to note these 
points: 

Our dual system of publicly sup- 
ported and privately supported 
education is a valid system. 

The independent colleges are 
performing a good service in train- 
ing and educating young people 
to assume responsible positions in 
our society. It is to the public in- 
terest to maintain them. 

The values of education repre- 
sented by the independent liberal 
arts colleges are sound and should 
be preserved. 

The role of "the little man" in 
higher education is not little. With- 
in the foreseeable future there will 
be more than ten million under- 
graduates on our campuses — inde- 
pendent and public. That figure 
means problems enough for all. 

Surely private philanthrophy has 
the physical and intellectual re- 
sources to do what needs to be 
done to preserve and nourish the 



duality of our system of higher 
education. 



NOTES 

1 The story of Spindletop and of Gulf 
Oil Corporation's early years is told in 
the following: William Larimer Mel- 
lon, Judge Mellon s Sons, Boyden 
Sparkes, Collaborator, privately print- 
ed, 1948; Sidney A. Swensrud, Gulf 
Oil The First Fifty Years, 1901-1951 
(1951); Craig Thompson, Since Spin- 
dletop: A Human Story of Gulf's First 
Half Century, undated; and James A. 
Clark and Michel T. Halbouty, Spin- 
dletop, Random House, 1952. 

2 Harry Emerson Fosdick, "The Most 
Critical Problem in Our American 
Universities," Twenty-Third Pitcaim 
Crabbe Lecture, University of Pitts- 
burgh 1953. 

3 Paul Engle, "In Defense of the State 
Universities," Saturday Evening Post, 
February 13, 1960. 

4 Duncan Norton-Taylor, "Private Col- 
leges: A Question of Survival," Fortune, 
October, 1967; Dr. Benjamin Fine, 
Pittsburgh Press, November 15, 1957. 

5 Fred M. Hechinger, New York Times, 
January 4, 1970, p. 9. 

6 Kenneth G. Gehret, "Fiscal Bind," 
Christian Science Monitor, December 
6, 1969. 

7 William G. Bowen, The Economics of 
the Major Private Universities, Car- 
negie Commission on Higher Educa- 
tion, 1968, p. 54. 

8 Kenneth G. Gehret, "Private Colleges 
Fight to Survive," Christian Science 
Monitor, November 29, 1969. 

9 Duncan Norton-Taylor, Fortune, Octo- 
ber, 1967. 

™Ibid, p. 153. 

11 "Need for Aid is Seen at Small Col- 
leges," New York Times, February 5, 
1970. 

12 Bowen, p. 3. 

13 Bowen, p. 60. 

" Fortune, October, 1967, p. 154. 
IB Ibid, p. 185. 

16 Kenneth G. Gehret, "Time Runs Out," 
Christian Science Monitor, December 
13, 1969. 

17 Howard Lowry, "The Small College: 
Another View," The Atlantic Monthly, 
March, 1966. 

1S Fortune, October, 1967, p. 184. 

19 "What Business Can Do to Help Our 
Colleges and Universities," McGraw- 
Hill advertisement reprint, undated, 
ca. 1955. 

20 Robert K. Greenleaf, "Position Paper 
on the University Trustee," December 
1, 1969. 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



A 

View 

from 

the 

White 

House 



DOMESTIC POLICY 



By Kenneth R. Cole, Jr. '59 




Deputy Assistant to the President for 
Domestic Affairs, Kenneth R. Cole, Jr. 
'59 delivered these remarks to a meeting 
of the Northern New Jersey Alumni 
Chapter on November 20, 1970. He also 
serves as assistant director of the Domes- 
tic Council Staff where his duties range 

JANUARY 1971 



from management of the staff to final 
review of domestic policy papers pre- 
pared for the President, ensuring that all 
options and points of view are accurately 
presented. He and his wife, Marilyn, 
reside in Bethesda, Maryland with their 
two daughters, Connie, 4, and Megan, 2. 



IN the foreword of the Twilight 
of the Presidency, Mr. George 
Reedy, formerly press secretary 
to President Lyndon B. Johnson, 
writes : 

"The White House does not 
provide an atmosphere in 
which idealism and devotion 
can flourish. Below the Presi- 
dent is a mass of intrigue, 
posturing, strutting, cringing 
and pious commitment to ir- 
relevant windhaggery. It is 
designed as the perfect setting 
for the conspiracy of medioc- 
rity — that all too frequently 
successful collection of the un- 
talented, the unpassionate and 
the insincere seeking to con- 
vince the public that it is bril- 
liant, compassionate and dedi- 
cated." 

Given that kind of a background, 
I have nowhere to go but up. Al- 
though, as a former advertising 
man, I'm quite at home with ir- 
relevant windbaggery. 

Since I'm from the White House 
and my general topic is domestic 
policy, at the outset I want to re- 
port on progress in one domestic 
area. As you all know, the Presi- 
dent is vitally concerned about air- 
craft hijacking. After much re- 
search on this, we have devised a 
system to stop these hijackings. Up 
until now it has been top secret, 
but I have been authorized to make 
it public. We have quietly been 
disguising Secret Service Agents 
as airline stewardesses aboard each 
aircraft. Results to date have been 
absolutely fantastic. We've had 10 
arrests, five proposals and two mar- 



riages that we'd rather not talk 
about. 

I'd be the first to admit that for- 
mulation of domestic policy is 
about as broad a subject as my 
view of the world past and pres- 
ent. What I'd like to do is give 
you briefly an idea of what the 
President is trying to do domesti- 
cally and how we go about it with- 
in the Administration and the 
White House. 

Let me start by noting that we've 
got a very different government in 
Washington than we had back in 
1968. It is very different really 
from what we have had since the 
days of FDR, at least at the top. 
The last 35 years of government 
have been characterized by the 
Federal Government assuming 
more and more power, bringing 
more and more to Washington and 
assuming the responsibility for 
more and more of the events of our 
daily lives. 

The philosophy has been that 
the solution to our social problems 
is that they will surely go away if 
we just throw enough money and 
statute books at them. 

Let's look at a few statistics. In 
1961, total government spending 
was just a little over 92 billion dol- 
lars. Today, FY 1971, the Federal 
Government is going to spend over 
200 billion dollars, an increase of 
about 120%. 

Let's look at domestic spending 
alone. In 1960, it was 43 billion dol- 
lars. In 1971 it will reach 121 bil- 
lion dollars, an increase of 180%. 

Despite all this spending, how- 
ever, we all know that the prob- 
lems haven't gone away. 

One of the reasons I think is that 
the Federal Government is trying 
to call the signals for the states and 
localities. The entities of the gov- 
ernment which are closest to the 
people have very little flexibility in 
solving their own problems, at least 
where it involves the use of the 
Federal dollars. The Federal Gov- 
ernment has been trying to coach 
all of the states and localities from 
the bench and sometimes I'm not 
even sure that we know what the 
game is. 

10 



THE position of the Federal 
government often reminds 
me of the position of the 
coach in the story about the coach 
and the quarterback. It was half- 
time, the score was tied 14-14 
and the All-American quarterback 
was injured. Late in the fourth 
quarter the second-string quarter- 
back, who had been doing an out- 
standing job, was injured with only 
one minute to play and the ball 
on his own four-yard line. The 
coach gets the third-string quarter- 
back and tells him, "Go in, run 
three straight quarterback sneaks 
and punt on the last play. If we 
can hold them on the runback, we 
can get out of here with a tie." The 
quarterback went in and, on the 
first play, he goes up the middle for 
30 yards. On the second play, an- 
other quarterback sneak, he goes 
for 30 more yards. And, on the 
third play, he goes for 35 more 
yards right up the middle to the 
one-yard line. On the fourth play 
he punts. As the quarterback comes 
off the field the coach runs up to 
him and says, "What in the world 
were you thinking about on that 
last play?" The quarterback looked 
at him and said, "I was thinking 
what a damn poor coach we have." 

The point is that the Federal 
Government is involved in too 
many things — areas in which states 
and localities could do a better job 
if they had the funds. 

After three decades, you, the 
taxpayers, are confronted with a 
performance gap. A gap in the per- 
formance of the Federal Govern- 
ment. The credibility of the gov- 
ernment is being threatened or has 
been threatened by its own exag- 
gerated rhetoric and unkept prom- 
ises. 

What then is President Nixon's 
primary domestic objective? It is 
to make government work! 

This has been the thrust of the 
59 special messages and legislative 
proposals that the President has 
sent to Congress since taking office. 
These proposals run from environ- 
ment, to crime, to welfare, to man- 
power training, to government re- 
organization, to education, to draft 
reform, and to revenue sharing 



with the states. But they are dif- 
ferent proposals than have been 
submitted in past years because 
they don't always mean more pow- 
er to the Federal Government and 
more Federal spending. We've 
tried to move the responsibilities 
back to state and local govern- 
ments, or even to the private sector, 
if that's where we believe the job 
can best be done. 

Anyone who studies the Fed- 
eral Government may well ask how 
can we approach this when the 
natural tendencies of bureaucracy, 
especially the Federal bureaucracy, 
are to increase rather than relin- 
quish power. This is really the how 
of our domestic policy formulation. 

The answers sound so simple 
that one really wonders why we 
even go into it. But the fact is that 
problems haven't been approached 
this way in Washington for many 
years. 



LET'S look for a minute at a bit 
of theory. My friend Pat 
Moynihan has what he calls 
the three master propositions of 
government. The first is that "ev- 
erything relates to everything." 

From this fact comes the second 
principle, and that is that there are 
no social interests about which the 
national government doesn't have 
some policy or other, simply by vir- 
tue of the indirect influences in oth- 
er areas of programs normally di- 
rected to one area. These are the 
"hidden policies of government" — 
the interconnections of programs 
directed to one area with outcomes 
in another. 

Probably the best example of 
this is the Interstate Highway Sys- 
tem. When this was first started, 
people really thought that all they 
were going to do was build some 
roads. The number of areas affect- 
ed by the Interstate Highway Pro- 
gram boggles the mind. It has af- 
fected population distribution, ur- 
ban blight, housing, land use and a 
wide variety of social areas. If the 
Congress knew what it was doing, 
I frankly doubt that it would have 
passed the Highway Program to 
begin with. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



". . . The third proposition can best he stated as the 'coun- 
ter intuitive nature to social problems' In short, we found 
time after time that the intuitive solution to a problem is 
generally wrong. Given a full disclosure of the facts, the 
solution almost always differs . . ." 



The third proposition can best 
be stated as the "counter intuitive 
nature to social problems." In short, 
we have found time after time that 
the intuitive solution to a problem 
is generally wrong. Given a full 
disclosure of the facts, the solution 
almost always differs. 

When we arrived in Washington, 
it didn't take long for us to dis- 
cover that there was no decent way 
of making comprehensive domestic 
policy decisions. We could decide 
on programs, but the related ef- 
fects of these programs, their im- 
pact on domestic policy in the 
whole, was rarely adequately con- 
sidered. Many policy decisions 
were made in the budget process 
by people in the lower levels of 
government. 

The President, recognizing this, 
recommended to the Congress a 
significant reorganization of the 
Executive Office. 

The first step was to strengthen 
and rename the Budget Bureau so 
that it could take over the day to 
day operations of the government. 
The second was to establish a Do- 
mestic Council, similar to the Na- 
tional Security Council. 

The purpose of the Domestic 
Council is to formulate domestic 
policy options for the President's 
decision with a view to all domes- 

january 1971 



tic policy. For the first time then, 
we have in government an organi- 
zation whose job it is to take into 
account, before recommending a 
course of action, all the conse- 
quences of a given decision. 

Our process here becomes ex- 
tremely important. It is a direct re- 
flection of the way President Nixon 
works. 

Let me digress for a minute to 
tell you the obvious. Not all Presi- 
dents have the same work habits. 



PRESIDENT EISENHOWER, 
I am told, required that every- 
thing be fully staffed. It re- 
quired getting all the comments 
of those concerned with an issue 
before it was submitted to him for 
decision. Then when it was sub- 
mitted to him, it was generally sub- 
mitted on one sheet of paper where 
he would simply check yes or no. 
There was only one recommended 
course of action. 

President Johnson, on the other 
hand, so the stories go, relied great- 
ly on oral presentation for decision 
making. Also, like President Eisen- 
hower, there was generally only 
one recommended course of action. 
President Nixon's method is quite 
different. He just doesn't approve 
or disapprove a single recommen- 



dation that a member of his staff 
or a Cabinet Officer has presented. 
He requires that all reasonable 
recommended solutions to a given 
problem be presented. For each 
problem we start with the develop- 
ment of the facts. You'd be sur- 
prised at how many people try to 
solve problems without knowing 
all the facts. The President, once 
the facts are stated, then requires 
a full explanation of the reasonable 
alternative solutions. This requires 
a full exploration of each solution, 
the pros and cons and the conse- 
quences of each. 

One of the first questions we ask 
ourselves is whether or not this 
should be Federal responsibility. 
If so what is the level of that re- 
sponsibility, and what are the re- 
sponsibilities of other levels of gov- 
ernment and the private sector. 

On this question of fully explor- 
ing the alternatives, I am reminded 
of a story of the White House staff- 
er who dies (for reasons I won't 
get into) and arrives at Satan's door. 
Satan tells him that he has three 
choices as to how he's going to 
spend eternity and that he will take 
him on a tour of the place, so to 
speak, so he can get an idea and 
make his choice. The first place 
they stop is a room where everyone 
is standing on their heads on a 
cement floor. The young man looks 
around and decides that's not really 
for him and that he'd prefer to go 
on. So they go on to room number 
two. This is a little bit better as 
everyone is standing on their feet 
on a carpet. This is more to the 
young man's liking but he'd like to 
see the third room. So they go 
down to that one. In this room ev- 
eryone is standing on their feet, 
knee-deep in muck and mud. The 
thing here, however, is that every- 
one is drinking a cup of coffee. 
Now this was to the young man's 
liking, and he turns to Satan and 
says, "I think I like it here." Satan 
said, "Remember, you have one 
choice and once you have made 
that choice it's irreversible." The 
young man looked around again 
and said, "Yes, I like it here and 
I'll spend eternity here." Then Sa- 
tan leaves and bolts the door. The 

11 



young man looks at the supervisor 
and says, "I'll take my coffee now." 
Just then the supervisor blows a 
whistle and says, "Okay, everyone 
back on their heads." 



ONE of the best examples of 
not considering all the al- 
ternatives and implications, 
in my judgment, is the Medicaid 
program. This, as you know, is the 
ill-conceived after-thought of Med- 
icare. When devising this program 
no one ever addressed what effect 
this provision would have on the 
status of the health of the poor, the 
delivery of health services to the 
poor, the system of health care and 
of price of health services general- 
ly. What we do know now is that 
Medicaid created a demand for 
health services that has outstripped 
supply, and has, in some cases, cre- 
ated a situation which is worse 
than when the bill was passed. 

The fourth step in our decision 
process is for the President to gath- 
er those concerned with a given 
problem and hear oral arguments. 
Then he retires to studv the rele- 
vant papers on the issue. After this 
period of thought, during which 
the President may consult other 
outside experts, a decision is 
brought forward. 

I would like to make a key point 
here on the role of the President's 
staff and other top Administration 
officials. 

There is always speculation as to 
which White House staffer or 
which Cabinet Officer got to the 
President at the last minute to in- 
fluence his decision. This is really 
not relevant. Things just don't work 
that way, at least not now. The role 
of this President's staff is to bring 
the President all of the best infor- 
mation available on a given issue. 
Most of us, least of all me, are not 
resident experts on anything. Our 
job is to collect this information so 
that the President can make the 
decision. 

Some of you may have seen Hen- 
ry Kissinger recently on Mike Wal- 
lace's 60 minutes program. If you 
recall, Mike asked Henry if the 
President ever got mad at him if 

12 



for some reason he had made a 
wrong decision and Henry had rec- 
ommended it. Henry said no the 
President doesn't get mad if the 
wrong decision is made as long as 
he has all the facts. But if for some 
reason, the facts had been withheld 
or some of the facts had been load- 
ed to support a certain option, then 
the President would be mad, and 
with good reason. 

o 



CONCERNED officials are only 
required to agree on the 
facts. They, of course, also 
should be certain that they have 
presented for the President's con- 
sideration all reasonable alternative 
solutions. If there is a problem 
which involves the Secretaries of 
Health, Education and Welfare 
and Housing and Urban Develop- 
ment and the Director of the Of- 
fice of Management and Budget, 
thev need only agree on the facts 
and a range of solutions. They do 
not need to agree on the solution 
since the President will make the 
decision. The most notable exam- 
ple of this system so far has been 
in foreign policy. This was the 
President's decision on Biological/ 
Chemical Warfare. 

No one concerned with this prob- 
lem could ever agree to ban the 
U. S. role in the use of these weap- 
ons, but they could agree on facts. 
The facts supported a decision, 
made by the President, which first 
of all stopped the manufacture of 
these weapons and secondly, start- 
ed their phasing out. The way this 
problem would have been tackled 
by a previous administration, where 
everyone had to agree to both the 
facts and solution, had prevented a 
decision from being reached. The 
key here is, and it applies to other 
issues both foreign and domestic, 
no one in the White House nor the 
President had a foreordained po- 
sition. Knowing all this, people 
worked toward developing the 
facts and an honest range of 
options. 

Past Administrations, as I have 
pointed out, have focused on de- 
veloping one position. This Presi- 
dent's activities are done in a low 



key manner to avoid confrontation. 
His style is not flashy and dramatic, 
but thoughtful and does, in some 
cases, take a little longer. But in 
the long run all of you are going 
to benefit. 

So we believe we have a decision 
making process that ensures, as 
well as it can, that each major 
decision is thoroughly considered 
and that this will help avoid some 
of the pitfalls of the past. 

Last, but not least, we are mov- 
ing to strengthen the evaluation 
capacity of the government. 

For each new program that be- 
comes law, we have a set of goals 
and we have established a method 
to evaluate our success in meeting 
these goals. Where we don't meet 
the goals, we are going to restruc- 
ture or terminate the programs. 

We are not going to throw more 
money or more laws at them. 

This then is briefly the what and 
how of our domestic policy. 

The key — making government 
work better. 



TO sum this all up, the Presi- 
dent's philosophy is probably 
best described by this quote 
from a Message he sent to Con- 
gress in October of 1969: 

"We do not seek more and 
more of the same. We were not 
elected to pile new resources 
and manpower on top of old 
programs. We intend to begin 
a decade of government re- 
form such as this nation has 
not witnessed in half a cen- 
tury." 

I think that you will be seeing 
some more dramatic evidence of 
this in the days and weeks to come. 

In conclusion then, I would urge 
that we reexamine our present in- 
clination to look upon every na- 
tional ill as a subject for Federal 
action. 

We need not only new institu- 
tions but a fresh sense of which 
matters are appropriate to public 
action, and where, within the Fed- 
eral system, responsibility and pow- 
er should be located. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



THERE is a new breed of re- 
ligious journeymen on the 
frontier of the American scene 
today. Like his counterpart of a 
century or two ago, he is immersed 
in the action, participating in the 
environment of the frontier and 
making his effort to fulfill a con- 
structive ministry to the men and 
women who live on that frontier. 
This time the frontier is not geo- 
graphical — it's the American indus- 
trial and scientific scene. 

There is little doubt that the 
future growth of America no long- 
er lies in the habitation of her vast 
plains and forests. Transportation 
and communication have easily in 
their technical grasp the opening 
of every postage stamp of property 
within the boundaries. The risk 
scenes for the future are in deep 
space, underwater and in the bur- 
geoning cities with their ur- 
gent social, scientific, and admin- 
istrative problems. Vicious physical, 
economic, and social environments 
must be neutralized and a place 

JANUARY 1971 



The New 

Breed 

of 

Religious 

Journeymen 

By 

The Rev. Howard A. 
VanDine, Jr. '49 



Interested in religious activities since 
childhood, the Reverend Howard A. Van 
Dine, Jr. '49 had a compulsion to study 
for the priesthood when he finished high 
school, but put it off, mostly for what 
were considered 'practical reasons.' After 
military service and college, with the 
demands and needs of a family, he was 
able to study privately for the Holy Or- 
der with the permission of the then 
Bishop of Vermont. His preparation is in 
many ways unique for a seminarian and 
his "on the job" training, enabling him 
to see firsthand the troubles of involved 
personnel, has prepared him to relate 
more closely with their religious, physical 
and emotional needs. In 1963, he was 
assigned as a non-stipendiary assistant at 
St. Paul's Episcopal Church where he 
assisted in services and participated in 
a regular preaching assignment. Some- 
time later, the Bishop became interested 
in the idea of the application of the 
"Worker-Priest" movement as applicable 
in their part of the world, a program in 
which Reverend VanDine was a "nat- 
ural." Although he has accepted a call 
as priest of a mission church in Under- 
hill, Vt., he will continue his worker- 
priest duties with the General Electric 
Company. As a worker, he is manager of 
Reliability and Control Systems. He is 
married to the former Margaret A. Ryan 
'46 and they are parents of four children. 



and mechanism for personal ful- 
fillment for all Americans devel- 
oped if the nation is to survive the 
stresses of massive population ex- 
pansion which is predicted. The 
Western world's industrial and po- 
litical communities are depending 
on technological and productive 
advances in the free enterprise con- 
text to provide these solutions, and 
it is in these fields where the mod- 
ern American pioneer will fulfill 
his mission in our national develop- 
ment. 

The role of the "professional" 
religious participant on these fron- 
tiers is rather unique — much as his 
pioneer counterparts were unique 
compared to the established East- 
ern seaboard cleric of his day. The 
need and function of the traditional 
pastoral ministry remains. The tra- 
ditional church unit will continue 
to contribute and grow. But on the 
frontier, where the modern pio- 
neers work out their commitment 
to the hope of the future and ser- 
vice to their fellows there is a 
demanding and challenging mis- 
sion and ministry in their nurture 
and in the support of their religious 
lives. And on the premise that ev- 
ery part of a man's life is a part of 
his religious life, that a man's min- 
istry is his whole contribution, pro- 
fessional, recreation, intellectual 
and formal worship, the modern 
religious journeyman is being found 
in the shops and offices and labora- 
tories of our schools and industries. 



THE concept of priest- worker 
or tentmaker ministry or part- 
time clergy is not new. It was 
not unusual for the preacher or 
rabbi at the start of the Christian 
Era to support himself. Paul, the 
Apostle, in the Christian tradition 
argues rigorously in letters to Co- 
rinth and Ephesus that he has not 
been an economic burden to them, 
but that he supported himself and 
his companions by his hands while 
he worked to convert and strength- 
en the church in their cities. 
Throughout the modern world, na- 
tional and sectarian religious com- 
munities hold the worker minister 
as the conventional rather than 

13 



unusual situation, as in western 
Europe and North America. 1 But 
these situations are customarily 
justified by economic motives. The 
Church cannot afford to pay a liv- 
ing stipend and still the minister 
is called and compelled by this call 
to minister. 

The American non- stipendiary 
clergy are generally not so moti- 
vated. The minister functioning 
within the walls of industry is not 
generally unable to earn a living 
but is motivated by the adventure 
of serving a ministry where the 
stakes are higher, the action is 
swifter and more volatile, and 
where he can interact with his 
people under non-artificial condi- 
tions compared with what he sees 
in the conventional pastorate in the 
Gothic structure downtown. The 
peoples' real life is there and the 
industrial missionary is persuaded 
he must be too. 

Not all of these frontier clergy 
are non-stipendiary. That impres- 
sion must not be left. There are 
four general types of this ministry, 
i.e. ( a ) traditional pastorate, ( b ) 
priest worker, (c) minister on in- 
dustry payroll in professional re- 
ligious capacity, and ( d ) organized 
industrial mission. Not all religious 
organizations are participating. Not 
all industry is receptive. Much ex- 
ploration and evaluation must con- 
tinue so that a valid basis and func- 
tional position can be established. 
Which or what combination of 
these four will make up the future 
is unseen. Major Protestant denom- 
inations are conducting extensive 
research and experimentation to 
provide the optimum benefit to the 
industrial frontier and the new 
American pioneer. This is intended 
as an introduction to the idea to 
the receiving community and a 
plea for industry's participation in 
seeking out and establishing a via- 
ble set of ground rules and plans. 

The nearest to the traditional 
patterns is being explored by men 
in the conventional pastorate in 
industrial communities. The min- 
ister recognizes that the major part 

1 David M. Paton, New Forms of Min- 
istry (England: Edinburgh House 
Press, 1965), Section III, V. 

14 



of the nitty-gritty of his peoples' 
total lives is happening at their 
work bench or desk. The environ- 
ment is normally alien to his ex- 
perience and his sensitivity to the 
people in his charge forces this 
recognition on him. So, the pastor 
makes deliberate and searching ex- 
cursions into the shops, offices and 
laboratories of his acquaintances. 
These excursions are primarily for 
the purpose of educating him and 
must be timed and planned to 
avoid interfering with the work of 
the industry. He accomplishes a 
further end by expressing in his 
willingness to spend the time, the 
interest and concern of his Church's 
official representative in the real- 
life environment of the working 
world. 

Much depends on the pastor's 
capability to grasp in some mean- 
ingful way the mechanics of the 
industry where he visits. This can 
be supported by sympathetic and 
interested business management co- 
operation and assistance. But it is 
essential to the validity and useful- 
ness of this form of ministry that 
the visitor learn to recognize and 
communicate in the language of 
the industry if it avoids being a 
supercilious fakery. 



THE benefits of such a con- 
cerned pastorate are in the 
availability of a counsellor 
and communicator in the city who 
can be called upon to assist the de- 
veloping community and maintain 
contact with the employee from a 
position of remote objectivity. Such 
a minister can be utilized to re- 
strain tensions and maintain a com- 
munications link. Many individual 
examples of this type of ministry 
have been observed in highly eth- 
nic industries such as mining and 
agricultural communities represent. 
In 1943 Emanuel Cardinal Su- 
hard, Archbishop of Paris, estab- 
lished his Mission to Paris, which 
sent out priest workers into the 
field to reestablish contacts which 
had been lost or damaged by the 
political and wartime influences in 
France. For some years the experi- 
ment showed signs of invigorating 



a healthy sense of commitment to 
Christian principle, but not without 
difficulty. The experiment gained 
some very strong adherents 2 and 
gained a generally favorable repu- 
tation.' 1 Some consternation accom- 
panied the restraint of the move- 
ment in 1954 when the Bishop of 
Borne directed that it be termi- 
nated. 

By this time, however, the Prot- 
estant and Anglican churches had 
cautiously moved into the action 
and established a small number of 
worker ministers on a deliberately 
planned basis. In the United States, 
one of the better known clergy of 
this sort is Bev. William G. Pollard, 
executive director of the Oak Bidge 
Institute of Nuclear Studies, a 
practicing physicist of considerable 
professional eminence and a priest 
of the Protestant Episcopal 
Church. 4 

The non-stipendiary clergy (or 
worker clergy) are actually em- 
ploved by and in the industrial or 
secular academic plants where they 
carry on their ministry. They might 
be termed clerical moonlighters. As 
an example of the activity of one 
of these men, the author is a re- 
liability and quality control pro- 
gram engineer, carrying a full 
technical and supervisory responsi- 
bility within the General Electric 
Company. All of the competitive 
and business influences affecting 
the progress of a department pro- 
fessional employee are at work in 
his work. In 1963 the Bishop of 
the Episcopal Diocese of Vermont 
ordained him to the sacred minis- 
try and since that time, he has been 
functioning as an assistant on the 
staff of the Cathedral Church of 
St. Paul in Burlington. 

In addition to, and quite sepa- 
rately from, liturgical and paro- 
chial duties at the Cathedral, there 
is a frequent on-call ministry at 

2 Violet Welton, "Priest Worker"; F. W. 
Jones, "Preacher's Class"; Theology 
December 1959, Volume LXII, No. 
474, pp. 501, 506. 

3 David M. Paton, op. cit., New Forms of 
Ministry, Section V, H. B. Porter. 

4 William G. Pollard, Physicist and Chris- 
tian (Greenwich, Connecticut: Seabury 
Press, Inc., 1969). 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 







the place of employment. The day- 
to-day contact with people at 
the place where the} 7 work is a 
valuable asset in maintaining a 
conscious empathv with their 
problems and environment. Their 
awareness of the existence of the 
ordained clergyman in the shop 
makes readily available a source 
of counselling and assistance to 
them when needed. 



THE corporation is aware and 
willing to tolerate the utili- 
zation of time while providing 
no official sanction. A need is rec- 
ognized bv the priest to avoid 
abuse of this toleration, but it is 
self-disciplining by virtue of the 
demand to produce a competent 
job or to receive unsatisfactorv ap- 
praisal and potential removal for 
nonperformance. Man}" of the situ- 
ations evolve casually; some are 
rather formal interviews, but all 
seem to respond to a significant 
need constructively 

JANUARY 1971 



The protection of the confession- 
al is guaranteed to the people of 
all religious persuasions who can 
come and talk and receive support 
and assistance in their religious 
problems. As in ever} 7 delicate in- 
terchurch situation, referrals are 
not uncommon, both to the parent 
church and to professional or so- 
cial agencies when the counselling 
is beyond the priest's capability or 
expertise, but the availability of a 
pastoral resource within the work- 
ing environment, who speaks the 
language of the environment and 
to whom one can bring a religious 
problem without putting on his 
"pious hat" is beneficial if the num- 
ber of calls is in any way indicative. 

It is not only "religious" topics 
which come under discussion. The 
whole life-association is open to 
exploration. In terms of the minis- 
ter's industrial and religious educa- 
tion and experience, questions of 
personal, professional, ethical and 
employment problems and prac- 
tices arise and are addressed. As in 



The Rev. Howard A. VanDine, Jr. '49, 
at right, in his role as worker-priest. 



most counselling situations, it is 
the minister's role to listen, to or- 
ganize the facts with the person 
whom he is counselling and to 
guide and ad\dse in the context of 
the consultation. The person's whole 
life is involved, the "office confes- 
sional" is open to the totality of 
his experience in a significantly 
easier way than the priest's office 
or the church building. 

The worker priest gains the ad- 
vantage of a fulfilling ministry 
within a real life situation with his 
mission among people at their nor- 
mal lifetime activity. Industry gains 
the full and capable employment 
of deeplv motivated, skilled people 
who have the capability of support- 
ing and fulfilling a much broader 
role than otherwise; and, inciden- 
tally, the reaction to most of these 

J * 

people is that they are supremely 
happv in what thev are doing. 
The third group of ministers on 

15 



the industrial frontier, ministers on 
industry payroll in a professional 
religious capacity, is found in the 
Boston area and at least is reputed 
to be represented in several other 
of the industrial centers. Experi- 
ence with industry-employed clergy 
is rather limited. Of course the col- 
lege and military chaplains have 
been around for a time, but there 
are significant differences from 
these vital and challenging minis- 
tries. 

Employed by industry on a full 
time basis as a chaplain, these cler- 
gy fulfill a role in being an overt 
part of the industrial team in their 
professional capacity. This is a 
highly specialized field where ex- 
pertise in professional fields which 
will enhance the industry's stability 
and profitability are essential. So- 
cio-religious problems are only part 
of the work of these clergy. They 
provide job counselling and per- 
sonal counselling support on moral 
and ethical problems and a refer- 
ence sounding board for individu- 
als who feel "caught up in the 
amorality of business" and are 
troubled by this and provide refer- 
ence for industry management, 
business practices, personnel rela- 
tionships and unbiased union rela- 
tions commentary and support. 

TWO well-known, slightly di- 
verse 5 representatives of the 
fourth type of ministry on the 
frontier are B. I. M. and D. I. M. 
(Boston Industrial Mission and De- 
troit Industrial Mission). Detroit 
Industrial Mission is an interfaith 
group of ordained men who are 
active in the automotive city. 6 
These men are entering the indus- 
trial sanctum and confronting the 
question of negating the dehuman- 
izing tendencies of the massive in- 
dustries of that city. The industry 
management is enthusiastic in en- 
couraging D. I. M. to carry on their 
activities. Some skepticism accom- 
panied early starts — like, "waiting 
for the money pitch" — but as the 
pitch didn't come, the real intent 
of the Mission's work became more 
recognizable and management 
more sympathetic. 

16 



D. I. M. staff members describe 
their accomplishments cautiously. 
"They will tell you, for example, 
that they have helped individuals 
think through their job-related eth- 
ical and human problems. That 
they have improved communica- 
tion. That a good many people 
have consciously put their religion 
into practice on the job for the 
first time. That they have led some 
people to talk about life's real 
issues on a new basis. But some 
groups fizzle, and some individuals 
obviously are not reached even 
when they stay in a group." 7 

One of the D. I. M. staffers 
moved on to Boston in 1965 to set 
up the B. I. M. for work especially 
among the scientific and profes- 
sional men on Boute 128. 8 After 
working in the field at Sheffield, 
England with the Industrial Mis- 
sion there and then seven years 
at D. I. M., Rev. Scott Paradise ar- 
rived on the Boston scene in 1965. 
He describes his work there as the 
establishing of dialogue or subjects 
of deep intellectual and social con- 
cern to thoughtful professionals in 
the R&D business. The explora- 
tions concentrate on the difficult 
choices that business, military tech- 
nology and the social impact of 
their work force. The format of 
dialogue during regular luncheon 
discussion sessions with groups of 
scientists or business managers or 
engineers is generally followed 
with carefully planned and fre- 
quently limited time spans. The 
relevance of the message of the 
Church, radically re-interpreted in 
the light of present experience, is 
being shown to the man on the 
new frontier of America. The in- 



5 Reverend Scott Paradise, A Tale of Two 
Cities, 1957. 

6 Detroit Industrial Mission (Detroit, 
Michigan: 8646 Puritan, 1966). New- 
man Cryer, "Taking the Church to the 
Factory," Together ( Methodist Publish- 
ing House, Detroit, January 1966). 

7 Ibid. 

8 "The Industrial Mission," Official Bul- 
letin of the Episcopal Theological 
School, Volume LVIII, No. 3, May 
1966. 

9 Scott Paradise, op. cit., Tale of Two 
Cities. 



fusion and consideration of the 
Judeo-Christian plan of reference 
in life's decisions is usefully pre- 
sented in these discussions and the 
candid searching in the openness 
of the discussion group offers a 
healthy perspective to address the 
real-life questions of deep concern 
and perplexity to the professional, 
office worker and machine, process 
and assembly worker in our indus- 
tries. 

The "man of the cloth" function- 
ing creatively within the industrial 
community is providing a point of 
contact for an essential dialogue 
between the member of that com- 
munity on the frontier of American 
life and the Church which has tra- 
ditionally been the repository of 
the moral and ethical references 
for our society. The issues of per- 
sonal choice in the social milieu of 
religious activism, directed con- 
structively to enhancing the hu- 
manization of the individual while 
avoiding the catastrophic destruc- 
tion of industry and society, are of 
deep concern and relevance. The 
questions may be most aggressively 
addressed on the frontier and solu- 
tions considered there. Additional- 
ly, personal counselling and sup- 
port (and the re-establishment of 
individual-to-individual relation- 
ships in the depersonalizing envi- 
ronment of business and industry) 
are addressed by the actions of the 
religious journeymen functioning 
in their peculiar ministries. The 
benefits of businesses' sympathetic 
support and encouragement of 
these activities accrue to industry 
in the stabilizing and concerned 
support of the employees by these 
ministers. The opportunity for re- 
ligious nurture and compassionate 
counsel and the interpretation of 
the pressing question of the mod- 
ern milieu in light of religious 
learning offers a pastoral ministry 
not otherwise practically accessi- 
ble to many employees of industry. 
And there is a point of contact and 
a richly fulfilling ministry available 
to the religious community from 
which these frontiersmen come and 
for them individually which justi- 
fies their participation in this field 
of mission. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



The 

Varied 

Worlds 

of Bucknellians 



David Ackroyd '62 
JANUARY 1971 



Stage Stature 

"David Ackroyd ('62) as 'Gim- 
pel' gives a tender, delicate rendi- 
tion of the part. There is an ease 
and grace and a quality of integri- 
ty in his performance which ra- 
diates from his toes to his very 
effective hand movements. He wise- 
ly resists the temptation to overdue 
a line or piece of business, or to 
over-vocalize his songs . . ." 

That is how one reviewer, Bert 
Bertram, reacted to David Ack- 
royd's lead performance in the Yale 
Repertory Theater's production of 
"Gimple the Fool" by Isaac Bash- 
evis Singer. Critic Mel Gussow, 
reviewing "Three Philip Roth Sto- 
ries" for the N. Y. Times, praised 
Mr. Ackroyd's performance as Marx 
in "Defender of the Faith," and 
applauded his interpretation of 
Julian, in "St. Julian the Hospital- 
er," with these words: "The most 
impressive transformation is David 
Ackroyd into St. Julian. Handsome, 
graceful, passionate, he is an in- 
tuitive killer who almost reflexively 
decimates the countryside of all 
living things . . . Mr. Ackroyd plays 
Julian without a touch of saintli- 
ness and Julian the tormented with 
enormous inner conviction . . ." 

The Bucknellian who has re- 
ceived the enthusiastic applause of 
audience and the accolades of 
critics is a multi-talented man who 
received some of his early stage 
training as a member of BucknelT's 
Cap and Dagger troupe. In fact, he 
met his wife, Ruth Gail Liming '65, 
when they played opposite each 



other in the "Servant of Two Mas- 
ters" at Bucknell in 1961. At that 
time, Dave had selected the prac- 
tice of law as a career, and after 
receiving his B.A. degree at Buck- 
nell, he attended the Rutgers Uni- 
versity School of Law. 

Dissatisfied with the study of 
law, Dave enlisted in the Army 
and renewed his interest in the 
theater with an acting group at 
Fort Huachuca, Arizona. Upon 
completion of his military duties, 
he enrolled at the Yale School of 
Drama, receiving his M.F.A. de- 
gree in 1968, after studying under 
Stella Adler. He also began per- 
forming, in 1966, at the Williams- 
town Theater as a non-equity actor. 
Since his first performance in the 
production of "You Can't Take It 
With You," he has played more 
than 30 roles, among them Timmy 
in "The Subject was Roses;" Duper- 
ett in "Marat/Sade;" Leo in "The 
Little Foxes;" Hysterium in "A 
Funny Thing Happened on the 
Way to the Forum;" Geoffrey in 
"The Lion in Winter;" and Brids- 
ley Miller in "Black Comedy." He 
has also directed several plays, in- 
cluding Pirandello's "Six Charac- 
ters in Search of an Author." 

Dave joined the Yale Repertory 
Company in 1968. The group con- 
sists of about 20 professional ac- 
tors. Its artistic director is Mr. Rob- 
ert Brustein, dean of the Yale 
Drama School. Most of the mem- 
bers of the acting company are 
graduates of the Yale Drama 
School, although outside talent is 

17 



recruited when required. Among 
those who have appeared with the 
company in recent years are Mil- 
dred Dunnock, Irene Worth, Stacy 
Keach, Linda Lavin, and Barry 
Morse. 

One of Dean Brustein's goals for 
the future is an American National 
Theater, and the Yale Repertory 
Theater serves as a vehicle for 
training men and women who can 
provide the talents, dedication, im- 
agination and creativity to achieve 
"a tangible theater, which America 
now lacks . . ." 

David Ackroyd, a man of "enor- 
mous inner conviction," has enlist- 
ed his talents in the attempt to 
bring a "tangible theater" to fru- 
ition. 

Alumni Leader 

A Bucknell alumnus is — of all 
things — the new president of the 
University of Miami Alumni Asso- 
ciation. 

Thomas Davidson III, Esq. '45, 
who received his J.D. degree from 
the University of Miami School of 
Law, is a practicing attorney in 
Coral Gables, Florida. A native of 
Scranton, he resides with his wife, 
Virginia, and son, Thomas, at 1436 
Ancona Avenue, Coral Gables. 

Pro Grid Coach 

A former 6-2, 240-pound tackle 
and co-captain of the 1951 squad 
who has been named to the Bison 
All-Time Grid Team, George B. 
Young, Jr. '52 began new duties 
in October as offensive line coach 
for the Baltimore Colts. George 
had served since 1968 as personnel 
director for the Colts. 

A member of Phi Lambda Theta 
fraternity at Bucknell, George re- 
ceived his B.A. degree with a major 
in history. He had a remarkable 
record as a grid coach in Baltimore, 
first at Calvert High School and 
then at City High School. From 
1959 through 1967, his City High 
teams captured five state titles and 
were runners-up for three seasons, 
compiling a 60-11-5 record in eight 
years. 

George resides at 320 Padding- 
ton Road, Baltimore, Md. 21212. 

18 



Aiding the Blind 

The Board of Directors of the 
National Accreditation Council for 
Agencies Serving the Blind and 
Visually Handicapped has an- 
nounced the election of Mrs. Claire 
W. Carlson '49, a trustee of the 
University, who is head of Claire 
Carlson Engineering and Legal 
Consultants for Real Estate Devel- 
opment, New York City, as a mem- 
ber of the board. 

As both a licensed engineer and 
a member of the New York bar, 
Mrs. Carlson stated that her ex- 
perience had made her particularly 
concerned with accreditation as a 
way of assuring quality controls 
and high standards of perform- 
ance. "Therefore," she said, "I am 
glad to help apply the same princi- 
ples in the field of rehabilitation." 
The Council is the nonprofit in- 
dependent body that provides na- 
tionally accepted standards by 
which America's public and private 
agencies and schools for the blind 
can measure the quality of their 
services to more than a million 
men, women and children. The 
Council administers a program of 
accreditation whereby agencies 
that are found to meet the stan- 
dards are publicly identified. 

Almost half a billion dollars an- 
nually in contributed and tax funds 
are expended by agencies serving 
the blind. One purpose of accredi- 
tation is to provide a way by which 
the public may judge whether these 
funds are being well spent. 

Mrs. Carlson resides at 230 Park 
Avenue, New York, N. Y. 

The Man at Xerox 

Dr. Robert W. Haigh '48, a trus- 
tee of the University, was the sub- 
ject of a feature article, "Xerox No 
Dropout," in the financial section 
of the New York Times issue for 
Sunday, December 27, 1970. 

Mr. Haigh is group vice presi- 
dent and general manager of the 
education division of Xerox Corp. 
Formerly a member of the faculty 
of the Harvard Business School and 
oil company executive, Mr. Haigh 
directs a group of ten companies: 
Ginn & Co., an old-line Boston- 




George B. Young, Jr. '52 




Mrs. Claire W. Carlson '49 




Dr. Robert W. Haigh '48 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



based publisher of elementary and 
secondary textbooks; American Ed- 
ucation Publications, a producer 
of classroom periodicals such as 
My Weekly Reader; R. R. Bowker, 
publisher of book and library trade 
magazines as well as bibliographic 
and reference works; University 
Microfilms, one of the world's larg- 
est providers of rare and out-of- 
print materials; Xerox College Pub- 
lishing, a publisher of textbooks in 
the humanities, social sciences and 
physical sciences; Xerox Biblio- 
graphies, producers of library cards 
and computerized book catalogues; 
Xerox Education Sciences, special- 
izing in a new science program for 
elementary schools; Xerox Learn- 
ing System, a producer of training 
programs for industry and colleges; 
Gower Press, Ltd., a London-based 
publisher of management books 
and industrial surveys, and Xerox 
Films, a producer of films for 
schools and libraries. 

Discussing the controversy which 
has gone on during the past decade 
as to how and to what extent such 
new technological developments 
as the computer might solve the 
problems in all areas of education, 
Mr. Haigh made these comments: 
"We were interested in products 
that would meet defined needs and 
we did not let Xerox's technologi- 
cal competence in the field of 
graphic reproduction, communica- 
tions or computers dictate the type 
of products that we would offer. 

"You could almost say that we 
bent over backward not to use ma- 
chines. Two or three years down 
the road this will change. We are 
at the point where we have enough 
know-how to create an educational 
system utilizing sophisticated hard- 
ware." 

Mr. Haigh also pointed out that 
the problems and costs of creating 
such education systems are still 
enormous and noted that this is 
what caused many companies to 
retreat from the education business 
after first wetting their feet. 

"Yet one of the most sought af- 
ter objectives in education since 
time began has been individualized 
instruction. Much of the material 
we are turning out is directed 

JANUARY 1971 




It was an all-Buckncll huddle at a recent meeting of the Pittsfield, Mass., Quarterback 
Club. The trio of Bisons includes, left to right, Jay P. Mathias '35, a trustee of the 
University, Clarke Hinkle '32, arid Roger E. O'Gara '35, sports editor of the Berkshire 
Eagle. Clarke Hinkle was the featured speaker at the banquet, and the two Class of 
1935 teammates shared the podium for the Club's annual awards dinner. 



toward this goal. It seems likely 
that the computer is the key to 
achieving it. We have kept this in 
mind." 

Some are critical when compa- 
nies such as Xerox enter the edu- 
cational and publishing fields. Mr. 
Haigh understands this position 
but would give an argument — and 
has. "Most persons who are severe- 
ly critical of the profit motive are 
talkers not doers," he said. "On the 
other hand, many people whose 
personal drive is not profit can 
work very well in the corporate en- 
vironment." He added, "It would 
be fair to say that in recent years 
the most substantial impact on edu- 
cation has been made by commer- 
cial publishers, not by the govern- 
ment." 

Mr. Haigh is married to the for- 
mer Jane S. Sheble '48, and they 
are the parents of four children. 
The Haighs are active in the PTA 
at New Canaan High School, and 
Mr. Haigh is one of the originators 
of a parent-student dialogue. The 
Haigh residence is at 677 Valley 
Road, New Canaan, Conn. 



New Company President 

James R. Simpson '31, a trustee 
of the University, has been named 
president of the Citizens' Electric 
Co., Lewisburg. He will begin his 
new responsibilities early in 1971. 

Mr. Simpson, who succeeds Dr. 
George A. Irland, worked on the 
line crew at the local electric com- 
pany during his summer vacations 
while an undergraduate. His fa- 
ther, the late Professor Frank M. 
Simpson '95, was professor of phys- 
ics at Bucknell from 1900 until his 
retirement in 1942. Professor Simp- 
son served as president and chair- 
man of the board of Citizens' Elec- 
tric Co. 

Recently elected secretary of the 
University's Board of Trustees, Mr. 
Simpson is currently a member of 
the investment advisory depart- 
ment of Goldman, Sachs and Co., 
New York City. He has previously 
served as vice president of the First 
National City Bank of New York, 
treasurer of Kennecott Copper 
Corp., as well as assistant treasur- 
er and secretary of the investment 

19 



committee of the board of direc- 
tors of Cornell University. He has 
also served as a director of Kaiser 
Aluminum and Chemical Corp., 
Oakland, Cal. and of the Advisors 
Fund of Philadelphia. 

Mrs. Simpson is the former Helen 
L. Hoffner '34. The Simpsons will 
move to Lewisburg in the near 
future. 

Top Sportsman 

The Buffalo (N. Y.) Athletic Club 
saluted George J. Vetter '33 as 
"Sportsman of the Year" at their 
36th annual dinner on December 
7. An all-around player at Buck- 
nell, George joined the faculty and 
coaching staff of North Tonawanda 
High School in 1936 as assistant 
to Al Humphrey. He took over the 
reins as head football coach in 1937 
and has been in that post ever 
since (with time out for duty as an 
army officer in World War II). His 
33 seasons of coaching include a 
194-42-13 record, and 15 Niagara 
Frontier League championships. 
Sixteen young men who played un- 
der him are now coaches. 

George is married to the former 
Nina G. Lambert '34 and they are 
parents of a son. The Vetters reside 
at 303 Shortle Place, North Tona- 
wanda, N. Y. 14120. 

New Director 

The Boards of Directors of Mis- 
sissippi Chemical Corporation and 
Coastal Chemical Corporation have 
elected as a member George L. 
Palley '57, vice president of supply 
operations and marketing, Missouri 
Farmers Association, Inc. Missis- 
sippi Chemical is the world's first 
farmer-owned nitrogen fertilizer 
plant. Coastal, organized as an af- 
filiate of MCC, produces and mar- 
kets nitrogen and mixed fertilizer. 

A member of Sigma Alpha Ep- 
silon fraternity at Bucknell, George 
received his B.A. degree in eco- 
nomics. He is married to the for- 
mer Carol S. Christiansen '57, and 
they are parents of three sons and 
a daughter. The Palleys reside at 
701 E. Bockereck Drive, Columbia, 
Mo. 



Unique Educator 

Karen Glass Swope '63 is the 
mother of a four-year old daughter, 
Dawn, the wife of a practicing at- 
torney, Bichard '62, and a teacher 
who holds a master's degree from 
Old Dominion University. Howev- 
er, she spends five days per week 
in the brig at the Norfolk Naval 
Station, the only female allowed in 
the brig on a daily basis. 

It is all part of her job as coordi- 
nator of adult education for the 
Norfolk City School District. At 
present, Karen has more than thirty 
men enrolled in studies for high 



school credits in programs she 
helped to design. One of the first 
programs of its kind, the educa- 
tional program at the Naval base 
brig presented some formidable 
problems before it could be imple- 
mented. Four male teachers now 
conduct classes there under Karen's 
supervision. 

A teacher for three years, Karen 
hopes some day to complete her 
studies for the Ph.D. degree. Bight 
now, she is kept quite busy as an 
educator, housewife, and mother. 
The Swopes reside at 3016 Hamden 
Lane, Virginia Beach, Va. 23452. 




Mrs. Karen Glass Swope '63 is the educational helmsman for 
an innovative Navy program. 



20 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Fighting Back 

The life of John F. Pooley '56 in 
the past few years has been in one 
sense a mix of bad luck and leger- 
demain. Severely paralyzed by a 
tragic accident in 1968. John's ca- 
reer as a mechanical engineer in 
the aerospace industry was sud- 
denly interrupted. After corrective 
surgery, John regained body con- 
trol, but he could not spend an 
eight-hour day involved in the de- 
manding tasks of a project engi- 
neer. 

This is where legerdemain re- 
placed bad luck. John had become 
interested in magic at the age of 
nine and began developing his 
skills in prestidigitation as a boy- 
hood hobby. By the time he en- 
rolled at Bucknell, he enjoyed a 
semi-professional status and soon 
discovered a way to add to his 
income with local performances of 
his "magic show." One year after 
his accident, in 1969, John and his 
wife, Aurelia, performed for the 
first time in a new show. Their new 
act includes, from time to time, the 
assistance of their three sons and a 
rabbit and three white doves. John 
has also written a book on the sub- 
ject of magic and is in search of a 
publisher. Meanwhile, the Pooleys 
work on perfecting their magic 
show as John seeks to make his 
former hobby into a vocation which 
can support a familv of five. The 
Pooleys reside at 4341 Drexel Ave., 
Riverside, Calif. 

Election Winners 

Bucknellians were among the 
winners in the November elections, 
on local and state levels and as 
candidates of both major parties. 

Norman J. Levy, Esq. '52, a for- 
mer assistant Nassau County Dis- 
trict Attorney and chief of the 
Rackets Bureau for eight years, 
was elected to the New York State 
Senate. A Republican, Norman will 
represent the 7th senatorial dis- 
trict, encompassing most of the 
southwestern portion of Nassau 
County. As chief of the Rackets 
Bureau, the new state senator led 
the fight against the attempts of 
organized, syndicated crime to 

JANUARY 1971 




Norman J. Levy, Esq. '52 



move into Nassau County. A mem- 
ber of Sigma Alpha Mu fraternity, 
Norman received his B.A. in his- 
tory from Bucknell and is a gradu- 
ate of Brooklyn Law School. He 
and his wife, Joy, reside at 666 
Shore Road, Long Beach, N. Y. 

Herbert A. Lesher '39, a techni- 
cal consultant for E. I. duPont, won 
re-election to his third term as a 
Republican member of the Dela- 
ware State House of Representa- 
tives. A chemical engineering grad- 
uate of Bucknell, Herb served dur- 
ing his preceding term as chairman 
of the Joint Finance Committee of 
the Delaware General Assembly. 
Herb and his wife, Lois, are the 
parents of six children and their 
son, John, is a member of Buck- 
nell's Class of 1971. The Leshers 
reside at 1120 Harvey Road, Clay- 
mont, Del. 19703. 

Paul G. Ruane M.S. '59 won his 
fourth term as a member of the 
Pennsylvania State House of Rep- 
resentatives. A Republican, Paul 
resides in Shamokin and represents 
the 107th district in Northumber- 
land Countv. He is a teacher at 
Shamokin High School. He and his 
wife, Anita, reside at 1021 East 
Sunbury St., Shamokin. 

Carle Zimmerman '58, a research 
scientist with the Marathon Oil 
Co., won election as a member of 
the Littleton, Colo., City Council. 
He formerly served as a member 



of the Citizens Advisory Commit- 
tee on community planning. Carle 
received his B.S. degree in chemi- 
cal engineering from Bucknell and 
his Ph.D. degree from Cornell Uni- 
versity. A resident of Littleton for 
the past six years, the new city 
councilman resides with his wife 
and two children at 2539 Ridge 
Ct., Littleton, Colo. 80120. 

Community Builder 

The new president of the Long 
Island Builder's Institute is Rich- 
ard D. Shoenfield '49, president of 
the Pickwick Corp., a real estate 
and construction firm located in 
Plainview, N. Y. 

Married to the former Francine 
L. Ringler '48, Dick is the father of 
two children. He serves as presi- 
dent of the Long Island Better Bus- 
iness Bureau; is director of the 
Nassau Citizens Development 
Corp., concerned with providing 
low and middle-income housing; 
and is founder and trustee of the 
Huntington Performing Arts Foun- 
dation. 

Special Ombudsman 

The Reverend William R. Web- 
ster '45 has begun duties in a 
unique post as University Minis- 
tries Ombudsman on the Bloom- 
ington Campus of the University of 
Indiana. 

"Unfortunately, people some- 
times get lost in the cracks of bu- 
reaucracies designed to serve 
them," the Reverend Webster not- 
ed. "Their problems usually hap- 
pen accidentally, but they create 
human misery for individuals and 
thwart the purposes of the institu- 
tion. My assignment this year is to 
hear the grievances of students, 
facultv, staff, and administrators 
who have tried the regular chan- 
nels. If I accept the case, I shall try 
to ascertain the facts and seek a 
solution acceptable to all con- 
cerned. This may mean helping the 
person to understand and use the 
bureaucracy. It may entail helping 
to tailor the procedures to meet a 
person's unique need. When a pro- 
cedure fails repeatedly to serve hu- 
man need, we are committed to 

21 




The Rev. William Webster '45 

seeking the kinds of changes which 
will help the individual and, at the 
same time, help the university meet 
its own standards of excellence. I 
am neither a super-bureaucrat nor 
a guerrilla leader, however. Essen- 
tially I am a pastor, and our pri- 
vately-funded, ecumenical organi- 
zation has borrowed the Scandi- 
navian model as a more effective 
and responsible expression of pas- 
toral care. This pastoral care will 
be available to all members of the 
university communitv without re- 
gard to religion, race, nationality, 
or sex, of course." 

Mr. Webster has no official con- 
nection with the university and is 
appointed and accountable to Uni- 
versity Ministries, an ecumenical 
body formed by the Baptists, Meth- 
odists, Episcopalians and United 
Church of Christ. The new om- 
budsman began duties at Indiana 
University in 1956 as the American 
Baptist minister for the First Bap- 
tist Church and director of the 
Boger Williams Foundation. The 
whole Webster family is involved 
in higher education. Mrs. Webster, 
a nurse, is enrolled for evening 
studies at the university, and all 
three Webster children are college 
students: Cindy and Terry at I. U. 
and Tom at Kalamazoo College, 
Mich. The Websters reside at 106 
N. Hillsdale Drive, Bloomington, 
Ind. 47401. 

22 



Paul E. Smith '50 

Executive Officer 

Paul E. Smith '50 has been ap- 
pointed assistant vice president, 
operating services, of the Peoples 
Natural Gas Co., Pittsburgh. Prior 
to his appointment, Paul served for 
seven years as the firm's western 
division manager. He joined the 
company in 1952 as an engineer in 
the research department. Paul re- 
ceived a B.S. degree in chemical 
engineering from Bucknell. He re- 
sides with his wife, Barbara, and 
their four children at 959 Thorn 
Bun Boad, Coraopolis. 

Change of Posts 

Henry B. "Hank" Puff '46, a di- 
rector of the Bucknell Alumni As- 
sociation, has begun a new assign- 
ment in Burlington, N. J., at the 
Buco Division headquarters of the 
Hooker Chemical Corp. A sales 
executive long associated with the 
plastics industry, Henry will be in 
charge of polymers, assuming di- 
rect responsibility for all phases of 
this major segment of Buco's busi- 
ness operations. Buco is the lead- 
ing supplier of bulk-polymerized 
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resins to 
the U. S. plastic industry. The di- 
vision operates plants at Hicksville, 
L. I., as well as the large Burling- 
ton complex where a multi-million 
dollar expansion program is near- 
ing completion. 



Henry B. Puff '46 

Henry joined the Hooker Chemi- 
cal Corp. in 1946 as a chemist after 

receiving his B.S. degree at Buck- 
et o 

nell following two years of infantry 
sendee with the U. S. Army in Eu- 
rope. He switched to sales work 
in 1947 and was named Chicago 
district sales manager in 1956. He 
served from 1959 to 1962 as man- 
ager of field sales for the Durez 
Division of Hooker, at headquar- 
ters in North Tonawanda, N. Y., 
and was named general sales man- 
ager for the division in 1962. Dur- 
ing his tenure, the Durez division 
enjoyed its greatest sales gains. 

Henry is married to the former 
Jean Ellingwood, and they are par- 
ents of two children. The Puff resi- 
dence, at present, is at 36 Hunting- 
ton Court, Williamsville, N. Y. 

New Vice President 

Baymond L. Zimmerman '50 has 
been elected vice president of the 
Life Insurance Company of North 
America. The Bucknellian joined 
the firm in 1957, was elected assis- 
tant secretary in 1965 and secretary 
in 1966. He became assistant vice 
president in 1968 and was elected 
vice president of the INA Security 
Corp., a subsidiary firm, in 1969. 
He is married to the former Mari- 
anne Hazen, and they are parents 
of two sons. The Zimmermans re- 
side at 211 Lansdowne Ave., 
Wayne, Pa. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



ALUMNI 
AUTHORS 



Test of a Nation? 

"More than a United States Navy 
Ship was captured on January 23, 
1968, when the North Koreans hi- 
jacked the U. S. S. Pueblo. A whole 
nation was captured. 

The traditions of the United 
States, its pride, and its sense of 
what is right and wrong were then 
all put on trial along with the 
eighty-two men from the Pueblo." 

George C. Wilson '49 will prob- 
ably find many who disagree with 
more than this opening assumption 
in his Prologue to Bridge of No 
Return, a book he has co-authored 
with F. Carl Schumacher, Jr., for- 
mer operations officer of the Pueb- 
lo." Mr. Wilson, military corres- 
pondent for The Washington Post, 
is sole author of the Prologue and 
Epilogue to the book, but makes 
clear that both "are the result of 
long discussions and full under- 
standing between us" and that "the 
opinions and conclusions in both 
the Prologue and Epilogue are 
mutually held." 

One of those conclusions is that 
the Code of Conduct for Members 
of the Armed Forces of the United 
States is inadequate — woefully in- 
adequate for the type of situation 
which the men of the Pueblo faced. 
"The Code of Conduct proved 
completely untenable under tor- 
ture," Wilson states in the Pro- 
logue. "Yet the same code is in 
effect today, even after the Navy 
examined it in the light of the 
Pueblo experience." 




° Bridge of No Return, F. Carl Schu- 
macher, Jr. and George C. Wilson, 
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, N. Y., 
1971. 242 pp. ($6.95). 

JANUARY 1971 



George C. Wilson '49 

That code, which, incidentally, 
is not reprinted as part of this book, 
consists of about 250 words. It was 
formulated as the result of the ex- 
periences of the members of the 
Armed Forces in the Korean War 
and put into effect during the Pres- 
idency of Dwight David Eisenhow- 
er. The code dictated, as Wilson 
states, "that each member of the 
Pueblo crew resist and prevent" 
the kind of manipulation by their 
captors that resulted in "the ad- 
missions of guilt, broadcast apolo- 
gies, televised press conferences, 
and publicized letters to the Presi- 
dent of the United States." But 
what code — including the Ten 
Commandments — can keep a man 
from cracking under repeated beat- 
ings, physical torture, and enor- 
mous psychological pressure? Was 
the code really designed for this 
extreme situation? 

Though Wilson spotlights the 
code in his Prologue, perhaps the 
attitude he ascribes to his co-author 
is more germane: "Skip Schumach- 
er is one of the men who grieved 
about the code and his inability to 



live up to it. He felt compelled to 
examine why he had not been able 
to fulfill its terms. Where was the 
flaw? In him? In his shipmates? In 
the code? In its authors? In its ad- 
ministrators? Some measure of re- 
sponse to these gravely haunting 
questions was essential to him. He 
has steadfastly sought it." 

The book is the result of Schu- 
macher's search for the answers to 
those questions, and his experienc- 
es constitute a haunting memoir. 
Reading this narrative makes one 
introspective, makes one ask how 
well you measure up to your own 
ideals, forces one to catalog those 
ideals and ask how deeply they are 
held. In the end, one is forced to 
ask if there is any substitute for vic- 
tory — especially the victory over 
one's self which becomes of crucial 
importance in the face of crisis. 

And what keeps recurring as a 
question during the reading of this 
painful, personal experience is why 
the Code of Conduct has been se- 
lected as the focus of concern. 
Schumacher, a Trinity College 
grad, bluntly states that, during his 
18-week cram course in Navy 
O. C. S. at Newport, R. I., "I va- 
guely remember the Code of Con- 
duct for American fighting men be- 
ing mentioned in one of the lec- 
tures. But it was not one of the 
topics stressed." He points out that 
he had no further training in the 
Code of Conduct after he left 
O. C. S., "nor did I, or any other 
officer on the Pueblo, receive any 
training in how to resist Commu- 
nist brainwashing." All of this 
seems to indicate more a fault in 
Navy O. C. S. training procedure 
rather than in the Code of Conduct. 

23 



In fact, Schumacher is quite hon- 
est about his training in codes, 
ideals and values. This education is 
not examined in any Kirkegaardean 
detail, but it is treated in outline 
as a frame of reference for his ex- 
perience as a prisoner of the North 
Koreans. 

"I was schooled in the humani- 
ties, not the realities, in my world 
of St. Louis Country Day School. 
My objective there, of course, was 
to do well enough to get into col- 
lege. But just as important was to 
have a good time along the way, 
which was hardly toughening for 
the Barn" (the first place of con- 
finement by the North Koreans). 
"At home, the philosophical 
foundation was solid American: 
hard work yields worthy rewards; 
democracy is good, Communism is 
bad; the Bepublicans are to be 
trusted, the Democrats not so 
much . . . 

At Trinity College, where he ma- 
jored in religion, he explored ideas, 
enjoyed the challenge of his profs 
and peers and sought to develop a 
personal philosophy for life. "I 
realized, though, somewhat self- 
consciously, that St. Louis and the 
people I knew there were only a 
thin slice of the world. My frame 
of reference was the comfortable 
life. I was looking through a 
crack . . ." 

F. Carl Schumacher, Jr., was 
seven years old when the North 
Koreans crossed the 38th parallel 
and ten years old when Americans 
who had been captured in that con- 
flict crossed their bridge at Pan- 
munjon when an armistice was 
signed. The details of his upper- 
middle-class background are 
spelled out against a brief catalog 
of world events occurring in his 
brief lifetime. These come together 
on that fateful January day in 1968, 
when he became an agent and not 
an observer of history. 

Of all those involved in this nar- 
rative, perhaps the most important 
single figure is that of Commander 
Lloyd Bucher, the commanding of- 
ficer of the Paeblo. Schumacher 
seems to be intent on understand- 
ing Bucher as much as he is in 
seeking to understand himself, for 

24 



Bucher is a man of other circum- 
stances, of a different upbringing, 
of even another period of history. 
His portrait of Bucher is an impor- 
tant element of the book. 

But perhaps the really funda- 
mental question comes at the end. 
"What right has the Navy and the 
rest of the country to leave men 
like Schumacher unrepatriated 
spiritually?" Mr. Wilson asks in his 
Epilogue. "This book was written 
to ask that question." 

It is a fair question. But it may 
have been asked earlier, at the be- 
ginning of the book. Indeed, "the 
need for a new spirit, a return, per- 
haps to that traditional concept of 
Navy esprit expressed as 'loyalty 
up and loyalty down.'" is really 
what the book is about. Leadership, 
group unity, the guts to admit error 
from the top to the bottom — this is 
the disturbing issue probed. And 
throughout the analysis one re- 
members the public reactions to an- 
nouncements of "collaboration" by 
American prisoners held captive in 
the Korean War. Then, as now, 
there was a popular disposition to 
blame character defects, individual 
weaknesses, or a "sick society" for 
what men did. Only after years of 
investigation was it learned that 
captured soldiers, sailors, and ma- 
rines had been demoralized by a 
systematic attack upon their group 
loyalties. The literature on how 
the Chinese and Koreans did this 
reveals much about the limits of 
man's endurance. 

Mr. Schumacher endured much 
and the questions he asks of him- 
self and of his fellow countrymen 
should be asked. For it is quite 
possible that we are failing our- 
selves, each other, and our nation 
by not examining what commit- 
ments we have to one another in a 
world where leadership and loyal- 
ty face increasing challenge. 

George C. Wilson, a native of 
Orange, N. J., received his A.B. 
degree in English and political 
science from Bucknell University, 
and attended Georgia Tech while 
an aviation cadet in the Navy air 
corps in 1945-46. He also studied 
at the Alliance Francaise in Paris. 
He has been a reporter for the 



Newark Evening News and the 
Washington Star, and a writer for 
Congressional Quarterly News Fea- 
tures, prior to joining the Washing- 
ton Post. He lives in Washington, 
D. C, with his wife and two chil- 
dren. 

The New Forest 

A man who may well lay claim 
to the title of The Modern Johnny 
Appleseed, William G. "Turk" Jones 
'29, has set down the details of his 
unique career in a colorful volume, 
The New Forest. 

Profusely illustrated with color 
photos taken by the author, as well 
as by page margin drawings of 
leaves, birds, animals, fruits, and 
seeds indigenous to the stripped 
bituminous mine acres Mr. Jones 
has replanted. The New Forest is 




William G. Jones '29 

a guide for the laymen to many of 
the wonders of nature uncovered 
by a man who quickly communi- 
cates why he believes Nature is 
writ large. The language is direct, 
non-technical, and a reward to read 
by a man who calls himself "an 
observer of wildlife." 

As one who has planted more 
than 36 million seedlings, Mr. Jones 
has impressive credentials as a con- 
servationist. Yet he came to his 
career by indirection. In the spring 
of 1946, he bought an abandoned 

The New Forest, W. G. Jones, 1970; 
Offset Printing Center, Boalsburg, 58 pp. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



ISO-acre farm in Clearfield County. 
This farm was part of a larger 1200- 
acre tract which became the first 
reclaimed 'spoil" area in Pennsyl- 
vania to be certified as a tree farm. 

A major in biology at Bucknell, 
Mr. Jones began his career in ad- 
vertising in Philadelphia and New 
York. However, with the acquisi- 
tion of his farm, he turned his at- 
tention to forestry, planting a va- 
riety of seedlings on land not 
looked upon as likely to yield a rich 
harvest. 

The harvest was really in know- 
how, for when new laws on recla- 
mation of bituminous strip lands 
went into effect in 1958, "Turk" 
Jones was one of the few men who 
had any extensive experience in 
large scale planting. Skeptics and 
cvnics were amazed when Pitch 
Pine and White Spruce began to 
bloom on spoil banks thought to 
be the most forbidding obstacles to 
The Neiv Forest. (See Bucknell 
Alumnus, January, 1967.) 

And that is "Turk's" story, one 
which includes his selection as the 
Outstanding Conservationist of 
Pennsylvania. The man who sowed 
the seed for The New Forest, and 
who continues to plant his seed- 
lings, is married to the former Sara 
Bailey '30, and they have two 
daughters, Sally '57 and Jane '55. 
The Jones residence is at 301 Phil- 
ips Street, Philipsburg, Pa. 16866. 

New Cook Book 

Simple Family Favorites by Jean 
Heck Shepard '51 was published by 
Stein and Day on December 10, 
1970. It has been made a selection 
of the Cook Book Guild. 

Jean has recently deserted the 
New York publishing scene (most 
recently director of advertising for 
Scribners) and her Manhattan 
apartment for country living in 
southern New Hampshire. There 
she still manages to write, do free 
lance editorial work and act as a 
publicity-promotion consultant to 
nearby publishing houses (with 
time out only to cook for her hus- 
band and two teen-age sons). 

The Shepards reside at Nichols 
Lane, Peterborough, N. H. 03458. 



In Memoriam 



1895 

Word has been received belatedly of 
the death of Miss Mary H. Bakeb of a 
heart attack on June 23, 1968. She was 
residing in Garrison, N. Y. at the time 
of her death. 

1904 

La Verne C. Chapin of 305 E. Main 
St., East Palestine, Ohio 44413, died 
very suddenly on April 5, 1970, after 
returning home from Sunday School and 
church services. He is survived by his 
wife. 

Scott P. Hilliard, who attended 
Bucknell Academy 1902-04, passed away 
November 30, 1970. He retired from the 
electrical merchandising business in 1959, 
then established a wood-working hobby 
shop. Among his survivors is a daughter, 
Mrs. John W. Rowell, of Carr Hill Road, 
Route 6, Columbus, Ind. 47201, with 
whom he resided. 

1908 

Mrs. William W. Long, the former 
Elsie Owens of St. Petersburg, Fla., and 
a member of an illustrious Bucknell fam- 
ily, died following surgery, on November 
6, 1970. 

She had willed her body to medical 
research in Florida. Mrs. Long received 
a B.S. degree from Bucknell and her 
R.N. certification from the Roosevelt Hos- 
pital School of Nursing in 1915. She 
served her country in World War I as 
an Army nurse and as an anesthetist. 
Mrs. Long's father, the late William G. 
Owens, Class of 1880, was a professor 
at Bucknell for 50 years. Her mother, the 
former F. Jeannette Waffle, received 
her degree from Bucknell in 1934, after 
all their children had graduated from 
college. A brother of Mrs. Long, Dr. 
Albert W. Owens '09, passed away in 
1968. Among her survivors are two sis- 
ters, Mrs. William E. Burnet (Jeannette 
'17) of 1100 North Shore Drive, Apt. 
105, St. Petersburg, Fla. 33701, and Mrs. 
Herbert L. Layden ( Katherine '23), 
whose address is Box 186, Lancaster, 
Mass. 01523, also a number of nieces 
and nephews, several of whom are Buck- 
nellians. 

1911 

Herbert L. Lloyd of Lilly Lake, 
Wapwallopen, died December 23, 1970 
in the Nesbitt Hospital. A well-known 
educator and soloist, he was a teacher 
in the Kingston High School until 1928, 
and in the GAR High School in Wilkes- 
Barre until 1954. He later taught in Egg 
Harbor, N. J. He was a deacon emeritus 
and a member of the choir of the First 
Baptist Church. His excellent singing 
voice kept him in demand by local sing- 
ing groups and choirs. Mr. Lloyd re- 



ceived a Ph.B. degree from Bucknell in 
1911 and in 1922 earned his M.A. de- 
gree. He served his alma mater, his class 
and the Emeritus Club in various ways 
for many years. He is survived by his 
wife, the former Loraine Boyd, and a 
son, Roger, who is a research chemist at 
the Carnegie-Mellon University. 

1912 

Mrs. Wallace C. Lowther '14, the 
former Elizabeth Heinslinc of Holli- 
daysburg, died November 29, 1970. She 
was a member of a well-known Bucknell 
family, her mother having been the late 
Mrs. H. T. Heinsling ( Sallie C. Lou- 
don, Inst. 1884); her husband, the late 
"Red" Lowther, a past president of the 
General Alumni Association, and a sis- 
ter, Ruth '13, who passed away in 1939. 
Among her survivors are two daughters, 
Mrs. Marian J. Miller (Ruth '40) of 637 
E. Wesleyan Dr., Tempe, Ariz. 85281; 
Mrs. Myron D. Eisenberg '41 ( E. Anne 
'41 ) of 915 Allegheny St., Hollidaysburg 
16648; a sister, Mrs. Clarence M. Krin- 
er '17 (Henrietta '17) of 339 Main 
St., Winchester, Mass. 01890, and three 
grandchildren. 

1913 

Information has been received of the 
death of Prof. Bright W. Beck, former 
dean of men and professor of history at 
Kutztown State College. He received 
his teaching certificate from Kutz- 
town in 1912 and his Ph.B. degree 
from Bucknell in 1913 and was a mem- 
ber of the Phi Kappa Psi fraternity. He 
returned to Kutztown and spent his en- 
tire professional career there and was 
honored when that institution named 
their new men's dormitory "Bright Beck 
Hall" in 1965. He was a patron of Buck- 
nell, a charter member of the Bison 
Century Club and a member of William 
Bucknell Associates. Mrs. Beck passed 
away in March 1969. The couple had no 
children. 

1915 

Jere B. Bates of 265 Green St., Miff- 
linburg 17844, died November 26, 1970 
in the Geisinger Medical Center where 
he had been in a coma for ten days fol- 
lowing a cerebral hemorrhage and a fall 
in his home. He had received a Ph.B. 
degree from Bucknell and was a member 
of the Kappa Delta Rho fraternity which 
he had served many years as alumni 
representative. A retired educator, he 
was previously a supervising principal, 
then for many years, a textbook sales- 
man representing the McCormick-Math- 
ers Co. He had always been active in 
church, civic and service club work and 
following his retirement, was instrumen- 
tal in organizing the Buffalo Valley Chap- 
ter of the American Association of Re- 



JANUARY 1971 



25 



tired Persons, and maintained a keen 
interest in its activities. He is survived 
by his wife, the former Jessie Shively, 
and a granddaughter, Mrs. Donald R. 
Fair of Rochester, N. Y. 

1916 

Edgah C. Campbell of 11 W. Main 
St., Canton, died December 5, 1970 in 
the Troy Hospital. He received an A.R. 
degree from Bucknell in 1916, a M.A. 
degree in 1942, and was a member of 
the Delta Theta Upsilon (now Signa 
Chi) fraternity. Mr. Campbell taught 
languages in the Bucknell Academy for 
two years, then became head of the 
Modern Language Department of the 
Danbury (Conn.) High School. In 1924, 
the Riehley-Campbell Insurance Agency 
was organized, but he later returned to 
the teaching field at the Utica (N. Y. ) 
Free Academy. He suffered a slight im- 
pairment resulting in a cornea transplant 
which was not entirely successful. He 
was a victim of arthritis also and an 
early retirement was necessitated by his 
health. Two of his brothers were Buck- 
nellians, the late Leslie H. Campbell 
'20, who passed away in 1954, and 
Harry Earle Campbell '14 of 667 
Sixth St., Clairton 15025. 

1918 

Mrs. Frederick C. Owen (Ella C. 
Jones) of 30 Lincoln Ave., Montrose 
18801, died June 7, 1970 after a short 
illness. She had been a teacher in the 
Montrose schools and had served for a 
time as assistant principal. Following her 
retirement she was a member of the 
Montrose School Board, serving in ex- 
ecutive capacities, and was active in the 
First Presbyterian Church. She is sur- 
vived by her husband and a son, Ralph 
F. Owen '49, of 20 Skyline Dr., Roches- 
ter, N. Y. 14616. 

1919 

Miss Irene E. Gossweiler of 118 N. 
18th St., Allentown, died March 28, 1970. 
She was a librarian at the Allentown 
Free Library. Among her survivors is a 
sister, Hildgarde, of the above address. 

1920 

Emil W. Holinger of Washington, 
D. C, a retired mechanical engineer, 
died November 27, 1970. He received 
B.S. and M.S. degrees in mechanical en- 
gineering from Bucknell and was a mem- 
ber of the Sigma Chi fraternity. After 
serving in Europe during World War I, 
he worked as a courier at the Peace 
Conference at Versailles, France. He 
later worked for various agencies of the 
Federal Government in the engineering 
field until his retirement from the De- 
partment of Defense in 1964. Mrs. Hol- 
inger passed away in 1966, and he is sur- 
vived by a sister, Mrs. Guy B. Stephen- 
son of Mill Creek Town, Md. 

26 





Two members of Bucknell's track team, Frederick T. Weber, at left, and Peter G. 
Younger, both sophomores, were fatally injured in an auto accident on Saturday, Janu- 
ary 16. They were returning to campus after participating in an invitational track meet 
when the accident occurred. Weber is the son of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weber, West- 
mont, N. J. Younger is the son of Lt. Col. and Mrs. John P. Younger, Satellite Beach, 
Flo. A third student, John P. Lanphear, driver of the auto was critically injured in 
the accident. 



1927 

Donald J. Barton, writer of military 
technical manuals and publications su- 
pervisor for Gyrodine Electronics, died 
November 22, 1970 in the Huntington 
( N. Y. ) Hospital. He received a B.S. 
degree in chemical engineering from 
Bucknell and was past president of the 
Bucknell Alumni Club of Long Island. 
He is survived by his wife, the former 
Mrs. Sylvia Phelps Kendall, 55 Hennessy 
Dr., Huntington, LI, N. Y. 11743; two 
daughters, Mrs. Marilyn Agniar and 
Mrs. Doris Smith; one son, Theodore, 
and several step-children. Internment was 
in Albany, N. Y., the city of his birth. 

Dr. Herbert E. Heim of 1214 N. 
Ulster St., Allentown, died December 7, 
1970 of a heart attack. He received an 
A.B. degree from Bucknell and was a 
member of the Phi Gamma Delta fra- 
ternity. His M.D. degree was awarded 
by Cornell University in 1931. His chos- 
en field in medicine was psychiatry and 
he served the Commonwealth of Penn- 
sylvania at the State Hospital in Harris- 
burg for many years. Dr. Heim was a 
member of a prominent Bucknell family; 
his father was the late Dr. Ephraim 
Heim '93 H'98, who was instructor at 
Bucknell from 1897 until his death in 
1930. Among his survivors are his wife, 
the former Miriam A. Diehl; two broth- 
ers, Edward '21 of 79 A Street, Apt. 
105, Salt Lake City, Utah 84103, and 
Robert '24, of 206 Pine Rd., Briarcliff 
Manor, N. Y. 10510; a sister, Mrs. Al- 
bert M. Green '35 (Rachel '29) of 
2406 Packard Dr., Parkersburg, W. Va. 

1936 

Richard W. Gilbert, former execu- 
tive vice president and director of Alaska 
Airlines, died August 31, 1970, of a 
stroke suffered while driving his car. He 



was well known in the Northwestern 
business community for his consulting 
work on mergers and acquisitions and 
had operated his own business since 
1961. He was included in Who's Who in 
Commerce and Industry, Who's Who in 
the West and Who's Who in World 
Aviation and Astronautics. Survivors in- 
clude his wife, the former Anne A. At- 
kinson, 10233 Valmay Ave., N. W., Seat- 
tle, Wash. 98177. 



1937 

Charles W. Kattenbach passed away 
in August 1970. He was a member of 
the football and basketball teams at 
Bucknell and of the Sigma Chi fraterni- 
ty. He was associated with the Hydro- 
craft Corporation and more recently with 
the Ark win Industries of Westbury, N. Y. 
Survivors include his wife and a daugh- 
ter, Deborah, both of 840 Tanglewood 
Rd., West Islip, N. Y. 11795. 

James A. Dillon, principal of Israel 
Ben Zion Academy, died November 26, 
1970, after an illness of two days. He 
became affiliated with the Academy in 
1969 after a 28-year period of service 
with the Jenkins Township Schools and 
a school administrative career with mili- 
tary forces in Japan, France, Germany 
and the United States. He was a former 
PIAA sports official. Among his survivors 
are his wife, the former Margaret 
O'Haire of 1302 Main St., Pittston 18640, 
and several children. 



1938 

Joseph T. Sbedico of 550 S. Main St., 
Elmira, N. Y. 14904, died October 15, 
1970, after a long illness of cancer. He 
was a recognized authority in education 
and was supervisor of Education in the 
Department of Correction at the Elmira 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Reformatory. He received an A.B. degree 
in biology from Bucknell and was a 
member of the Alpha Phi Delta fra- 
ternity which was later disbanded. He 
took an active interest in the alumni 
affairs of the University. Among his sur- 
vivors are his wife, the former Carmela 
Prochillo, one son, Arthur J., and a 
brother, Attorney Julius W. Sbedico '50 
of 614 S. Main St., Elmira, N. Y. 14904. 



AROUND 
CAMPUS 



1944 

Theodore Glowacki, Jr., a retired 
U. S. Navy Commander, passed away 
quite suddenly on November 8, 1970. 
He is survived by his wife, the former 
LaGretta Helsel, of 3122 Helsel Dr., 
Silver Spring, Md. 20906, and three 
children. 

1945 

Mrs. Frederick A. Ross, the former 
Phoebe Goldsmith ("Peg"), of 64 
Wyatt Rd., Garden City, N. Y. 11530, 
died November 6, 1970, after an illness 
of several months. She was a well-known 
community leader and together with her 
family, was active in education as well 
as civil rights and peace movements. Of 
special interest was the Student Trans- 
fer Education Program which enabled 
black students from the deep south to 
attend a northern high school, and their 
family had served as a host family for 
two years. Mrs. Ross received an A.B. 
degree in psychology from Bucknell and 
was a member of the Delta Delta Delta 
sorority. Among her survivors are her 
husband, who is a vice president and 
general counsel of the New York Life 
Insurance Co., and three children. 

1948 

Edward A. Myers of 140 Stanley 
Ave., Landisville, died in June 1969. He 
had received a B.S. degree in mechani- 
cal engineering from Bucknell and soon 
after graduation, joined the Hamilton 
Watch Company in Lancaster as a pro- 
cess engineer, later advancing to super- 
visor of industrial products engineering. 

1969 

1st Lt. Robert A. Doten was killed 
while heading a military truck convoy in 
Vietnam on January 4, 1971. He com- 
pleted his basic training at Fort Eustis, 
Va. and had been in Vietnam only a 
couple of weeks. He and his wife, the 
former Sharon Simpson '70 visited the 
campus with their baby son, Robert, late 
in November, just prior to his leaving 
for Vietnam. Lt. Doten received an A.B. 
degree from Bucknell and was a member 
of the Theta Chi fraternity. Among his 
survivors are his wife and son of 701 
Fifth Ave., (c/o F. D. Simpson, Sr.), 
Williamsport 17701, and his parents, 
Mr. and Mrs. Charles W. Doten, Colo- 
nial Rd., Dover, Mass. 02030. 

JANUARY 1971 



Memorial Scholarship 

The John D. Scoutten Memorial 
Scholarship Fund has been estab- 
lished by Mr. and Mrs. Eldon F. 
Scoutten, 9377 N. Regent Rd., Mil- 
waukee, Wis., in memory of their 
son, John 70. The scholarship will 
provide assistance to qualified ap- 
plicants, with preference given to 
applicants who are graduates of 
the Culver Military Academy 
where John completed his college 
preparatory studies. 

A member of Phi Gamma Delta 
fraternity at Bucknell, John was 
killed in a one-car accident near 
Sunbury on December 1, 1970. He 
received his B.A. degree in June 
and completed a tour of active 
duty with the U. S. Army on No- 
vember 23. He returned to Lewis- 
burg and had just attended his first 
session of Reserve Training at the 
Sunbury Armory. The fatal acci- 
dent occurred as he returned to his 
residence in Lewisburg. 

Bucknellians who wish to con- 
tribute to the scholarship may di- 
rect their gifts to the John D. 
Scoutten Memorial Scholarship 
Fund, Bucknell University, Lewis- 
burg, Pa. 17837. 

Challenge Campaign 

Recent foundation, corporation, 
and individual pledges have 
pushed the 125th Anniversary Chal- 
lenge Campaign total past the 
$7.5-million mark. As of Decem- 
ber 31st, $7,532,617 has been 
pledged towards the $12,000,000 
goal. A $25,000 grant from the 
Fairchild Foundation, New York, 
a $10,000 pledge from Grit Pub- 
lishing Company, Williamsport, in 
addition to the efforts of many vol- 
unteers in recent area campaigns, 
have been the major factors in this 
increase. 



Recent area drives have includ- 
ed: Special gift campaigns in 
Wilkes-Barre (Chairman, Clifford 
Melberger '61) and Harrisburg 
(Chairman, Robert Lauman '45); 
General and Special Gift cam- 
paigns in Albany (Chairman, Ger- 
ald Smallwood M.S. '52), Buffalo 
(Chairman, Henry Puff '46), Dan- 
ville-Bloomsburg (Chairman, E. 
Robert Marks '47), Rochester (Co- 
chairman, William Henkelman '52 
and Kenneth Reinheimer '61), 
Bellefonte (Chairman, Franklin 
Cook '33), and Syracuse (Chairman, 
Howard Kates '49). The combined 
efforts of these important volun- 
teer organizations have added $81,- 
367 to the campaign total this au- 
tumn. Plans call for the organiza- 
tion in spring of a Special Gift 
campaign in Williamsport, with 
Harold Soars serving as chairman, 
and several General Gift campaigns 
in eastern and western Pennsyl- 
vania. 

1971 is Bucknell's 125th Anniver- 
sary year. Last year, 1970, the 
Challenge Campaign total in- 
creased by over $2-million. This 
surpasses the Trustees' timetable 
for raising $7-million in three years 
and an additional $5-million over 
a longer period. This rapid pursuit 
of the Campaign goal has been 
made possible through the inten- 
sive efforts of thousands of Buck- 
nellians in area campaign organi- 
zations and through the tireless 
leadership of National Chairman 
Charles J. Kushell '27. 

However, not all of the total 
raised to date has been pledged to 
the categories anticipated. In fact, 
most of the Endowment Goal of 
$5-million has been raised while 
the $7-million Buildings Goal runs 
behind previous estimates. 

Plans for 1971 have already en- 
listed the volunteer help of alumni, 

27 



parents, and friends in support of 
the University's efforts to bring in- 
creased strength to its academic 
program by successfully complet- 
ing the overall objectives of the 
125th Anniversary Challenge Cam- 
paign for the 100th institution of 
higher education to be chartered 
in America. 

Alumni Aid Admissions 

Approximately 40 Alumni are 
providing aid to the admissions 
staff in nine metropolitan areas: 
Pittsburgh, Wilmington, Chicago, 
Cleveland, Boston, Hartford, Ro- 
chester, and Buffalo. These Buck- 
nellians interview students in their 
local area when individuals can 
not meet with admissions staff 
members on scheduled visits. 

Aiding the volunteer efforts are, 
in Pittsburgh, Mr. and Mrs. Rich- 
ard Klaber '55 (Judith Beattie '55); 
Mrs. Nan Currington (Nannie 
Moone '64); Mr. and Mrs. Charles 
Mertz, Jr. '60 (Rachel Robbins '60); 
Mr. and Mrs. Paul R. Pigman '56 
(Eleanor R. Mackie '55), and Rob- 
ert Zavorskas '67. 

In Wilmington, the volunteers 
are Peter R. Cheyney '65; Richard 
H. Garwood '65, and William B. 
Johnson '61. 

Assisting in Chicago will be 
James A. Carlson '59; Mr. and Mrs. 
Donald S. Higgins '51 (Janet Mar- 
daga '50), and Young Gul Kim '58. 

Cleveland applicants will be as- 
sisted by William O. Emerich '63; 
Mr. and Mrs. David R. Evans '61 
(Carol Smith '63); James F. Jung 
'61, and Mr. and Mrs. Lucien B. 
Karlovec '58 (Sandra Glenn '60). 

Aiding in Boston are Dr. and 
Mrs. William A. Briggs '60 (Carol 
Baay '61); Cynthia J. Cox '68; Mrs. 
George N. Pappas (Sandra Hjorts- 
berg '60), and Mr. and Mrs. Paul 
Pearson '61 (Linda Morris '61). 

In the Hartford, Connecticut 
area, aiding the admissions staff 
are Mr. and Mrs. H. Judson Carr 
'56 (Shirley L. Hall '57); Clinton 
H. Gilkey '60, and Mr. and Mrs. 
Henry E. S. Owen '56 (Pollyann R. 
Keller '56). 

Assisting in Rochester will be 
Mr. and Mrs. Alfred F. Fagan, Jr. 



'59 (Hope Speer '60); Thomas E. 
Goldman '62; Mr. and Mrs. Arthur 
Kinney '56 (Dorothy Hund '57), 
and Edward J. Mizma '55. 

Assisting in Buffalo are Mr. and 
Mrs. James R. Rawson '66 (Carol 
Schultz '67); Mrs. John F. Sallada 
(Alice Hartzell '67), and Mr. and 
Mrs. Peter S. Updike '57 (Carolyn 
D. Fulton 60). 

Increase Tuition 

Bucknell University has an- 
nounced an increase of $305 in tui- 
tion and fees for the 1971-72 aca- 
demic year. 

The increase, approved at the 
recent semi-annual meeting of the 
school's Board of Trustees, will 
raise the tuition and fees at the 
University to $2,730 beginning next 
September. 

Other charges for students who 
live in standard double rooms in 
Bucknell residence halls and pur- 
chase seven-day/three meal board 
contracts will remain at $925, 
bringing the overall yearly total 
to $3,655. 

President Charles H. Watts, in 
a letter to parents of Bucknell stu- 
dents said "We forsee a very diffi- 
cult task ahead in keeping the 
budget in balance in the face of 
inflationary pressures and increas- 
ing costs, many of which are be- 
yond our ability to control . . . 
We shall cut expenditures where 
we can do so without detriment to 
the program, but we shall also need 
additional income, and there is no 
alternative but to increase tuition 
substantially again this year." 

Expressing regret at having to 
announce another increase, Dr. 
Watts stated that the University 
would continue to make every ef- 
fort to raise other funds by addi- 
tional means. 

Chemistry Graduates 

The high number of recipients of 
baccalaureate degrees from Buck- 
nell University who have continued 
their studies to receive the Ph.D. 
degree has been cited by a leading 
foundation in making a grant to the 
University's Department of Chem- 
istry. 



Officials of The Camille and 
Henry Dreyfus Foundation of New 
York City, when announcing an 
$8,000 grant for the undergraduate 
research program in Bucknell's 
chemistry department, noted that 
the University ranked 22nd among 
liberal arts colleges in the country 
in the number of graduates in the 
period 1920-66 who went on to 
receive Ph.D. degrees. A total of 
350 Bucknell graduates in this pe- 
riod have received Ph.D. degrees. 

The grant from the Dreyfus Foun- 
dation will make it possible for 20- 
25 undergraduate students to con- 
duct research in chemistry during 
the coming summer. During the 
past six years the Dreyfus Founda- 
tion has awarded grants totaling 
more than $27,000 for work in 
Bucknell's Department of Chem- 
istry. 

NSF Fellows 

Two Bucknell faculty members, 
Dr. Charles A. Root and Dr. 
Charles C. Pinter, have been 
awarded National Science Founda- 
tion Science Faculty Fellowships 
for the 1971-72 academic year. 

Dr. Root, assistant professor of 
chemistry, who has been a member 
of the Bucknell faculty since 1965, 
will spend the next academic year 
at the California Institute of Tech- 
nology where he will work with 
Prof. Harry B. Gray. Prof. Root's 
field of special interest is inorganic 
chemistry and Prof. Gray has been 
a leader in research developing an 
approach to "bio-inorganic" chem- 
istry. 

Dr. Pinter, an associate professor 
of mathematics, joined the Buck- 
nell faculty in 1965. He will be at 
the University of California at 
Berkeley for the next academic 
year, where he will participate in 
seminars and do research in the 
field of algebraic logic. 

A graduate of Ohio Wesleyan 
University, Prof. Root received 
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Ohio 
State University. Prof. Pinter re- 
ceived a B.S. degree from Colum- 
bia University and a doctor of sci- 
ence degree from the University of 
Paris. 



28 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



%^e a Sneafii&i - Active it oil Sefandf 

Hit Europe's High Spots On One Of Our New 

BUCKNELLIAN BREAK-AWAYS 



It's "Let's Go Away Time"! Your Alumni Oftice has planned 
two great travel plans . . . each with lots of style . . . each 
with special appeals. On the SPANISH ADVENTURE you 
can laze along the blue Mediterranean at a fabulous self- 
contained resort with its own lovely beach, two gigantic 
pools, horses, tennis, nightclub, sauna, Beauty Farm and a 
beautiful 18-hole golf course. Unlimited play, free greens 
fees! 



Jack Brothers Says: "Join Me On This One!" 

9-Day Spanish 
Adventure 

On The Mediterranean "Costa Del Sol" 

July 10-17,1971 

At The Magnificent 

ATALAYA PARK 

Hotel and Golf Club 

Marbella, Spain 




s 



299 



Plus S22.50 Tax and Service 
Single Rooms, S369 



INCLUDED IN TRIP RATE 



Round-trip New York Malaga by Jet 
Round-trip Airport Hotel Transfers 
Sharing twin-bedded rooms with 
private bath for 6 Nights at Hotel 
Full Breakfast and Dinner Daily 
Wine Party and Cocktail Party 
Unlimited Free Golf Greens Fees 
Tips and Taxes for Included Services 



All of fascinating Spain is within easy 
reach. There will be Optional Tours to 
Madrid, Seville, Cordoba, Granada and 
Tangier, Morocco. Car rentals 
available on the hot3l property. A full- 
time representative will be on duty to 
help with alt sorts of special 
arrangements. 



On the PARIS, ROME, LONDON swing it's do as you please 
at your own pace. Aside from minimal sightseeing and a gay 
party with the gang in each city YOU choose how to spend 
your time. Want to antique hunt? We'll tell you the best spots. 
Want to golf? We'll tell you where and how. Are theatres, art, 
museums or clothes your thing? We'll fill you in. Pick your 
own BREAK AWAY and shoot in the coupon . . . you're 
practically on your way! 



Do Your Own Things While You Breere 
Through 

Paris, Rome 
and London 

No Regimentation —You're Free As a Bird 

July 10-24,1971 

• 4 Days in PARIS 

• 4 Days in ROME 

• 5 Days in LONDON 

$ 599 



Plus S19.50 Tax and Service 
Single Rooms, $699 



INCLUDED IN TRIP RATE: 

Round-trip by Jet from New York in- 
cluding travel between cities 
Round-trip Airport Hotel Transfers 
Sharing Twin-bedded Rooms with 
Private Bath at First Class Hotels 
English or Continental Breakfasts 
throughout. One special Nightclub 
or Feature Dinner in each center 
Half-day Orientation Tour each city 
Tips and Taxes for Included Services 



Brilliant PARIS, Historic ROME and 
Swinging LONDON . . . what a com- 
bination of fascinating cities . . . and 
plenty of leisure time to do them all on a 
leisurely, fast-paced or special interest 
basis. In each city your special needs 
will be handled by our own multi- 
lingual representative. 




GENERAL INFORMATION 

REGISTRATION. DEPOSITS. PAYMENTS Register by sending in 
attached Application Form together with a DEPOSIT of S100 PER 
PERSON. (Please make checks payable to our travel agent. ROGAL 
TRAVEL SERVICE 1. Final payment due on or belore June 1, 1971. You 
wilt be billed by our agent. 

CANCELLATIONS, REFUNDS: Cancellation fee of $50 per person for 
cancellations received any lime after registration. In addition, tor 
cancellations later than June 1, 1971 an airline cancellation tee of 10 per 
cent of applicable airfare. 

NOT INCLUDED IN TRIP RATES: Costs of U.S. Passport and Smallpox 
Vaccination; Personal expenses Such as laundry, valet, food or 
beverages other than included in each Itinerary; Insurance. Optional 
Tours: Excess Baggage. U.S. Departure Tax and Foreign Airport Taxes ,- 
Any costs incurred through absence or deviation from the slated 
itinerary lor any reason whatsoever. Any costs not specifically included. 

BAGGAGE : Is limited to two pieces consisting of normal-sized suitcase 
and flight bag (the latter provided by Rogal Travel Service) both 
together weighing not over J4 pounds per person. 



FILL IT OUT— TEAR IT OFF— MAIL IT IN 



Jack Brothers, Alumni Office 

BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY 

Lewisburg, Pa. 17837 

Thisismy our order for the following services: (CHECK DESI RED TRI P) 

_ SPANISH ADVENTURE for Persons 

J PARIS, ROME, LONDON for Persons 

Enclosed is Deposit of S100 per person. TOTAL DEPOSIT S 

NAME (Print) 

Address 

City Zip 



Please Make 
Checks 
Payable To 
ROGAL 

Service 



Class PHONES: Office. 

I will be accompanied by: 



. Hon 



IMIIIUL 

Vol. LVI, No. 6 January, 1971 

Published by Bucknell University 

Lewisburg, Pa. 17837 



Printed for Alumni, parents, and friends 

of Bucknell University through the 

cooperation of 

The Bucknell Alumni Association 

Emil Kordish '42, President 

Kenneth R. Bayless, Esq. '42, 
Vice President 

Jack Brothers '58, 

Director of Alumni Relations 

David Hayes, 

Associate Director of Alumni Relations 



William B. Weist 'SO, Editor 
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor 
Marian Croft, Editorial Assistant 

CONTRIBUTORS 

Bradley Tufts, 

Assistant Director of Public Relations 

David Wohlhueter, 

Sports Information Director 

Katherine Shlmer, 

Assistant in Public Relations 

Ralph Laird, Photographer 



Published by Bucknell University every 
month except February, June and August 
for alumni, parents, and friends. Entered 
as second-class matter at the post office 
at Lewisburg, Pa. 17837. Return request- 
ed on Form 3579. 



We are mailing this copy 

to the address below. 

Is it correct? 



1 



>» 






i- 






«J 






I, 






jr> 






•H 






J 




t- 




>> 


tr\ 


T> 


4-5 


-O 


C 


.^1 


t- 


<S 


CO 


—' 














4-3 


<D 




% 


> 


< 


CD 


•H 


a. 


03 


B 






3 


» 


» 




ho 


<n 


r-4 


'~ 


<i) 


r-l 


3 


■> 


<u 


r. 


•H 


a 


01 


s: 


.■4 


•H 


o 


a 


3 


%4 


a 


« 


< 


cq 


1 



! 



o 

H 

Q 



HOW ABOUT 

AN ALUMNI 

DIRECTORY ? 

We plan to issue an up-to- 
the-Class of 1971 Alumni Di- 
rectory this year. 

Because of increases in 
printing costs, we must charge 
$3.50 per copy for this classy 
register of Bucknellians — the 
first issued since 1950. It will 
list Alumni alphabetically, by 
class, and by geographical lo- 
cations. 

To help us determine our 
needs for this bestseller, please 
fill in the form below and re- 
turn it to Jack Brothers, Direc- 
tor of Alumni Belations. 

Jack, 

I would purchase 

copy(s) of The New Alumni Di- 
rectory. 

NAME 

CLASS 

STREET ADDRESS 

CITY 



STATE 



ZIP 



MAY. 197 1 

[iff] 



ir 




mteeu inure 




Cover Art by Valerie Kiernan 



The January Program's 'Good Hands' 



You Can Join the January Program 



The second year of operation of the Jan 
Plan at Bucknell is now history, and the curric- 
ulum experiment shows signs of growth. This 
year, in 1971, a total of 914 students were en- 
gaged in projects on and off campus, working 
with 128 faculty sponsors. In 1970, 698 stu- 
dents and 108 faculty members participated 
in the January Program. 

Those are some of the statistics, but they 
do no reveal how diverse are the educational 
projects undertaken by Bucknell undergrad- 
uates and how the overall program works. 

Final examinations for the first semester at 
Bucknell are given prior to the Christmas re- 
cess and the month of January is set aside for 
a voluntary, non-credit, unstructured program 
which permits students to experiment, to study 
within or outside of their major fields, to in- 
vestigate a problem in depth, or to travel else- 
where to pursue a special interest. 



This issue of The Bucknell Alumnus is de- 
voted exclusively to a report on the January 
Program at the University. It is by no means 
an exhaustive or complete report, but it does 
provide a sample of the kind of educational 
projects that are an outgrowth of the motiva- 
tions and ingenuity of students and the coun- 
sel and direction of faculty members. 

When you have studied these accounts, 
perhaps you will have some idea for projects 
that could be included in the January Pro- 
gram. We invite your comments and sugges- 
tions. If you would like to help further the 
goals of the University by participating in the 
January Program, you may do so in either of 
two ways: 

( 1 ) By providing positions for students to 
serve during January as observers, apprentices, 
research assistants, or employees in business 
( small or large ) , industry, social agencies, pro- 

(See page 2) 



In This Issue 

See the squirrel! See the squirrel 
peep around the tree! Well, the photo 
at left is the work of Archer Bryant, 
a sophomore. More of Arch's photos 
appear on pages 12-15. 

Our cover is the work of Valerie 
Kiernan, a junior, who designed the 
masthead for the ALUMNUS news- 
paper edition. Valerie worked in the 
art and advertising departments of the 
Allstate Insurance Company as part of 
her January Program and she put the 
Bertrand Library in "good hands." 



ENVIRONMENT 
MINI-PLANNING . 
PINEY WOODS . . 
PHOTO GALLERY . 
MARTS HALL MAZE 



. page 3 

. page 4 

. page 9 

. page 12 

. page 16 



A SAMPLE OF 300 PROJECTS 



More than 300 projects were list- 
ed for the January Program in 1971. 
Some of these were conducted ov- 
erseas, but most of the projects took 
place on campus or at least in clos- 
er proximity to the campus. A sam- 
ple of the work done may provide 
some idea of the broad range of 
subjects and interests involved. 

Projects sponsored by biology de- 
partment faculty members were 
conducted at such diverse sites as 
the New York State Agriculture 
Experiment Station in Geneva, the 
Everglades National Park in Flori- 
da, the Downstate Medical Center 
and Kings County Hospital in 
Brooklyn, and the Forty Fort Ani- 
mal Hospital in Wyoming, Pa. 

More than 40 pre-medical stu- 
dents got a real sample of the life 



and work of a doctor while spend- 
ing the month in medical training 
in the Evangelical Community Hos- 
pital in Lewisburg and in hospitals 
in their hometown areas. 

Students interested in education 
worked at elementary and secon- 
dary schools in such places as Boy- 
ertown, Pa.; Grosse Pointe, Mich.; 
Summit, Oradell, and Corbin City, 
N. J.; Greenlawn and Williamsville, 
N. Y.; Branford and Norwalk, 
Conn.; and Palm Beach Gardens, 
Fla. These projects involved work- 
ing with regular classes, tutoring, 
studying visual discrimination in 
the reading and writing behavior of 
children, and assisting in the teach- 
ing of deaf and handicapped chil- 
dren. 

(See page 2) 



MAY 1971 



SAMPLE OF PROJECTS 

One student worked on a Nava- 
jo reservation in Ganado, Arizona, 
and another, working with a Head 
Start program in Wisconsin Rap- 
ids, Wis., studied early childhood 
behavior in Indian children. 

Numerous projects were spon- 
sored by faculty members in the 
psychology department. These in- 
cluded a course on campus investi- 
gating the effects of population 
overcrowding; an introduction to 
clinical practice in which students 
lived in the staff dorm at Central 
State Hospital in Milledgeville, 
Georgia, the largest mental hospi- 
tal in the countrv, and were as- 
signed diagnostic clinical responsi- 



bilities; and study at Monkey Jun- 
gle in Goulds, Florida and at the 
Delta Regional Primate Center in 
Covington, Louisiana. A student 
analyzed the racial attitudes of fifth 
grade students in a Lewisburg 
school; another observed the psy- 
chological interaction between 
owners and their pets; and several 
students did research or served as 
apprentice workers at the Laurel- 
ton and Selinsgrove State Schools. 
Another course on campus includ- 
ed a study of mental health in 
America. 

One of the many projects which 
received newspaper coverage in 
the area in which it was conducted 
was the work by one girl, conduct- 
ed through the Community Action 



Program of Lancaster (Pa.) Coun- 
ty, with the Puerto Rican residents 
of Lancaster. During three weeks 
of intensive work Miss Linda Mum- 
ford 73, who speaks fluent Span- 
ish, talked with Spanish-speaking 
families, educators, clergy, social 
workers and others. She was main- 
ly concerned with discovering some 
of the most pressing problems 
faced by the Puerto Ricans which 
stem from differences in language 
and culture. 

Approximately 125 students trav- 
eled to distant lands in a variety of 
January Program projects. The stu- 
dent trips included such places as 
Argentina, Australia, England, Aus- 
tria, Uruguay, the Soviet Union, 
Canada, Czechoslovakia, and Italy. 



YOU CAN JOIN 

fessional offices (law, medicine, education, 
etc.), hospitals, museums, governmental offices 
at the local, state, or federal level, and so forth. 
Any significant work or field stud} 7 experience 
will suffice as long as it promises a student the 
opportunity to see the application and rele- 
vance of his formal course work or to extend 
his educational experiences bevond those pro- 
vided in his course of study. 

( 2 ) By submitting proposals for structured 
projects to be conducted on or off campus and 
directed or supervised by an alumnus whose 
profession qualifies him to act as a temporarv 
extension of the University's teaching staff. 

Both of these ways in which alumni can 
engage in the January Program ultimately re- 
quire the approval of a faculty member, who 
becomes officially the sponsor of the project 
even though he may not be directly involved in 
the conduct of the project. Alumni may con- 
tact individual faculty members directly or 
submit inquiries and ideas to the Director of 
the January Program. Write or call (717-524- 
1440 ) at any time from now, through the sum- 
mer, up to the middle of October to: 

Dr. John W. Tilton 
Director of the January Program 
Bucknell University 
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837 




Mr. Victor F. Vilella '46, at left, division engineering supervisor 
for West Perm Power Company, was the alumni sponsor of Mr. 
Warren Mack, a senior mechanical engineering student. Here, 
the two men analyze computer sheets with voltage and load 
data for a distribution substation. West Penn Power serves 
Washington County and the southwest portion of Allegheny 
County (just south of Pittsburgh). 




Christine Ellison, a junior from Norwich, N. Y., turned a trip 
to Australia into a journalistic study program and won plaudits 
for her stories from "down under." 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




Pennsylvania's 
Environment 

FOUR Bucknell University se- 
niors spent the month of Jan- 
uary working in the Division 
of Water Quality of the Pennsyl- 
vania Department of Environmen- 
tal Resources. Their project was 
the brain child of two of the divis- 
ion's staff — Dick Rhindress '63, a 
geologist, and Karl Schaefer '60, an 
aquatic biologist, who had learned 
of their alma mater's "Jan Plan." 

Rhindress and Schaefer, in con- 
junction with Professors Richard 
Nickelsen, chairman, department of 
Geology, and Wayne McDiffett, 
department of biology, drew up a 
work-study program in Water 
Quality, and four Bison seniors 
were selected to participate. The 
students were paid no salaries but 
did receive room and board com- 
pensation. 

Bill Gardiner, who is a geology 
major, worked with Dick Rhin- 
dress, compiling data on the con- 
ditions of public water supply 
wells. The information is needed 
for the Commonwealth's Ground 



William Gardiner '71, above, worked 
with Richard Rhindress '63, while Karl 
Schaefer '60 was aided by Bucknell se- 
niors, left to right, Phillip Titus, Thomas 
Strekal, and Martha Kandelin. 



Water Quality Management Sys- 
tem. 

Martha Kandelin, Thomas Strek- 
al, and Philip Titus, all of whom 
are biology majors, worked with 
Karl Schaefer. A good deal of their 
time was spent in the lab identify- 
ing aquatic insects and animals. 
They also did work in the field, 
helping to conduct stream surveys. 

THE students made very favor- 
able impressions on the peo- 
ple in Water Quality, as did 
the project in general. The project 
was rated a success, and the "Jan 
Plan" is one program that the divi- 
sion is anxious to be involved in 
again. 

As the Deputy Secretary for En- 
vironmental Protection, Mr. Wesley 
E. Gilbertson, notes: "We hope 
that we have been able to show 
these students something of the 
state's environmental protection 
work. It has been a pleasure having 
these students work with us. I hope 
that we can again participate in 
the Jan Plan. My thanks extend to 
you and to Professors Nickelsen 
and McDiffett for sending us such 
excellent students." 




may 1971 



Mini-Plan' for New Berlin 



By Jim Freeman '71 



"There are no strangers in this 
ivorld, only friends we've never 
met." 

LOUIS EATON, a New Berlin 
resident, used these words as 
he presented symbolic "keys 
to the city" to the 23 Bucknell Uni- 
versity students who had spent 
their January working in that small 
Pennsylvania borough. For the stu- 
dents, the experiences and events 
which preceded that evening had 
been the Mini-Plan, a January 
Project in community development. 
From its inception, Mini-Plan of- 
fered two areas of human interac- 
tion, either of which would have 
been a sufficient objective for a 
normally ambitious January Proj- 
ect. We had the problem of how to 
promote effective communication 
and action among 23 students com- 
ing from various backgrounds, in- 
terests, and fields of study and, 



second, how to relate these actions 
to, and communicate with, the res- 
idents of a small Pennsylvania 
community, a community, one 
might add, that had been function- 
ing for several hundred years with- 
out the students' help. These were 
some of the problems that were in- 
nocently concealed behind the 
words describing the project in the 
January Program catalogue. 

At that first November meeting 
of interested students, the problem 
of communication within our 
group became immediately obvi- 
ous. Oddly enough, it was one 
problem that most of us had prob- 
ably not considered very deeply — 
that is, until we were suddenly in a 
room with students whom we may 
have recognized, or known by 
name only, but for the most part 
did not really know. As the project 
advisers began to speak — George 
Fasic, of the Bucknell Institute for 



Regional Affairs; Professor Richard 
McGinnis, of the civil engineering 
department, and Professor John 
Anderson, of the department of 
economics — it became clear that 
although they had outlined the 
general area of community devel- 
opment for the project, it would be 
the students' job to design and 
shape it according to their own in- 
terests. Considering that the 23 
students involved represented such 
diverse fields as political science, 
geology, sociology, civil engineer- 
ing, history, psychology, econom- 
ics, mechanical engineering, and 
business administration, there was 
obviously a considerable variety of 
interests and abilities present. 

Although ideas and suggestions 
were slow to come forth and the 
pace of these pre-January meet- 
ings seemed agonizingly slow at 
times, with guidance from the ad- 
visers Mini-Plan began to take 




Mr. John Knouse, mayor of New Berlin, at center holding project report, praised Bucknell students and faculty for work done in 
his community. From left to right are Jim Freeman '71, Sue Barrell '73, George Fasic (Bucknell Institute for Regional Affairs), Louis 
Eaton (resident of Neiv Berlin), the mayor, Doug Honey '71, Donna Rubinoff '71 and Dr. John Anderson. (All photos in this story 
are by Elwood H. Moyer, Mifflinburg.) 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 





shape. New Berlin was selected 
as the site for the project, and a 
general time-table was established. 
The first week would be spent 
gathering data on the community; 
the second to analyzing this data 
for implications; the third to sub- 
mitting several proposals to the 
residents for discussion, and the 
fourth week would be spent pre- 
paring a final report. It was also 



Jim Freeman is a major in me- 
chanical engineering, Class of 71. 
He began studies ivith the Class of 
1966, but these were interrupted 
for four years of service with the U. 
S. Navy. He is contemplating a ca- 
reer in planning of architecture, 
with a stress on design and plan- 
ning of communities, and will work 
this summer in a planning capacity 
on a project in Connecticut. 



decided to establish an office and 
work space in New Berlin, if possi- 
ble, and to hold an open town 
meeting each week. 

Perhaps the most difficult deci- 
sions were those concerning the 
scope of the project and the spe- 
cific areas of the community to be 
investigated. It was during these 
early sessions that an appreciation 
for the complexity of a town be- 
gan to grow. Often students re- 
marked that they didn't really un- 
derstand how the various func- 
tions of a community interacted, 
although they were familiar with 
specific areas. As the Christmas 
break approached, however, deci- 
sions were made and five areas of 
study were identified: land use, 
housing, networks (transportation, 
water, and sewer), social and pow- 
er structure, and government and 
finance. Because of the smaller size 



The man with the long reach (above) is 
Irvin Smith of New Berlin, one of the 
volunteer ftre77ien who hosted a dinner 
for students and faculty. Below, Jim 
Freeman, author of this article, Sue Bar- 
rell and Ed Simpson '71 review data 
collected in project. 



and scope of the assigned groups, 
dialogue increased and the project 
began to breathe life as plans were 
laid for the first week's work. 



NEW BEBLIN is a community 
of slightly over 800, located 
along Penn's Creek in south- 
ern Union County. Only thirteen 
miles from Lewisburg, it offered 
an ideal setting in both proximity 
to the campus and size. Size was 
especially significant since limited 
time was available for the project. 
Although the borough had at first 
declined interest in Mini-Plan, this 
decision was later reversed and the 
Borough Council extended an invi- 
tation to the students. Credit must 
be given to Mr. Fasic and Mayor 
John Knouse, whose hard work and 
perseverance largely accounted for 
this reversal. It is not difficult to 
understand the reservations on the 
part of the community, especially 
in view of the general public's 
opinion of college students today. 
Nor can it be said that the students 
were without reservations of their 
own. Considering the residents' 
view of a "bunch of crazy college 
kids," and the students' notions of 
"Pennsylvania farmers," the two 
certainly seemed unlikely allies. 

Each side began with precon- 
ceived ideas well in hand, but Jan- 



may 1971 



uary 4, 1971 arrived and the Mini- 
Plan became a reality. After a 
morning "organizational meeting," 
if it can honestly be called that in 
retrospect, the five sub-groups set 
out to make plans and collect data: 
Land Use — Inventory and map 
all land uses, both within the bor- 
ough and the surrounding area. 
Also, gather information on soil 
conditions, slope, drainage, and 
suitability for construction of these 
areas. 

Housing — Prepare a question- 
naire and conduct a survey of the 
borough to collect data on popula- 
tion, housing conditions, length of 
residence, shopping habits, social 
needs, attitudes, etc. 

Networks — Conduct an origin 
and destination traffic survey, study 
street conditions, maintenance, 
curbs, lighting, signs, etc. Also, 
study the borough's water and 
sewer systems. 

Social and Power Structure — 

Analyze the community to identify 
influential citizens and organiza- 
tions, both within the formal bor- 
ough structure and without. 

Government and Finance — Study 
structure and budgets of the bor- 
ough's government. Catalogue all 
state and federal programs which 
could be of assistance as well as 
identifying any other possible rev- 
enue sources. 

Work within the community was 
greatly assisted by the United 
Church of Christ in New Berlin, 
which made its basement available 
as a headquarters for the project 
during the month. This office was 
of particular value as it provided 
a more direct link with the com- 
munity, while serving to reinforce 
the fact that we were no longer 
students sitting in a classroom but 
actually out in a community gain- 
ing firsthand experience along with 
education. 



WITH the end of the first 
week came the initial open 
town meeting and face-to- 
face confrontation with the resi- 
dents of the borough. For two rea- 








State police aided Ed Simpson and Jim Freeman, at right, during traffic survey. 



sons, the importance of this first 
meeting could not be overstated: 
one, it was essential that good first 
impressions be formed on both 
sides; and two, it was vital to the 
project to have a direct input and 
expression of the residents' ideas 
and problems. In an effort to stim- 
ulate as much dialogue between 
the two groups as possible, an in- 
formal approach was used. Dis- 
plays were set up in the borough's 
community center using some of 
the data that had already been 
collected in the five areas outlined 
by the students. On Thursday 
evening, January 7, the residents 
were invited to come in, browse, 
have coffee, and discuss New Ber- 
lin and Mini-Plan with the stu- 
dents. Whether it was the sincere 
interest of the students that in- 
spired the enthusiasm of the 75 
residents attending, or the oppo- 
site, I would be hard-pressed to 
decide. The success of the meet- 
ing, however, was easily measured 
in the volume of conversation that 
filled the community center that 
night. It was indeed a unique 
meeting, one that saw a resident 
in jacket and tie talking with a 
student in jeans about water 
sources for the community, while 
in another corner sat a student in 



jacket and tie and a resident in 
work clothes discussing the medi- 
cal needs of the borough. The ex- 
citement and interest that began 
that evening were to remain with 
the Mini-Plan through the entire 
month, and possibly beyond that. 

It was indeed fortunate that we 
had this enthusiasm since it was 
obvious on entering the second 
week's work that we no longer had 
a schedule. Contrary to classroom 
plans, we were already a half -week 
tardy and a good portion of the 
second week was needed to com- 
plete gathering the information we 
desired. This was a result of in- 
accurate planning on our part and 
also a widening of the scope of the 
project. The town meeting had 
identified several new areas, such 
as recreation and medical and den- 
tal care, which we had not initially 
considered. 

On Tuesday of the second week, 
the origin and destination study 
was conducted with the assistance 
of the State Department of Trans- 
portation and State Police. All 
traffic entering the borough was 
stopped and travelers were ques- 
tioned concerning the origin, des- 
tination, purpose, and frequency of 
their trip. This information was 
needed to identify traffic genera- 



THE BUCKNTELL ALUMNUS 



tors within the borough, analyze 
the effectiveness of the street net- 
work, and understand traffic pat- 
terns of the area. All went well 
with the survey, although one sad 
resident was probably left with 
something other than fond mem- 
ories of Mini-Plan. It seems that 
an underaged citizen had selected 
that day to take the family car 
for a drive, only to find State Police 
stationed at every end of town. 
May he forgive us. 

THE second week also saw the 
completion of the door-to- 
door housing questionnaire, 
with over a 65 percent response. 
This particular survey provided 
valuable information to all the sub- 
groups of the project, since it con- 
tained such loaded questions as, 
Who are the three most important 
people in town? Another key event 
of this week was the first meeting 
with a critique team made up of 
three professionals: an architect- 
planner, a landscape architect, and 
an ecologist. The disciplines these 
professional represented comple- 
mented those of our advisers and 
provided for a very interesting 
evening of discussion, especially 



in regard to how to use and interp- 
ret our data. 

By this time, a steering commit- 
tee had evolved for the project 
made up of representatives from 
each of the sub-groups. It was 
their decision to cancel plans for 
a town meeting in the second week 
and direct work towards one in the 
third week. The purpose of this 
meeting was to present the data 
and information collected, and to 
discuss various problems that had 
been identified along with possible 
solutions. To prepare for this meet- 
ing and start pointing towards the 
final report, the original five groups 
were abandoned and new ones 
formed to pursue specific areas. 
Included were borough land use, 
regional factors, water sources, wa- 
ter supply systems, sewage, streets 
and traffic, historic preservation, 
recreation and entertainment, edu- 
cation, community services, gov- 
ernment and finance, and a plan- 
ning commission. It was around 
these basic subjects that the third 
town meeting was structured. The 
students brought their ideas and 
proposals to the meeting, along 
with the data which had led to 
them, while the residents brought 
their own views and the experience 




Professor John Anderson, department of economics, interviews 
Mrs. Emery Sassaman for housing survey. 



they were founded on. Although 
discussion was slow to start, it 
proved quite interesting as the 
evening progressed, with each side 
educating the other. An added fea- 
ture of this meeting for the stu- 
dents was the experience gained 
in public speaking, as almost ev- 
eryone had a part in the presenta- 
tion. 

The fourth week of the project 
required yet another transforma- 
tion on the part of those involved. 
Suddenly we were writers and edi- 
tors as the final report began to 
take shape. The steering commit- 
tee called for two reports to be 
prepared for the final town meet- 
ing. One would be made up of de- 
tailed reports prepared by the 
aforementioned groups. Ten cop- 
ies of this full report were to be 
left with the Borough Council. A 
second report, summarizing the 
full report, was also to be prepared, 
and one hundred copies made 
available for distribution to those 
in attendance at the final meeting. 
The summary report had been de- 
cided upon in a further attempt to 
involve more of the citizens of 
New Berlin in its affairs. Another 
factor in deciding on a summary 
report was the feeling that our 
work and efforts would be of little 
value if only read by a few. Inevi- 
tably, the night of the final meeting 
arrived, and although preparation 
of the full final report ran past 
this date, the summary reports 
were available and presented at 
the meeting. 

SPACE does not allow for details 
concerning all the recommen- 
dations and findings put forth 
by the Mini-Plan, but some aspects 
of the project may be discussed in 
general terms. Many of the propos- 
als and suggestions contained in 
the final presentation were not new 
and revolutionary ideas brought by 
the students, but ones that had 
been present and talked about in 
the community for some time. In 
this respect, Mini-Plan served as a 
catalyst and renewed interest or 
gave life to these "old" ideas and 
set things in motion. The level of 



MAY 1971 



activity that was generated within 
the borough was indeed one of the 
most significant outcomes of the 
month's work. It is important to 
note here also, that this activity was 
not just on the part of the students 
or residents individually, but a 
truly cooperative effort. This close 
working relationship that evolved 
between the students, residents, 
and officials of the borough was 
very rewarding and educational for 
all concerned. 

Of course, warm feelings and ed- 
ucational benefits aside, it is always 
nice to have something more sub- 
stantial to show for one's work. In 
this regard, I can report that a bor- 
ough planning commission is now 
operative in New Berlin, and this 
may be directly attributed to Mini- 
Plan. 

Planning Commission 

The need for a planning commis- 
sion was identified early in the 
project and this became one of the 
unofficial objectives of the month's 
work. We saw the need for this 
body in two ways: one, it would be 
of obvious benefit to the commun- 
ity in guiding its future develop- 
ment; and second, perhaps a more 
selfish one, we knew that this 
would be an ideal way to insure 
continuance of the work which we 
had begun. A separate team was 
formed within our number to pur- 
sue this goal and it is to their cred- 
it that on the night of the final 
meeting, we were able to introduce 
three individuals who had been ap- 
pointed and approved by the may- 
or and council to form a planning 
commission. The story does not end 
there, however. During the final 
meeting, two more residents volun- 
teered to serve on this body, and at 
the time of this writing, there are 
seven members actively serving on 
the newly formed New Berlin Plan- 
ning Commission. 

Historical Society 

This body has been organized 
within the community and is devis- 
ing plans to preserve and restore 
some of the historically significant 
buildings of the borough. They are 




New Berlin residents and students study land use maps during special town meeting. 



also planning a special weekend 
in August to allow the general pub- 
lic to share some of the history 
which can be found in New Berlin. 

Penn's Creek Water Authority 

The Lions Club of New Berlin 
has sponsored this body to pursue 
plans for a dam across Penn's 
Creek. If successful, this dam 
would provide the borough with a 
swimming area adjacent to its ex- 
isting park. 

Recreation Committee 

This newly formed committee is 
seeking to design and coordinate 
programs for the youth of the com- 
munity such as, organized sports, 
dances, etc. 

It should not be necessary to try 
to explain the feelings these events 
bring to the students who spent 
their January in New Berlin. It was 
certainly a most rewarding month 
in many ways. After all, there are 
not many places within the struc- 
ture of a contemporary university 
that 

• an engineer would be working 
with a sociologist and business 
administration major on a 
common objective; 

• you run over to a mayor's 
house to discuss a problem in 
his community over a cup of 
coffee; 

• you find that a rumor has 
started to the effect that the 
little-league baseball field is to 



be the site of new high-rise 
apartments, and it threatens 
the future of your project, even 
though completely without 
basis in fact; 

• you and 23 others are invited 
to a dinner in your behalf by 
a volunteer fire company; 

• vou have lunch in a combina- 

j 

tion hardware store-restaurant, 
because it's the only place in 
town; 

• vou discuss the problems re- 
lated to a community with a 
planner, architect, economist, 
landscape architect, transpor- 
tation engineer, and an ecolo- 
gist; 

• a meeting is advertised for the 
youth of a community to at- 
tend, and as you sit expecting 
high-school and college-age 
students, you suddenly see 50 
kids from grades one through 
six pour through the door ex- 
pecting to be entertained for 
the next two hours; 

• you are presented a "key to 
the city." 

These are but a few of the expe- 
riences and events that led to that 
final town meeting and the words 
of Mr. Eaton. I honestly can't re- 
member seeing any "crazy college 
kids" or "Pennsylvania farmers" at 
the community center that night, 
apparently they couldn't make it. 
In their place, however, were a lot 
of friends who were once strangers. 



S 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




Above, Professor Darina Tuhy, department of music, provides some advice for an aspir- 
ing pianist. Below, Deborah Wright '72 gives some private instruction in science to a 
student at Pineij Woods. (All photos are by Paul Wainwright.) 




MAY 1971 



Project 

Piney 

Woods 

By Paul F. Wainwright '72 



PINEY WOODS is a school for 
Negro children located in the 
heart of Mississippi. It was 
founded in 1909 by Dr. Laurence 
C. Jones, a Negro Mississippian 
who was educated at Iowa State 
University and who returned to the 
South as a "one-man VISTA" to 
try to be of help to the deprived 
Negroes. At that time, education 
for whites was scarce enough — 
schooling for Negroes was almost 
unheard of. It was Jones' belief that 
these people deserved to be edu- 
cated, and it was his intention to 
start a school that would enable 
the Negroes to live better. 

The Piney Woods school was 
thus founded, after many hard- 
ships and setbacks, upon the prin- 
ciple that "book learning" was not 
everything in an education. The 
main concern of the school was to 
dispel fears and superstitions from 
the ignorant Negroes, and to in- 
struct them in manual trades, such 
as farming and house-keeping, so 
that they might be able to live bet- 
ter. In this way, as Jones explained 
to the skeptical whites in the area, 
the school would benefit both 
races. Not only could the Negroes 



A junior at Bucknell, Paul Wain- 
wright is a major in physics and a 
photographer by avocation. He 
serves as a staff member of The 
Bucknellian and of Concern 
Through Action (C.A.). His January 
Program in 1970 was concerned 
with communications via lasers. A 
native of Amityville, N. Y., he plans 
a career in teaching. 

9 




A group project in dress-making enlists the skills of Deborah Wright '72, center. 



provide for themselves in a better 
way, but they also could do better 
work when employed by the white 
farmers. 

By the efforts of Laurence Jones 
alone the Piney Woods School has 
grown until today there are nearly 
300 students on a 1,600-acre cam- 
pus. Although the manual trades 
are still offered, the emphasis of 
study has shifted substantially to- 
ward academics. All of the students 
go to school three days a week and 
work three days a week as part of 
their tuition. The campus is well 
maintained, partly due to this "free 
labor" and partly due to the gen- 
erous gifts that the school has re- 
ceived in the past. However, the 
financial plight of the school is still 
evidenced in the faculty. Most of 
the teachers are retired people who 
are at Piney Woods because of 
their desire to serve mankind. The 
salaries that are paid are very low, 
and some even work in exchange 
for their room and board. Although 
they are undoubtedly qualified 
teachers, their age detracts from 
the vitality that is so desparately 
needed at Piney Woods. 

THE motivation and guidance 
for our project came mainly 
from Mr. James D. Hammer- 
lee of the Bucknell C. A. Over the 
years, Jim has had many informal 

10 



ties with the people at Piney 
Woods, and numerous Bucknell 
students have, in the past, volun- 
teered their services on an indi- 
vidual basis. There has been a 
plan in the works for a big-brother 
relationship to be established be- 
tween Bucknell and the junior col- 
lege at Piney Woods. For Bucknell 
this would mean lending teaching 
support (student teaching, sabbati- 
cals, etc.) on a formal basis. For 
Piney Woods, it would mean, in 
addition, that they would then be 
eligible for state and federal funds. 
This idea, however, may never 
come about since the administra- 
tion at Piney Woods is consider- 
ing the elimination of the junior 
college in order to make space 
available for more of the younger 
students. However, the prospects 
are still bright for informal, indi- 
vidual relationships with Piney 
Woods; there are a number of 
Bucknell people going there this 
summer, and there is the possibility 
of another Piney Woods Jan-Plan 
next year. 

Why did we go to Piney Woods? 
Each, I think, went for his own, 
personal reasons. Whether it was 
out of curiosity about the South, 
interest in Negro culture, or to 
just (just?) get away from home 
and Bucknell, the general, underly- 
ing reason was, I feel, the desire 
of each to know more about him- 




Diana Thomas '74, guitarist and folk sing- 
er, was guest conductor at a "sing-out." 





Hi — ^ 

Mary Knisley '74 lends a helping hand 
in sewing project. 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



self. Piney Woods, we hoped, 
would be the kind of experience 
that would test our ability to react 
in a responsible manner to trying 
situations, and thus to be better 
able to cope with life. Each had 
his own expectations, yet, to the 
best of my knowledge, Piney 
Woods was in no way what any 
of us expected. My prep-school 
visions were not at all true. What 
I did find, in some respects, should 
have been expected; things that 
people had told me point blank did 
not sink in until I got there. Things 
like the formality of the manner- 
isms, the rigidness and age of the 
school policies, and the quality of 
the students were totally out of my 
ability to imagine. 



o 



UR duties at Piney Woods in- 
cluded the usual teaching 
and tutoring — two of the 
few things that were expected. 
These included chemistry, biolo- 
gy, math, home economics, de- 
bate, and music. The musical high- 
light of our month was the produc- 
tion of a "Sing-Out," an impossible 
feat that at first seemed hopeless: 
one thing that we had not counted 
on was the poor ability and lack of 
refinement of the students. Because 
of their poor educational back- 
grounds, many were what we 
would call "slow learners." Some 
of my classes were downright frus- 
trating. I have concluded that the 
students in the South cannot be 
compared or judged by Northern 
standards. Any attempt to do so 
would tend to stifle their chances 
for progress among their own peo- 
ple. 

Our activities, however, went 
far beyond the rudimentary tasks 
mentioned above. We found that 
our roles at Piney Woods were pri- 
marily to act as bridges between 
the culture of the students and 
our own culture. Piney Woods is 
run by the same people and the 
same standards as it was fifty years 
ago, and our presence on campus 
gave the students quite a contrast- 
ing viewpoint. For a school that 
gets up at 5:00 A. M., wears uni- 
forms all day, and is watched over 




Hclynn Schwalm 72, aided by Ray Schlesinger '73 (kneeling), 
demonstrates a lesson in gymnastics. 



all the time, our liberal attitudes 
and actions gave a sharp jolt to the 
placid, antique atmosphere. Even 
little things like starting an infor- 
mal social hour on Sunday eve- 
nings were novelties. 

This educational experience, 
however, was not totally one-way. 
Not only did I get to know a dif- 
ferent segment of humanity, but I 
came to realize that these are peo- 
ple too, with hopes, fears, desires, 
and needs very similar in principle 
to my own. Through this aware- 



ness of these qualities in other peo- 
ple, I have gained another small 
fragment toward my own personal 
development. This awareness of 
self through the awareness of oth- 
ers is something that everyone ex- 
periences, and in this sense we are 
all teachers. It has been said that 
the teacher who is indeed wise 
bids not that you enter the house 
of his wisdom, but rather leads 
you to the threshold of your own 
mind. 




Paul Wainwright '72, author of this article, works on project in physics lab at Bucknell. 
He took all photos but this one, which is by Ralph Laird. 



MAY 1971 



11 




Photo 
Gallery 

By Archer Bryant '73 




SIDEWALK AND SHADOWS'' 



Four pages of this issue are de- 
voted to a small sample of the work 
of Archer Bryant, a sophomore at 
Bucknell whose photos have al- 
ready ivon critical acclaim. 

A modest young artist, Archer 
began a serious pursuit of photog- 
raphy at age 12. He was elected as 
photo editor of his prep school 
newspaper and yearbook and 
worked during his summer vaca- 
tions as a staff photographer for a 
daily newspaper in New London, 
Conn. 

In more recent years, about the 
time of his entry into college, his 
interests turned increasingly to 
photography as an art form. "I like 
to ivork with natural or organic 
shapes in an attempt to present 
these in an unusual way," he notes. 
Some of the ivork presented here 
was done as part of a project in the 
January Program and was included 
in a recent exhibit in the Bertrand 
Library. 

Archer is now engaged in sever- 
al photographic projects around 
campus, and we hope to present 
more of his work in future issues. 




12 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



: 




All photos are copyrighted by Archer Bryant. 



MAY 1971 



13 







"NORTH WATER ST. ALLEY" 



14 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




"PILLAR" 



MAY 1971 



15 



THE MARTS HALL MAZE 



By June Heistand '73 
and Charles Resnick '72 

PROVOST WENDELL I. 
SMITH '46 explains it this way: 
"Colleges and universities ap- 
pear to be administered in strange 
ways, by many voices. One influ- 
ences decisions on a campus bv 
being heard and by knowing how 
decisions are made." 

Inevitably, colleges suffer to some 
degree from bureaucracv, the side- 
effect of too many people dealing 
with too many other people. They 
also suffer from disorganization, 
the consequence of being problem- 
oriented, since problems lack an 
ability to alphabetize themselves or 
arrange for appointments. 




16 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



The administration of higher ed- 
ucation adheres to the laws of 
natural selection. In its evolution 
it hardly resembles its forefathers. 
the ecclesiastical authorities of the 
fourteenth centurv, and has not vet 
entered anv "post-historical" era. 
As offices and departments become 
ineffective, thev change or die; and 
as new developments arise, new 
offices respond. Like manv univer- 
sities, there is a flow chart behind 
Bucknell's administration; yet, a 
blueprint of Marts and Freas Halls 
tells more about the wav it oper- 
ates. 

The most logical point of entrv 



A sophomore at Bucknell, June 
L. Heistand is an English major 
and a member of the Marching and 
Symphonic Bands, Choir, Chapel 
Committee, Bucknell Christian Fel- 
lowship, and Alpha Lamba Delta 
(freshman women's honorary). In 
previous semesters she was a re- 
porter for The Buckxelliax, and 
in April wrote a column for the 
University's 125th anniversary mag- 
azine. June expects to do graduate 
work in student personnel adminis- 
tration, and is considering a career 
in that field or in journalism. Com- 
menting on the past January Plan, 
she said that it strengthened her 
ambitions and gave her insight into 
the ivork involved in running an in- 
stitution — a serendipity she could 
not have obtained in her education 
without the January Program. 

A junior at Bucknell, Charles G. 
Resnick already has extensive ex- 
perience as an administrator. He 
was recently elected as treasurer of 
the Association of Bucknell Stu- 
dents, serves as business manager 
of The Buckxelliax. and as chair- 
man of three committees: Student 
Appropriations, Cooperative Fund- 
ing and Jan Plan. In addition, he 
serves as a junior counselor and as 
a member of the Board of Review 
for Academic Responsibility and 
the Subcommittee for Long-Range 
Planning. A Dean's List student for 
the past three semesters, he is a 
major in business administration 
and a member of Sigma Phi Epsilon 
fraternity. 



into a stud\' of college administra- 
tion, in this case into Freas Hall, 
is the Admissions Office, for it svm- 
bolicallv connects all who enter 
with the private aspects of the aca- 
demic quadrangle: Coleman Hall 
and Yaughan Literature Building 
and Marts Hall. The entrance 
board of the University', the Ad- 
missions Office determines the char- 
acter of the institution bv the char- 
acter of the men and women it 
accepts. 

Through the wonders of modem 
technologv, computers and wheel- 
dex files, the Admissions Office pro- 
cesses approximatelv 5000 applica- 
tions each vear. Before the new 
vear begins, Fitz Walling '46, Garv 
Ripple. Richard Skelton '60, and 
Buchanan Ewing III '64 spend their 
time on and off campus interview- 
ing prospective students. In Jan- 
uarv, with the exception of the 
Earlv Decision Program, the ad- 
missions staff begins the lengthv 
and arduous selection process. Each 
application is evaluated in terms of 
high school and degree program, 
and is graded A. B. or C (with 
pluses or minuses) on a scale of 
possibilities for individual success 
at Bucknell. These grades are sub- 
jectivelv determined bv scholastic 
averages balanced by an under- 
standing of the difficulty of the cur- 
riculum and class rank. Other fac- 
tors (such as standard tests) serve 
as levelers. whereas talents, activi- 
ties, interests and geographical area 
provide the basis for choosing a 
student bodv that is heterogeneous 
as well as qualified. Interest in 
Bucknell can also be a factor. De- 
termining it and informing the 
prospective student about the 
school are major purposes of the 
interview. 



THE Admissions Office works 
in conjunction with the Of- 
fices of Residence Halls, Ad- 
ministration and Finance, and the 
Registrar. Because there is no in- 
fallible index for determining how 
manv students will matriculate, 
these offices saw the work of ad- 
missions personnel in 1970 as too 
"successful." Administration and 



Finance may have been pleased 
with the extra tuition; however, the 
Office of Residence Halls, almost 
forced to putting hammocks in the 
cleaning closets, reacted quite dif- 
ferently to the size of the freshman 
class. 

Once a student has been admit- 
ted to the Universitv, the Regis- 
trar's Office adds his or her name 
to their files. Florence Pvle and her 
staff concern themselves with each 
student's registration and enroll- 
ment, with grade processing and 
reporting, records, transcripts, com- 
mencement, and "whatever house- 
keeping responsibilities there are 
that no one else wants to do." 

Responsibility for the Universi- 
ty's scholastic programs, however, 
rests largelv with the two academic 
deans. Dr. Leon Pacala, dean of 
the College of Arts and Sciences, 
has academic atmosphere as his 
primarv concern; consequently, he 
spends considerable time doing 
what he terms "academic cheer- 
leading." In this exercise he is aid- 
ed by Assistant Dean John Pvper, 
who oversees freshman progress. 
The Office of the Dean is also in- 
volved in facultv recruitment, de- 
velopments and promotion. 

As for promotion to his own posi- 
tion, Dean Pacala considers facultv 
rank a prerequisite. "To be a psv- 
choanalvst," he observed, "one must 
first submit to psvchotherapv. Per- 
haps to be an administrator, one 
must first submit to administration." 
Dean Pacala also feels responsible 
to inform students that thev five 
in a meritocracy where thev are 
constantly confronted with the need 
to achieve. He believes that chili- 
zation hinges on those who mea- 
sure themselves on objective stan- 
dards, but that the guiding motifs 
of today's student culture are sub- 
jectivity and immediacy. 

HERBERT ECKBERG, retir- 
ing dean of the College of 
Engineering, considers his 
most important job to be "turning 
out the greatest number of quality 
engineers." Instrumental in this is 
his responsibility to catch students 
before they are in academic diffi- 
culty. 



MAY 1971 



17 




Mrs. Walter Sterry, director of food services, Mr. Edward Hanlon, assistant director, 
and Mr. Walter Geiger '34, director of physical plant, discuss layout of dining halls in 
new University Center. 



Regarding preparation for aca- 
demic administration, in a profes- 
sional field such as engineering, 
law or medicine, Dean Eckberg 
does not believe is necessary to rise 
from the ranks of the faculty; in 
Arts, however, he advocates facul- 
ty experience. 

Twenty-nine years with the Na- 
vy have reinforced his belief that 
to be effective at any level of or- 
ganization, "the skipper should not 
have more than seven people re- 
porting to him." Both deans ob- 
served that responsibility and au- 
thority go hand-in-hand. 

Another dean (of sorts) is Rob- 
ert Latour, director of athletics, 
who believes that intercollegiate 
athletics provide learning experi- 
ences which cannot be obtained in 
the classroom. Here the philosophy- 
is "not to offer professional experi- 
ence, but be part of the entire edu- 
cational process." Some of his du- 
ties and responsibilities are to 
supervise the coaches and men's 
physical education instructors, co- 
ordinate intercollegiate sports, rep- 
resent the University in national 
athletic associations, and adminis- 
ter the athletic budget. In connec- 
tion with the latter, the department 
interacts with those of Admissions 
and Financial Aid. Although re- 
cruitment is the responsibility of 
the individual coaches, prospective 
athletes apply for admission 



through the Admissions Depart- 
ment, and thus must meet their 
standard requirements. There is no 
dual admissions policy since the 
University has no "easy majors" 
within which unqualified students 
could be hidden. 

Juxtaposed with this idea of ath- 
letics as part of the educational 
process, is the concept of the Buck- 
nell University Press as an agent 
in the dissemination of scholarly 
works. One of only 82 university 
presses in the United States and 
Canada, it consists of an Editor, 
Dr. James Carens, Professor of En- 
glish, and an Editorial Board of six 
faculty members. The Editor and 
Board members review manuscripts 
or have them reviewed by recog- 
nized scholars, and then publish 
those that they feel are of scholarly 
worth. Managing Editor William 
Weist '50 also doubles as editor of 
the Bucknell Alumnus and as a 
writer of speeches or other special 
materials. 



THE administration of each of 
these areas of academic affairs 
is collectively under Dr. Wen- 
dell I. Smith '46, provost. As the 
chief academic officer of the Uni- 
versity, the provost also acts for the 
president when he is absent from 
the campus. In an interview, Dr. 
Smith stated that "ideally, a pro- 



vost's job must be kept fairly free 
of routine, for if the job is formed 
by the problems that come through 
the door, little time remains for 
initiating and encouraging new de- 
velopments." 

The Provost's Office bears major 
responsibility for judging faculty 
excellence, promotions, salaries, and 
other benefits, as determined by 
teaching effectiveness, scholarship, 
and contributions to the University. 
Dr. Smith also is concerned with 
long-range planning, and serves as 
the acting chairman of the Depart- 
ment of Business and Finance, now 
in a period of transition from the 
status of a college to a department 
within the College of Arts and Sci- 



ences. 



The successful operation of the 
academic program at a college or 
university depends to a great extent 
on the adequacy and skill of the 
management of its business and fi- 
nancial operations. Obviously, the 
task of defining the scholarly goals, 
the content, and the instructional 
methods of the academic program 
are the responsibility of the faculty 
and deans. But, once these goals 
and methods have been defined, 
responsibility falls on other admin- 
istrative officers to see that the aca- 
demic program has adequate fiscal 
resources to operate successfully. 

In an era of inflation and reces- 
sion — of wavering stock market 
prices and intensive debate as to 
how public and private funds 
should be spent — the men respon- 
sible for fiscal management of anv 
institution are thrust to center 
stage. So, too, are their problems. 

Last year, 1969-70, Bucknell's ex- 
penditures exceeded her income by 
$370,000. Many factors were in- 
volved, but the "red ink" was dra- 
matic evidence of an economic tru- 
ism for the University: her existence 
is directly proportional to her fiscal 
solvency. 

Because of the magnitude of 
keeping an institution solvent, the 
Office of Business and Finance is 
an aggregation of several opera- 
tions. It involves collecting, record- 
ing, investing and dispersing the 
income from gifts, endowments, 
grants, and student fees. Manage- 



18 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



ment of a food service, bookstore, 
and physical plant are also within 
its domain. 



SUCH a range of responsibilities 
is overseen at all colleges by a 
chief business officer. At Buck- 
nell, John F. Zeller III '41, vice- 
president of Administration and 
Finance, is somewhat unique: an 
attorney, a native of Lewisburg, 
and a graduate of Bucknell and the 
University of Pennsylvania School 
of Law, he also serves as a legal 
counselor to the president and as 
an advisor on local and regional 
affairs. 

Reporting directly to Mr. Zeller 
are the business offices of Harley, 
Young, and Shinier, "Inc." Comp- 
troller F. Ellis Harley '59 is respon- 
sible for the University's bookkeep- 
ing. He records all financial trans- 
actions, and since the decentraliza- 
tion of the purchasing office, has 
been available to departments as a 
purchasing assistant. The payroll 
and personnel fringe benefits, order 
of supplies, and expense account of 
the January Program are three of 
the areas with which he contends. 

Once Mr. Harley has received 
and tallied the checks for tuition, 
they round the corner to Mr. Don- 
ald P. Young '33, who, as treasurer, 
invests the money until it is needed 
for debits. By placing it in short 
term commercial paper, it will ac- 
crue interest until its maturity prior 
to the deadline for one of three 
monthly payrolls. 

The endowments, which are sent 
directly to the Treasurer, are han- 
dled by him, Morgan Guaranty, 
and/or the Finance Committee of 
the Board of Trustees. Endowments 
are held in nominee (Booker & 
Company) with the interest in one 
central fund. All but $70,000 of the 
University's income is in the pro- 
cess of being invested three days 
after being received. 

Simultaneously, Bursar Robert B. 
Shinier '48 is preparing statements 
for the Board, helping student or- 
ganizations with their financial ac- 
counts, and verifying the payment 
of each student's tuition. 



THE Bookstore, University 
Dining Service, and Physical 
Plant are semi-autonomous op- 
erations with their own directors 
and budgets. Mr. Warren Elze '48, 
one of the Trustees of the National 
Association of College Stores and 
Director of the University Book- 
store, explained that the "book de- 
partment is the store's only jutsifica- 
tion for existence." Historically, the 
original closed-stack Bookstore was 
in The College Inn. In 1951, it 
moved into the Carnegie Building 
and was one of the first self-service 
college stores in the country. Ac- 
cording to Mr. Zeller, it will move 
into the University Center this fall 
"under the careful watch of other 
bookstore managers across the 
country." After being a faculty 
member of summer management 
seminars at Oberlin and Stanford, 
and having designed the new col- 
lege store at Lehigh University, the 
construction of the University Cen- 
ter has given Mr. Elze the oppor- 
tunity to design his own at Buck- 
nell. In his words, "the one in Car- 
negie ran out of room ten years 
ago." 



Each year the Bookstore's profit 
is incorporated into the University's 
general fund and applied to varied 
operating expenses. The amount 
always seems large compared to 
"secular" stores because the Uni- 
versity does not charge its mana- 
ger rent nor take his salary directly 
from the profit. Yet, if the store did 
not profit, it would not exist. 

Although the new Bookstore will 
be three times larger than the pres- 
ent one, it will not have any new 
departments. With Lewisburg's 
commercial businesses as small as 
they are, Bucknell cannot in good 
conscience carry a comprehensive 
range of items. Selling many non- 
academic items could possibly be 
damaging to the local stores, but 



selling none cou 



Id 



lit 



the 



death of the Bookstore. 

Like the Bookstore, the Universi- 
ty Dining Service is also semi-auto- 
nomous, cramped, and anxious to 
move into the new University Cen- 
ter. Headed by Dietician Mabel 
Sterry and assisted by Edward 
Hanlon, it tries to make eating as 
educational as possible by expos- 
ing the student body to a variety of 




Vice President John Zeller '41, at left, discusses interior design of new University Center 
with Mr. John Bell, assistant director of physical plant. 



MAY 1971 



19 



foods, ergo the semi-annual Chi- 
nese dinner. According to Mr. Han- 
Ion, the University's food service 
differs from many other colleges 
in not being catered or prepared 
because of the "high quality and 
stability of the employees." In the 
University Center, the cafeteria will 
be able to feature the school's 
homemade pastries and breads. 

The new cafeteria, which is de- 
signed to handle 900 students si- 
multaneously, parallels a super- 
market with numerous stations for 
the various courses. Also available 
will be private dining rooms and a 
campus restaurant. Meal hours will 
be longer, and this in turn will al- 
low the administration to schedule 
more class times and permit more 
efficient use of the physical plant, 
another of Mr. Zeller's concerns. 



THE Department of the Physi- 
cal Plant is responsible for 
construction, inspection, se- 
curity, housekeeping, maintenance, 
repair, transportation and other 
services for 2,000 residents, 300 
staff and faculty, and 35,000 visi- 
tors each year. Mr. Walter Geiger 
'34, a professional engineer and 
director of the Physical Plant, 
equates the tasks with "running a 
resort." Directly under him are As- 
sistant Director John Bell and Su- 
perintendent of Buildings Bernard 
"Bar" Riley. Responsible to these 
men are the many men and women 
who maintain the beauty of the 
campus and guarantee the comfort 
of all who work and live at Buck- 
nell. 

When Bucknell received its char- 
ter 125 years ago, student person- 
nel administration was not a sepa- 
rate function of the institution. The 
same may be said for most of the 
99 institutions of higher education 
chartered prior to Bucknell (and 
of those that followed), for in the 
nineteenth century, few schools 
operated with a philosophic as- 
sumption that non-academic life 
on campus had high educational 
value. Most, under the influence of 
German universities, were cold and 
impersonal. However, when Ober- 
lin admitted women in 1837, "it 



was deemed necessary to appoint 
matrons for their special supervi- 
sion. In 1870, Harvard appointed a 
dean to serve, in addition to his 
teaching assignment, as a part-time 
personnel administrator of disci- 
pline and of the mechanics of en- 
rollment. Johns Hopkins appointed, 
in 1889, a 'chief of the faculty ad- 
visors' to students." 1 When Buck- 
nell opened its doors to female stu- 
dents, one of the first problems was 
who would be responsible for the 
boarding of the women at the in- 
stitution. Ultimately, these duties 
fell to the principal of the Female 
Institute, when, as a catalog for 
1856 clearly states, "Pupils from a 
distance [were] required to board 
in the Institute." A new post, dean 
of the college women, was begun in 
1897, and this title was changed in 
1904 to dean of the Department for 
Women. It was not until 1919, how- 
ever, that the present post of dean 
of women was created. The dean of 
students post was created in 1932, 
but was abandoned with the ap- 
pointment of a dean of men in 1937. 
Another post, dean of freshmen, 
was instituted in 1930, but lasted 
for only two years. 

Obviously, all institutions, in- 
cluding Bucknell, have sought 
through the years to find some 
proper organizational structure for 
non-academic life on campus. 



Changes in society are felt on cam- 
puses, and with the growth and de- 
velopment of Bucknell over the 
past three decades, one of the areas 
most affected is that of student af- 
fairs. Dr. John Dunlop, dean of stu- 
dent affairs, holds the post created 
in 1957. He succeeded Dean John 
Hayward in 1969. A review of the 
areas of responsibility embraced 
under the Dean's direction and of 
the services provided to students, 
makes one aware of how important 
this function has become at Buck- 
nell and at other institutions in 
America. 



MISS MARY JANE STEVEN- 
SON, dean of women, is 
well known to many grad- 
uates of Bucknell. A generalist, she 
notes that the organizational pat- 
tern in student affairs at most col- 
leges is becoming quite diversified 
and that the individuals involved 
are becoming more professional, a 
fact that grows out of the many 
specialized functions that student 
affairs staff members are called up- 
on to perform. 

Dr. Thomas Risch is dean of 
men. Though a disciplinary func- 
tion has long been identified with 
this office. Dean Risch perceives 
the evolution of a counseling role 
replacing that of the stern judge 




June Heistand '73, second from left, interviews Dean Thomas Risch, Miss Brenda Gor- 
don, director of freshman residence programs, and Miss Judith Judy, at right, director 
of residence halls, in the preparation of this article. 



20 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



meting out punishment for infrac- 
tions of rules. His duties are shared 
with Gerald W. Commerford, as- 
sistant dean of men, who concen- 
trates on the life of fraternity men 
on campus. 

Each dean sees his role as a "non- 
academic educator in the out-of- 
class laboratory." Some of their 
present duties involve providing 
general counseling and referral of 
students, participating in the selec- 
tion and orientation of undergrad- 
uate residence hall staff, maintain- 
ing personnel records for all stu- 
dents, serving as consultants to the 
Committee on Student Conduct, 
developing various campus-wide 
informational and educational pro- 
grams and conveying and interpret- 
ing the University's personal con- 
duct expectations to students. 

Filling the post of director of 
Freshman Residence Programs, cre- 
ated in 1970, is Miss Brenda E. 
Gordon, formerly assistant dean of 
women. Her office is responsible 
for the operation of the freshman 
residence halls, and a staff of un- 
dergraduate junior counselors who 
aid her and Mr. Ronald M. Jenkins, 
assistant director, in working with 
individual freshmen and groups 
within each hall. 

Across the hall is the office of the 
director of University Residence 
Halls, Miss Judith A. Judy, appoint- 
ed at the beginning of the 1970-71 
term. Her office is responsible for 
the operation of upper-class resi- 
dence halls which include two large 
co-residential complexes, New Res- 
idence Hall and Swartz Hall; Hunt 
Hall, for women; Larison Hall, for 
men; and six small houses. Fresh- 
man men live in Kress, Trax, and 
Larison Halls and freshman wom- 
en in Old Main and Harris Hall. 
The director and Mr. Leonard P. 
Smolen, associate director, are aid- 
ed by a staff of residence directors 
and 40 undergraduate residence as- 
sistants who work with individual 
students and groups in each hall so 
that the living units are more than 
mere "hotels." 

The University Counseling Ser- 
vice, under the direction of Dr. Da- 
vid H. Wilder, provides individual 
consultation to help students use 

may 1971 




Charles Resnick '72, left, discusses article with Mr. Gerald Commerford, assistant dean 
of men; Miss Mary Jane Stevenson and Mr. John Hayward, director of financial aid. 
Since this article was prepared, Miss Stevenson has assumed new duties as executive 
secretary of Alpha Lambda Delta, national honor society for women. She will remain 
at Bucknell on a part-time basis as assistant to the dean of student affairs. 



their talents effectively and to plan 
attainable goals for the future. Last 
year, in 1969-70, 278 students spent 
586 hours of contact time with Dr. 
Wilder. In working with students 
the Counseling Service promotes 
student growth and helps solve 
specific educational problems. 



o 



NE of the specific educational 
problems which cannot be 
alleviated by the Counsel- 
ing Service, however, is the rising 
cost of tuition. This is the concern 
of the former dean of student af- 
fairs, John Hayward, now director 
of financial aid. One of his primary 
tasks is attempting to attract new 
sources of assistance for students 
requiring financial aid. These 
sources include the "private sector," 
and state and federal agencies. In 
making decisions he notes that 
"there is no policy which can be 
applied across the board. If there 
were, the University would just be 
using the computer." These are hu- 
man problems which policies and 
machines cannot solve alone. 



When it comes to getting jobs, 
students call on the services of the 
director of Career Planning and 
Placement, Mr. Raymond K. Irwin 
'47. Mr. Irwin assists students with 
employment problems and pro- 
vides employers with an interview 
service to obtain personnel from 
the student body. He also helps to 
find summer and part-time, off- 
campus employment opportunities. 
Teacher placement is also under 
his direction. 

Mr. James Hammerlee, director 
of Student Programs, will have new- 
opportunities to expand his con- 
cerns and responsibilities when the 
new University Center opens next 
year. His office assists all campus 
organizations, including all student 
organizations, in planning and set- 
ting up conferences, cultural pro- 
grams, and social and recreational 
events. He will add to those duties 
direction of some operations of the 
University Center as it, in a special 
way, will provide an effective lo- 
cation for co-curricular programs. 
Rather than looking toward a pos- 
siblv self-serving Student Union 

21 



Board, Mr. Hammerlee hopes that 
new and worthwhile program ideas 
will continue to come from a wide 
variety of student organizations, as 
well as from individual faculty 
members. 

Finally, Dr. Joseph Weightman 
'37, medical director, supervises the 
infirmary, providing medical ser- 
vices with associate physicians, Dr. 
Erwin G. Degling and Dr. J. Pres- 
ton Hoyle. Dr. Harry Clay Stamey 
is a consultant for psychiatric ser- 
vices. The late Dr. John W. Rice 
'14, who initiated Student Health 
Services at Bucknell, served as its 
director until his death a few 
months ago. 

Aiding the professionals in the 
administration of student affairs 
are a series of student-faculty com- 
mittees which provide direction and 
help determine policy for Univer- 
sitv programs and services. These 
committees include, anions others, 
Student Affairs, Freshman Week, 
Nominations for Student Relations, 
Religious Programs, Scheduling 
Universitv Events, Scholarship and 
Financial Aid, and Commencement 
Activities. 



THE influence of college and 
university affairs is no longer 
limited to the educational 
communities themselves. The so- 
phistication of mass media has 
transformed every individual and 
every institution into a potential in- 
fluence on the other. The college 
turmoil of the past sLx years sub- 
scribed to a modified domino 
theory, and thus demanded that 
every event be responsibly and in- 
telligent!}' interpreted to the public. 
Unfortunately this was not always 
the case. 

Bucknell was lucky. She was af- 
fected, but not injured. Hangovers 
from the walk-out, the demonstra- 
tions, and the week of Ma}' 3 were 
inherited by all Bucknellians, but 
especially by the men and women 
in the various offices of public re- 
lations. 

As vice-president for administra- 
tion and finance, Mr. Zeller coordi- 
nates the University's three chan- 
nels for public contact: Public 



Relations, Alumni Relations, and 
Development. 

According to Trennie Eisley '31, 
director of Public Relations, the 
purpose of her department is to 
"gain the understanding and sup- 
port of the publics whose good will 
is important to the Universitv'," in- 
cluding; students, facultv, adminis- 
trators, alumni, friends, trustees, 
parents, and local and national 
publics. In keeping people in- 
formed, "PR" emphasizes the posi- 
tive aspects of the University's op- 
eration and maintains that honesty 
can be the only policy. 

Lacking manv crises, the major 
thrust of Public Relations is direct- 
ed toward informing local, state, 
and national media about events 
and developments at Bucknell and 
toward the hometown media of 
the students. Mr. Bradley Tufts, as- 
sistant director, bears the major re- 
sponsibility along this line and is 
assisted by Sports Information Di- 
rector David Wohlhueter. Mrs. 
Robert Shinier performs editorial 
duties and aids Miss Eisley in pro- 
ducing varied publications, includ- 
ing the Catalog, Bucknell-In-Brief, 
a quarterly newsletter, and other 
materials for admissions purposes. 

Aiding the Public Relations Of- 
fice in following the events and 
event-makers on the Bucknell scene 
is a file system of cards on each un- 
dergraduate. To update this serv- 
ice, the Public Relations Office 
hopes to transfer some of their files 
to the computer. Other files which 
supplement this information are in 
the workroom of the Office of 
Alumni Relations. Here a student 
can find his sports write-ups and 
letters to the editor of the Bucknel- 
lian. Upon graduation, the folders 
are placed in the alumni files and 
the clipping service continues. 



THE primary contact that 
alumni have with their alma 
mater is through the efforts 
of their Alumni Relations Office. 
Its activities include planning and 
coordinating Homecoming Class 
Reunions, and Freshman Recep- 
tions. An emergetic effort, has been 
undertaken by the office's freshman 



director, Jack Brothers '58, to find 
"innovative ways of breaking the 
communications gap." Mr. Brothers 
feels quite strongly that the rela- 
tionship between the University 
and its graduates should not be 
just a one-way avenue of financial 
support. He believes that his office 
should be the prime mover in cre- 
ating; an attitude which will in- 
crease the alumni's sense of attach- 
ment and concern. 

Working with Mr. Brothers in 
these efforts is David "Mike" 
Haves. As associate director, Mr. 
Haves spends a sizeable amount 
of time planning and organizing 
functions on and off campus to ease 
the administrative chores of the 
volunteers. This includes compiling 
a basic core reunion handbook for 
each class, performing supportive 
office functions for the various 
chapters, and executing conferenc- 
es, receptions and other similar 
events. 

The Alumni Relations Office 
keeps careful track of and com- 
municates with Bucknell's more 
than 22,000 living alumni in all 50 
states and 53 foreign countries by 
dividing them into approximately 
60 local chapters. Bucknell gradu- 
ates are quite mobile, however, and 
the office makes about 600 changes 
of address each month. 

Various activities to provide real 
contact with the progressive chang- 
es undertaken in higher education 
are encouraged for each chapter. 
The seminar style programs "Buck- 
nell Today" is one example of a 
University attempt to be relevant 
to an audience that can no longer 
devote full time to the inner work- 
ings of higher education. The 
Alumni Office works in close con- 
junction with the Offices of Public 
Relations and Development. 

The Development Office is one 
of the most active but possibly least 
known components in Bucknell's 
administrative structure. Under the 
direction of Ronald "Pete" Pedrick 
'60, the department is now in the 
last phases of the 125th Anniver- 
sary Challenge Campaign, the larg- 
est fund-raising campaign in the 
University's history. The project is 
not mislabeled a challenge, for the 



22 



THE BUCKXELL ALUMNUS 



goal is to raise $12 million in non- 
normal operating dollars for capi- 
tal improvements and endowments. 
This has been designated bv the 
Board of Trustees as S7 million for 
buildings, to be raised during the 
three year campaign, and S5 mil- 
lion for endowment, to be raised as 
soon as possible. 

DEVELOPMENT, as a full- 
time profession, is compara- 
tively new at Bucknell. It 
was instituted in 1958 with one 
man and presentlv has the services 
of Richard Allen and Leonard Car- 
rescia, assistant directors. Harrv 
Staley '52 and Gary Hill '64. of 
Marts and Lundv. will serve with 
the development staff until the 
completion of the campaign. 

The Development Office houses 
an elaborate mechanism to afford 
each donor the most personal as- 
surance of the utilitv and appreci- 
ation of his contribution. This of- 
fice does a great deal of "legwork" 
in preparing reports for corporate 
and foundation solicitations, most 
of which are personallv made bv 
the president, and in executing an- 
nual alumni campaigns. Due to the 
complexity of the operations, duties 
are divided. Mr. Carrescia handles 
the Senior Class gift, prepares cor- 
porate briefs, and is in charge of 
all computer data. Mr. Allen and 
Mr. Hill do most of the road work. 
in terms of coordinating area fund 
drives with local team captains, 
while Messrs. Staley and Pedrick 
remain at home as coordinators. In 
a time of campus concern about the 
priorities of the president. Mr. Ped- 
rick sees one of his major jobs as 
"keeping the President's time well 
occupied." 

"Giving is a habit" is the more or 
less unofficial motto of the office. 
Accordingly, Mr. Pedrick believes 
the idea of a Senior Class gift, to be 
given ten years after graduation, 
was "the greatest thing Bucknell 
has done in its historv of develop- 
ment." Again, work is being done 
to transfer the wealth of informa- 
tion on donors, presently in one 
huge amalgamated file, into the 
computer where source material is 
separated by the categories of the 



contribution (general, special, or 
leadership) for rapid retrieval. 

The Development Office aligns 
itself with the offices of Alumni Re- 
lations, Public Relations, Business 
and Finance, and the President to 
enable them to function as one 
large unit which interprets the in- 
stitution abroad. In addition to serv- 
ing as interpreters of educational 
goals and recent events, the Devel- 
opment personnel educate alumni 
volunteers in the fine details of 
fund-raising. Their concept of an 
ideal campaign is one in which 
every prospect is a worker. 

Since an annual-operating-ex- 
penses campaign is run each vear, 
it is only prudent for a college to 
run a capital campaign everv ten 
years, and thus a definite program 
for solicitation must be outlined 
and adhered to. As a result, the S12 
million was arranged in a pvramid 
with hvpothetical gifts ranging 
from two million dollars to less than 
one-thousand, with less than one 
per cent of the donors providing 50 
per cent of the total amount. This 
is based on the theorv that "in or- 
der to raise a million dollars, one 
does not ask a million people for a 
dollar each." Support must be con- 
tinuous, and therefore must be cul- 
tivated. It is Development's job to 
decide who should be asked bv 
whom for how much and for what 
purpose. Success means another 
door with a gold plate, or another 
building with a personal name. 

MOST autonomous of all the 
administrators at Bucknell 
is the University Chaplain, 
the Rev. James Gardner, who in- 
frequentlv consults with the presi- 
dent concerning expenses, innova- 
tions and special services. Respon- 
sible for the non-denominational 
religious activities on campus, Rev. 
Gardner organizes Sunday and 
mid-week worship services, and 
spends approximatelv 20 hours 
each week advising and counseling 
students on such things as faith, 
war, sex, and marriage. A member 
of the faculty, he also teaches sev- 
eral courses in religion. 

Commenting on his job, Rev. 
Gardner observes that the position 



of the Chaplain is obscure when 
viewed in terms of an organiza- 
tional structure. Not part of the 
Counseling; Service or one of the 
student personnel administrators, 
he performs similar tasks, vet is 
outside the realm of Student Af- 
fairs. 

A comprehensive understanding 
of the administration of an institu- 
tion of higher education in the 
United States requires an under- 
standing of each aspect of its or- 
ganization — the governing board, 
the administration, and the facul- 
ty. Of primary importance in the 
total picture is the University 
Chancellor or President. His major 
responsibilities are to interpret the 
will of the Board of Trustees to 
the academic communitv and, si- 
multaneouslv, to represent that 
communitv' to the Board. 

According to President Charles 
H. Watts, the role of the univer- 
sity president is a highly personal 
one. He notes that there is an al- 
most total absence of any "profes- 
sional literature" on the role of a 
universitv or college president, that 
"great piles of reminiscence" and 
personal memoirs characterize the 
bulk of published works by former 
heads of institutions of higher 
learning. Though President Watts 
finds much of this literature of 
interest, he stresses that he and 
his contemporaries lack an exten- 
sive professional literature which 
can be used for reference or train- 
ing. Personal experience thus be- 
comes central to philosophic devel- 
opment, and Dr. Watts feels that 
"being as nearly complete a person 
as is possible" is a fundamental ob- 
ligation of his job. 

There are other obligations. In- 
terpreting the academic commun- 
itv to non-academic publics, guar- 
anteeing the development of the 
universitv's financial resources, and 
assuring that the institution main- 
tains its scholarlv purpose are 
among some of the more important 
tasks. To fulfill these obligations a 
universitv president must play 
manv roles and perform a wide 
variety of duties. A man who fills 
such a post must be willing to 
make manv personal sacrifices and 



may 1971 



23 



to assume enormous corporate re- 
sponsibilities. Dr. Watts believes 
that "unless one wants a life that 
is completely without consequence 
or completely without power and 
the responsibility it entails, one 
must accept certain restraints. The 
trick is to accept them without be- 
traying one's own convictions." 

A LARGE share of the admin- 
istrative duties and respon- 
sibilities shouldered by Pres- 
ident Watts are tempered by philo- 
sophical considerations. When he 
came to Bucknell in 1964, he con- 
centrated authority in his office in 
an attempt to let his style and per- 
sonality be known. At the same 
time, he sought to familiarize him- 
self with the members of the fac- 
ulty and administration, learning 
something about the many differ- 
ent personalities at the University 
and their ways of doing things. 
After Dr. Watts became a familiar 
figure on campus, he began the 
gradual decentralization of the 
authority he had assumed. How- 
ever, an important aspect of uni- 
versity administration, as the Pres- 
ident sees it, is that he seeks to 
attract the best possible people and 
then give them as much responsi- 
bility and authority as they can 
handle. He believes that it is some- 
times helpful to use a "vacuum 
principle" which forces others to 
fill the void with their own con- 
victions. 

This principle relates to what 
the President considers one of the 
basic problems in higher educa- 
tion today, the development of 
leadership among those who must 
assume the responsibilities of di- 
recting the development of higher 
education in America and the de- 
velopment of desire to assume 
leadership positions on the part of 
students in all disciplines and all 
phases of scholarship. He notes 
that "out of our study and life at 
college should come a familiarity 
with different types of value sys- 
tems so that a person is able to 
choose one he can trust." And this 
guiding thought is his way of en- 
couraging leadership as a goal of 
the University. 



Asked about Bucknell's future 
and that of other private universi- 
ties, Dr. Watts observed: "If they 
can maintain themselves in a rela- 
tively free environment conducive 
to unfettered thinking, then our in- 
stitutions of higher education are 
bound to be of great value to soci- 
ety." 

Translating a philosophy of edu- 
cation into practice requires the 
work of many people. A major di- 
mension of this effort is the con- 



cern of the faculty, but the men 
and women who hang their hats 
in Marts Hall also contribute sig- 
nificantly to making the life of 
Bucknell University, in the words 
of President Watts, "larger than 
the achievements of any scholar, 
and fresher than the hopes of the 
most aspiring Freshman." 

'Blackwell Thomas Edward, College and 
University Administration, (The Center 
for Applied Research in Education, Inc.; 
New York, 1966) p. 56. 



Comments on the 'J an Plan' 

"The January Experience was excellent. The small discus- 
sion group for my course made a great atmosphere to learn in 
because there were two professors that really were on the same 
level as the students, and they really led rather than dominated 
discussions. The general atmosphere on campus was extremely 
enjoyable. With so much free time I found I wanted to study and 
read for the course. I also had time to do some other reading . . . 
January was one of the most profitable of my experiences here at 
Bucknell, and I was sorry that I had worked last year during 
January." 

"I felt that my Jan Plan in journalism was one of the most 
worthwhile and educational months I have ever spent . . . This 
"first hand" method of learning was so much more helpful and 
interesting than any number of classroom courses I will ever 
take. The knowledge I gained was very practical because it al- 
ways pertained to something I was doing. It was not a case of 
learning something on the presumption that I might someday 
need that knowledge. Rather, when I encountered problems and 
new situations, I would learn how to deal with them immediately 
and be able to put the newly acquired knowledge to use." 

"I must rate Jan as perhaps the most productive month of 
my life. Not only did my Jan Plan contribute to this in its un- 
structured looseness and informality, but the entire atmosphere 
of the campus helped to make it a great month." 

"We were 'observers' in the Women's Correctional Institu- 
tion at Framingham, Mass. We sat in on therapy groups, board 
meeting, visited other institutions within the state and conversed 
with inmates, receiving a variety of views and ideas. We visited 
a couple of courts and got a clear-cut view of 'justice' in action. 

The program had educational and moral values. After par- 
ticipating, I've changed considerably intellectually and socially!" 

I worked in a bilingual early school (ages 3-5) in Corpus 
Christi, Texas as a teacher's aid. Because I am interested in en- 
tering some field of education when I graduate, this experience 
proved very beneficial. I also enjoyed staying in Texas because of 
the totally different atmosphere and environment of southwest- 
ern U. S." 



24 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 






Dean Herbert Eckberg 



Dr. James Gathings 



Dr. W. Preston Warren 



Three Faculty Members Retire 



THREE Bucknell faculty mem- 
bers — Dr. James A. Gathings, 
professor of political science; 
Dr. W. Preston Warren, professor 
of philosophy; and Herbert F. Eck- 
berg, dean of the College of Engi- 
neering — have announced their in- 
tentions to retire at the end of this 
academic year. 

One of the top-ranking members 
of the faculty and known through- 
out Pennsylvania as a commenta- 
tor on the political scene, Dr. Gath- 
ings came to Bucknell in 1932 from 
Texas Christian University. In 1946 
he was advanced to a full profes- 
sorship and was made chairman of 
Bucknell's department of political 
science. He resigned the chairman- 
ship in 1969. A specialist on fore- 
ign relations, his skills as a teacher 
have been recognized by the Uni- 
versity with the presentation of the 
Lindback Award for Distinguished 
Teaching, and the Class of 1956 
Lectureship for inspirational teach- 
ing. He also received the Burma- 
Bucknell Bowl "for significant con- 
tributions to international under- 
standing." He is a native of Peach- 
land, N. C, and holds degrees 
from Furman, Duke, and New 
York University. 

Dr. Warren was well-known as 



a teacher and writer at the time 
of his appointment to Bucknell in 
1945. He was chairman of Furman 
University's department of philos- 
ophy and a visiting professor at 
the University of North Carolina 
before coming here. While study- 
ing in Europe in the 1930s, he be- 
came interested in the philosophy 
of Thomas Masaryk, first president 
of Czechoslovakia, and his English 
translation of Masaryk's Ideals of 
Humanity was published in 1938. 
A revised edition, titled Humanis- 
tic Ideals, was published this year 
by the Bucknell University Press. 
The foreword was written by Sen- 
ator Hubert H. Humphrey. His ma- 
jor study of the Czech leader's con- 
tributions to philosophy and states- 
manship, Masaryk's Democracy, 
was published in 1941. Since 1948 
Dr. Warren has been director of 
the University course in integrative 
education. An innovation in the 
field of general education at the 
time of its inauguration, the course 
attracted nation-wide attention. 
Though he retired as chairman of 
Bucknell's philosophy department 
in 1969, he is actively engaged in 
editing the works of Roy Wood 
Sellars, the dean of the American 
Realist movement in philosophy, 
and gave the inaugural lecture in 



a new annual lecture series at 
Bucknell honoring Dr. Sellars. 

DEAN ECKBERG joined the 
Bucknell faculty in 1956 as 
a professor of mechanical 
engineering. The following year he 
was made director of engineering 
and when the College of Engineer- 
ing was created in 1961, he became 
its first dean. A graduate of the 
U. S. Naval Academy and recip- 
ient of a master of science degree 
in mechanical engineering from 
the University of California, Dean 
Eckberg retired from the Navy in 
1956 with the rank of captain. He 
was a member of the faculty and 
senior naval advisor at the Army 
War College in Carlisle from 1954 
to 1956. Among Dean Eckberg's 
achievements at Bucknell is the es- 
tablishment and direction of a co- 
operative program of engineering 
education with Catholic University 
of Cordoba in Argentina. In recog- 
nition of this he was awarded the 
title of Professor Honoris Causa by 
that university in 1965. He is a 
former president of the Association 
of Engineering Colleges of Penn- 
sylvania. He holds the Venezuelan 
Medal of Naval Merit and two 
years ago received the Burma- 
Bucknell Bowl. 




tm in 

Vol. LVI, No. 9 May, 1971 

Published by Bucknell University 

Lewisburg, Pa. 17837 



Printed for Alumni, parents, and friends 

of Bucknell University through the 

cooperation of 

The Bucknell Alumni Assoclvtion 

Emil Kordish '42, President 

Kenneth R. Bayless, Esq. '42, 
Vice President 

Jack Brothers '58, 

Director of Alumni Relations 

David Hayes, 

Associate Director of Alumni Relations 



William B. Weist '50, Editor 
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor 
Marian Croft, Editorial Assistant 

CONTRIBUTORS 

Bradley Tufts, 

Associate Director of Public Relations 

David Wohlhueter, 

Sports Information Director 

Katherine Shimer, 

Assistant in Public Relations 



We are mailing this copy 

to the address below. 

Is it correct? 



Ralph Laird, Photographer 



Published by Bucknell University every 
month except February, June and August 
for alumni, parents, and friends. Entered 
as second-class matter at the post office 
at Lewisburg, Pa. 17837. Return request- 
ed on Form 3579. 



1 



4) 

3 



CO 

c- 



a «-« 



c 



< 
a, 



CO 



c 
o 



! 



o 

H 

Q 
H 

i— i 
< 

2 




The Sigma Alpha Mu fraternity house was offi- 
cially opened at ceremonies on Saturday, May 1 
by the man to whom members dedicated the 
new structure, Harold Stiefel '49. Hal and his 
wife, "Jacquie," have been advisers, counselors, 
and adopted "parents" of the Sammies for the 
past 18 years, and Hal played a major role in 
the rebuilding of the house after it was de- 
stroyed by fire in July 1969. Present at the rib- 
bon-cutting ceremonies were past SAM presi- 
dents Bruce Levi '70, Stan Weindorf '71, and 
Riclmrd Richter '55, and President Charles 
Watts and Vice President John Zeller '41. 
Fraternity President Alan Axelrod served as 
master of ceremonies. 



After this issue went to press, a fire on Sunday, 
May 2 destroyed a biology laboratory and office 
and caused extensive smoke damage on the 
second floor of Taylor Hall. Details will be 
reported in our July issue. 



OCTOBER. 1971 



TM 1ISII1E 1HMII 



"Those involved in 
higher education are going 
to have to get their courage 
back, are going to have to get 
busy again advocating and defending 
the pursuit of knowledge, both to 
their students and to the 
wider public. Many in both camps 
are turned off right now, 
probably because both have been 
led to believe in easy solutions. 
There aren't any, not when you're 
working out on the edge of human 
attitudes and behavior." 

President Charles H. Watts II 
The Paradoxes of Change 



Also in This Issue: 

Which Future 

for Fraternities? 

Assisting Admissions 

Presidential Hopefuls 
and Nominees 

The End Comes for 

The College Inn 




a 

© 

£ 






on 

o 
PQ 

o 

• p* 



D -r- 

c 3 



73. Qj 

^ o 






O _ 



2 -C 



o o 
bO.S 



o „ 
55 W 

P 



O 



" o 



.S So 



on 



O 



o c ■" 



Sh ■ p. <u 



5= > 



o 

o 



(U 

Q 53 

r~ o 

S "3 

2c 





The late Guy Payne '09 stands at entrance to College Inn. Photo is dated 1924. 



The College Inn 
Ends Its Days 



On Campus 



A Personal Reflection 

by 

W. B. Weist '50 



Alfred North Whitehead main- 
tains that philosophy "is the most 
effective of all the intellectual pur- 
suits. It builds cathedrals before 
the workmen have moved a stone, 
and it destrovs them before the 
elements have worn down their 
arches. It is the architect of the 
buildings of the spirit, and it is 
also their solvent: — and the spiri- 
tual precedes the material. Philoso- 
phv works slowly. Thoughts lie 
dormant for ages; and then, almost 
suddenly as it were, mankind finds 
that thev have embodied them- 
selves in institutions."* 5 

This noble expression of idealism 
may seem too far removed from 
the subject of these brief observa- 
tions, but change in several of its 
expressions — social, intellectual, 
moral, emotional, economic, and 
physical — is the subject of several 
essays in this issue. And, since sci- 
ence and technology — the agents of 
change — are usually seen in some 
role as the shapers of things — 
bombs, jets, missiles, pollution, con- 
traceptives, etc. — it may be well to 
examine a concrete historical event 
in a framework of idealism — which 
may really be sentiment substitut- 
ing for reason. Whatever ultimately 
applies, we are compelled to report 
the end of Guybo's — the College 
Inn — the termination of one way 
of life and the beginning of a new 
one. 

Since even" obituary involves 
change as one of its subjects — at 
least public notice of the transition 
from life to death — we must note 
that the official end came for the 
College Inn at "the end of the day" 
on Tuesday, August 31, 1971. The 
coffee pots were cold. The jukebox 
quieted. The crumbs from hun- 
dreds of doughnuts swept from the 
floor. 

A native of the Bucknell campus, 
the College Inn was bom in 1908. 



° A. N. Whitehead, Science and the Mod- 
em World, 1925, pp. VIII and IX. 



OCTOBER 1971 




The late Guy Payne is interviewed by an unidentified Bucknell coed. 
Plwto is dated September, 1948. 



As an undergraduate reporter noted 
in The Woodpecker, the campus 
humor magazine of an earlier era, 
"While the Mandolin Club softly 
discoursed 'When the Roll Is Called 
Up Yonder' and other appropriate 
hymns, Payne's holy hash house 
for the conversion of hungry night- 
hawks into personified bellyaches 
was dedicated Monday evening, 
October 12th, with elaborate cere- 
monies." 

The father of the College Inn 
was the late Guy Payne '09, who, as 
an enterprising student, began sell- 
ing sandwiches, soft drinks and 
coffee to fellow undergraduates to 
help meet his tuition payments. 
The first Inn was a small wooden 
building which had, in Guy's words, 
"all the modern inconveniences." 
That structure yielded to a brick 
building in 1915, and several major 
additions were made to this in 
1924. Although the interior was re- 
modeled several times, this was the 
building which Guy and his wife, 
Alice, gave to the University in 
1960. So, depending on how you 
make your calculations, the College 
Inn at its end was 63, 56, or 47. 

It really doesn't matter, for Guy 
Payne was the College Inn and the 
College Inn was Guy Payne. The 
last 10 years preserved a landmark 
and some memories, but, for those 
who had been served by Guy, 



every trip to the Inn seemed a bit 
like a visit to colonial Williams- 
burg. The real "oldtimers" — those 
with roots in at least the remote 
past of the 1940's and 1950's— rec- 
ognize that the Inn never met the 
standards of Howard Johnson's or 
even MacDonald's. But, then, who 
knew such high standards in those 
days? 

Change is a reality and has had 
eloquent witnesses from ancient 
times to this modern age, where 
not change but its tempo has be- 
come the focus of analysis. Yet, 
one may borrow from the mod- 
erns and the ancients to ask: How 
is it possible to discern change if 
there is not something that per- 
sists, endures, remains unchanged, 
and stands as a background against 
which not only change occurs, but 
its relative speed is measured? 

Take Guy Payne, for example. 
Early in his college career he was 
in trouble with some faculty mem- 
bers and administrators for his edi- 
torial ventures in The Woodpecker. 
Indeed, though his persistent tar- 
gets were booze, Sunday movies, 
smoking, and assorted sins of the 
flesh, he was a committed man, tak- 
ing on campus and community 
when he thought his cause was 
right. In 1952 he spent one hour in 
the Union County jail — after pre- 
paring to serve a three-day sentence 



by bringing along scrubbing brush- 
es and pails to "clean the place 
out" — for refusing to pay a five- 
dollar fine on a charge of failure to 
observe a stop sign. It was a matter 
of principle for Guy, since he had 
for some years charged local au- 
thorities with paving too much at- 
tention to parking meter violations 
and not enough to gambling and 
other offenses. (A friend paid the 
fine rather than see Guy behind 
bars. ) 

And then there was the Guy 
Payne scholarship plan: a job at 
the College Inn, small loans when 
needed, and free food. (Coffee and 
doughnuts went free to faculty 
members — with some possible ex- 
ceptions.) It was a form of charity 
hundreds of alumni accepted be- 
fore, and sometimes after, gradua- 
tion. 

Character — the stamp of the 
personal, the enduring quality of 
an individual which makes an im- 
pression on other individuals and 
on institutions — is at least one of 
the qualities education (lower and 
higher) is forever in search of ways 
to mold. To find, finally locate, and 
be oneself is at least one of the 
goals a liberal education holds out 
to those who become participants 
in the "life" of a college committed 
to the personal, to the creative in- 
dividual expression of a life of 
value to the self and society. 

Perhaps that is what endures at 
Bucknell and what permits us to 
see change with some clarity. De- 
spite the loss of the College Inn — 
a very personal institution — and 
even recognizing the nostalgia 
which its end makes more acute, 
this small event may well be in- 
cluded in the loftier abstractions of 
Whitehead, and it is even possible 
to share his idealistic conclusion 
that "philosophy works slowly" and 
"the spiritual precedes the materi- 
al." In fact, by sharpening our 
memories, it may even be possible 
to dull some of our fears of change, 
remaining hopeful that impersonal 
forces (in the long run) will not 
overwhelm the personal aspirations 
which seek to make some mark in 
history. 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




The Paradoxes 
Of Change 




By President Charles H. Watts II 



This is the text of an address by 
President Charles H. Watts at Con- 
vocation exercises at Bucknell Uni- 
versity on Wednesday, September 
1,1971. 



I WISH this evening to do two 
things. I shall comment upon 
the tremendous forces for 
change which have been generat- 
ed within our culture, if only be- 
cause no real university escapes 
them; indeed, it is at root what uni- 
versities do which has unleashed 
the forces of change. And I shall 
comment upon what I think we 
here might usefully begin to do to 
ensure the continuing usefulness of 
this institution. 

This means that I must run the 
risk of prophecy. One of the para- 
doxes of our time is that virtually 
every prophet finds himself instant- 
ly fulfilled. Youth, for example, has 
yet to devise a new life style which 
does not find itself institutionalized 
by Madison Avenue within the 
year. As William I. Thompson 

OCTOBER 1971 



points out, "One can say almost 
anything about human culture now 
and it will be true, for everything 
is going on at once . . ." ] And Alvin 
Toffler quotes a Chinese proverb: 
"To prophesy is extremely difficult 
— especially with respect to the fu- 
ture." 2 Even though the first of 
these truths may ease the danger 
of the second, it is I think central 
to an understanding of our time to 
realize that we don't know at pres- 
ent how to measure or analyze the 
future, much less how to control it. 
As a member of the British Parlia- 
ment commented, "Society's gone 
random!" 8 

My text really is Toffler's book, 
Future Shock. I commend it to you 
at the very least as a sensitive ex- 
amination of the shock waves which 
dominate our culture, and because 
one finds in reading it so much that 
is terribly familiar from one's own 



1 W. I. Thompson, At the Edge of His- 
tory, 1971, p. ix. 

- Alvin Toffler, Future Shock, 1970, p. 5. 

■i Ibid., p. 447. 



life. He coined the phrase some 
years ago, and by it he meant to 
describe that disorientation which 
occurs within the individual and 
the society when they are subjected 
to too much change too fast. I take 
it that one need not argue much 
about how vast and how unexpect- 
ed are the changes which beset us. 
The subtle and core changes are 
hard to measure, but they appear 
mainly in the breakdown of tradi- 
tional value systems and life styles, 
and they produce in us all a fright- 
ening sense of insecurity. The more 
exotic are at the surface. Only by 
devilish hindsight could one have 
predicted that it would take a prag- 
matic Republican president to an- 
nounce a journey to Peking. The 
act confounds the radical right, 
who must at the least believe that 
someone somewhere has been 
bought, as well as the radical left, 
who presumably can't conceive of 
Mao allowing himself to be co- 
opted in such a fashion. And if I 
remember correctly, I went on va- 
cation in August perfectly persuad- 




ed that a wage and price freeze 
would occur only if somehow FDR 
were reincarnated. Only my fealty 
to the New York Times permitted 
me to believe what I read. 

WE have made of change a 
constant, and have made 
impermanence permanent. 
It appears that even the accelera- 
tion in the rate of change is con- 
stant, although finally such a state- 
ment reduces itself to the absurd. 
But perhaps not so absurd: The 
logical end of constantly acceler- 
ating change within an individual's 
life or within society must be the 
destruction of both, and it does 
seem clear that our prime task is 
to find ways to control change be- 
fore it enters its final mad cycle. 
I don't of course know how to do 
this. 

Too much of tomorrow occurs 
today, while yesterday seems nev- 
er to have been. Nostalgia is our 
only antidote and that's fake. We 
struggle with a momentum which 
seems relentless even as we are 
uncertain about its cause. We had 
thought that our technology would 
serve us, that complexity of life 
must surely have a limit, even that 
we had our first principles firmly 
set down. We seem to have been 
wrong. 

Verities we still seek, and with 
all our old passion, but the only 
one which seems sturdy enough to 
last is the very principle of uncer- 
tainty itself, hardly a comforting 
thought as one struggles to keep 
tomorrow far enough away to per- 
mit some sensible planning for it. 

We suffer a kind of outraged 
bafflement as we discover that even 



the quantum jumps in what we 
know which have occurred in the 
last quarter century lead us no 
closer to virtue. This seems par- 
ticularly outrageous to the intellec- 
tuals, who are optimists, and whose 
stock in trade is thereby tarnished. 
We had for a century thought that 
if we but knew enough, we could 
be expected to make wise choices. 
It now appears that for our time 
one or both of two further assump- 
tions is necessary. Either we have 
but barely scratched the surface 
of what we need to know to bring 
us to wise action, or that what we 
know bears little relation to how 
we choose to act. Both are discour- 
aging assumptions, and I think 
both are true. 

Even on the surface level it 
hasn't occurred to many that as we 
develop more knowledge, as we 
learn better how to control energy 
and manipulate the environment, 
we increase and enlarge the num- 
ber and kind of choices available 
to us, and choices involve value 
judgments, which are the hardest 
kind. Innocently enough, most of 
us had thought otherwise. Thus the 
lovely paradox: a society which 
has committed its energies to ma- 
terial progress, to the development 
of a technocratic state, now finds 
that it has forced itself to releam 
how to make the old humanistic 
decisions about good and bad. Per- 
haps if the humanistists will hang 
on long enough, somebody will ask 
their opinion. 



BUT on a more profound level, 
we had all better — and higher 
education in particular had 
better — take up the first of my 
earlier assumptions, namely that 
we don't yet know the half of what 
we must discover if knowledge and 
wise action are ever to bear any 
sensible relation one to the other. 
I do not know how soon the money 
may be found for it, but we need 
right now to support the study of 
human behavior with as much na- 
tional enthusiasm as we put behind 
science and technology in the 
1950's. As one commentator has put 
it: 



"Millions of men and women now 
have the power — and thus the ne- 
cessity — to make conscious deci- 
sions on matters that we once left 
largely to accident, tradition, na- 
ture, habit, God, or the unconscious 
self. This is the thing that scares 

people more than anything else 
"i 

Of course it scares us, because 
we have only a little knowledge 
about how to make the decisions. 
One of the major tasks facing edu- 
cation today is to convince the 
know-nothings that it isn't knowl- 
edge which has failed us, but sim- 
plv that we haven't pushed ignor- 
ance back far enough. It won't be 
an easy task. When the public 
says, as it does with increasing fre- 
quency, that it wants more educa- 
tion for less money, what it is re- 
flecting is a sense of betrayal. All 
that money spent, all those cam- 
puses built, and still we have prob- 
lems — that was not how the public 
read the promise of the great edu- 
cational boom of the fifties and 
sixties. 

Those involved in higher educa- 
tion are going to have to get their 
courage back, are going to have to 
get busy again advocating and de- 
fending the pursuit of knowledge, 
both to their students and to the 
wider public. Many in both camps 
are turned off right now, probably 
because both have been led to be- 
lieve in easy solutions. There aren't 
any, not when you're working out 
on the edge of human attitudes and 
behavior. I fear for those young 
people who can't accept this. What 
is needed is more knowledge, not 
less; tolerance of complexity, not 
simplicities. We have already ali- 
enated a lot of our best students, 
turned them away somehow from 
a love of learning. Had we showed 
them how much you need to know 
to move men even an inch in the 
right direction, they might have 
stayed with us. If there is one task 
which teaching should set for it- 
self now, it is to demonstrate that 
learning is in the final and purest 
sense functional to life. 



1 T. George Harris, National Observer, 
August 30, 1971, p. 12. 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



I want to make it clear how dif- 
ficult that will be to do. Functional 
implies an immediate translation of 
idea into action, and we are at a 
time of such confusion, of such 
lack of orderly pattern in our na- 
tional experience, that often the 
immediate application of idea to 
problem to produce beneficial ac- 
tion, produces instead its opposite. 
Our problems are too complex, our 
knowledge still too limited, for it 
to be otherwise. What combination 
of idea to problem produced the 
following, a paradoxical, overstat- 
ed view of America's relations with 
China? 

"We are supposed to be a spir- 
itual, God-fearing nation in conflict 
with the Godless materialism of the 
Communist countries. And yet 
Mao's China is built on self-sacri- 
fice, hard work, frugality, Benedic- 
tine poverty, ecological respect for 
nature, and deep belief in the 
power of meditation on the thought 
of Mao. In Mao's Mary Baker Eddy 
version of Marxist dialectical ma- 
terialism, if one has right thinking 
he does not need machines. Mao 
thinks he is creating a relis.ion-less 
society, but really he has created 
the largest Puritan state in the his- 
tory of mankind. We think ive are 
the inheritors of Plymouth Planta- 
tion, but actually we are the deca- 
dent Europe that the Pilgrims tried 
to leave behind." 1 



I THINK you will see that the 
kind of functionalism I am talk- 
ing about is something other 
than that which produces such par- 
adoxes. One of the great tragedies 
of the 1960's occurred when many 
of us, seeing and feeling the bleed- 
ing problems of our nation, charged 
in with simple idea and profound 
emotion to solve those problems, 
only to discover that we didn't 
know enough. It should be our 
business to convince ourselves and 
our students that only a sophisti- 
cated combination of concern and 
knowledge is likely to have much 



1 W. I. Thompson, "We Become What 
We Hate," New York Times, July 25, 
1971, sec. 4, p. 11. 

OCTOBER 1971 



effect upon the great difficulties of 
this time of accelerating change. 

There is every likelihood, I be- 
lieve, that institutions of higher ed- 
ucation themselves will require the 
application of precisely that com- 
bination of concern and knowledge 
if they are to remain useful, as they 
must. 

It is likely that the great state 
systems of public higher education 
will in the years ahead become 
more nearly one national system, 
and it is likely that we will see in 
that system wide use of technologi- 
cal teaching devises and standard- 
ization of teaching techniques. The 
system will almost surely seek to 
adapt the planning techniques of 
industrial corporations, and we 
may expect gradually to find it 
more overtly responsive to the man- 
power needs of the nation, organiz- 
ing its curricula more nearly in 
terms of the skills in demand by 
business and government. Such a 
system, once it becomes overtly 
national, will exert very great pow- 
er over our society. 

All of which leaves the indepen- 
dent institutions in a quite pre- 
carious position, but that shouldn't 
bother them too much, for until 
quite recently that was the condi- 
tion they had grown accustomed 
to. The obvious problem they will 
face is evident now, and it is of 
course financial, which is in fact 
their old and continuing problem. 
What will be new in their prob- 
lems tomorrow will be a sharp rela- 
tive decline in their influence, pos- 
sibly in their prestige. 

To put the matter in the simplest 
way, few independent institutions 
will remain strong tomorrow unless 
they can identify and then market 
the things they can do better than 
the emerging national system. Here 
at Bucknell we will begin, this 
year, in anticipation of an accred- 
iting visit, a difficult examination 
of our goals and purposes. I would 
propose that the several commit- 
tees which will be involved in this 
review take as their major concern 
this very question. It is not an easy 
one, both because it is so ab- 
stract and because the society in 
whose behalf we seek to be useful 




is changing so rapidly. But clearly, 
unless we have been kidding our- 
selves, there must be some identifi- 
able characteristics of life at this 
institution which mark it as dif- 
ferent, say, from either a land- 
grant university or a state college. 
What are they, and which among 
them are the most valuable? Which 
are likely to be most useful tomor- 
row? 



FOR example, we have for years 
heard talk of institutions join- 
ing together in consortia, the 
purpose being both to save money 
and to increase each institution's 
variety of strengths. I have never 
believed that such consortia do 
much good, but they may tomorrow, 
when we really do achieve the ca- 
pacity to videotape lectures, to 
make sophisticated use of closed 
circuit television, and to hook our 
libraries into a real information 
retrieval system. And what, pray 
tell, will that leave alive at Buck- 
nell? If at the extreme it is all to 
be a matter of earphones and 
screens, why shouldn't each stu- 
dent stay home and plug in there? 
That's not as silly a question as it 
may appear to be. What it means 
is that we must discover and then 
nourish the subtle aids and encour- 
agements to learning which do in 
fact permeate the air of a strong 
college or university. 
The task is at least twofold. 
First, we must determine what 




body of knowledge it is that we 
wish to deal with, and build cur- 
ricula which will support the ef- 
fort, utilizing whatever mechani- 
cal aids may be available. I think 
we have, for example, a nearly 
unique opportunity to bring the 
study of engineering and the study 
of the social sciences together, but 
we are going to have to work at it 
much harder tomorrow than we 
have in the past. I recognize of 
course that designing a curriculum 
brings us up at once against the 
old renaissance man question, a 
question I see no solution to, but 
that shouldn't discourage us from 
tearing apart and putting together 
the several disciplines until some- 
thing more like order emerges. 

Second, we really do have to look- 
closely at how the structure of the 
university's life, its schedules, its 
physical spaces, where people are 
and whom they meet, support or 
detract from learning. The possi- 
bilities are great if we can be imag- 
inative enough. For example, if the 
January Plan has taught us any- 
thing it is that undergraduates can 
devise learning experiences quite 
outside the regular classroom pat- 
terns which are very meaningful. 
Some of those experiences occur 
here and some occur elsewhere. 
Two comments occur to me. First, 
the January Plan need not occur 
only in January, a profound 
thought. It might in one of a dozen 
versions occur even in August. If 



we worked with innocent thoughts 
like this hard enough, we might 
even solve some of the problems 
of plant utilization in the summer. 
Second, we will need to make use 
of the concept of the extended uni- 
versity. The cloister was once a 
highly functional concept, and it 
still has many virtues, but there is 
no point in pretending that learn- 
ing occurs only on our hill. I see 
considerable virtue in a curriculum 
which will permit a student to earn 
credit by examination, by self-di- 
rected study here or elsewhere, 
even through work experiences. I 
see virtue too in encouraging a 
concerned student to break off his 
formal learning when he feels the 
need; it doesn't all have to be done 
in four years. 

Which brings me to a possibly 
heretical thought. What I have 
been saying presumes the interest 
and serious commitment of a large 
part of the student body. If the 
curriculum is to be more flexible 
and if students are to have more 
to say in designing their patterns 
of study, as I think they should, 
then we must have some assurance 
that no undue number of them are 
asleep and drifting through four 
years on no more than craft and 
native wit. I don't quite know how 
to do it, but we might consider 
some system of advisement — in my 
worse moments I call it an audit — 
which would seek to measure 
whether a given student was in 
general really working up near the 
limit of his potential, some system 
which went beyond grades, one 
which would, hopefully in a kindly 
fashion, urge the student to go do 
something else for a time if little 
learning were occurring here. 

In something like the same vein, 
I think we must consider too how 
effective we are in counselling stu- 
dents about career choices. Some 
settle into rigid preparation too 
early and some much too late. It 
is not only the current recession 
which brings me to this thought, 
but more importantly the need to 
aid our students in seeing how cer- 
tain modes of thought relate, or 
don't relate, to various careers and 
life patterns. We need not let this 



go until what will probably con- 
tinue to be a decreasing number of 
recruiters show up. 



THERE are days when I think 
such counselling should be di- 
rected at administrators and 
faculty too. Are people in universi- 
ties to be the only ones in our test- 
less society who can't switch gears 
in midcourse? We might even de- 
vise ways in which to ease tired 
college presidents into more pro- 
ductive ways of life. We may wish 
to rethink our concept of the sab- 
batical year with this in mind, and 
we may wish to encourage both 
faculty and staff more strongly 
than we have to enroll in study 
beyond their primary discipline. I 
am sure at least that we must do 
more to provide ways for career 
refreshment and enhancement for 
our administrative colleagues if we 
are to hope that they will remain 
productive. 

If we can increase the serious- 
ness of our commitment to learn- 
ing, and make the curriculum more 
flexible, then I hope too that we 
will experiment with what might 
be called intermittent learning 
communities, groups of 50 or a 100 
students and faculty who gather to- 
gether for a time, perhaps a semes- 
ter, in a place, perhaps a dormi- 
tory, to pursue study of some well- 
defined theme. While it may not 
be apparent at first, such a group- 
ing has some things in common 
with the excitements which are 
generated between a committed 
teaching faculty in a strong de- 
partment and their major students. 
It can be the most efficient form 
of learning of all. 

We ought also to examine the 
entire matter of the four-year de- 
gree. There is no cabalistic signifi- 
cance in the number four, and 
what we ought to consider is how 
we may best measure the quality 
of work done rather than time in 
grade. Years ago I tried to float 
the idea of general examinations, 
to be taken at entrance or inter- 
mittently during the first two 
years, successful completion of 
which would entitle the student to 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



move at once into his major course 
of studv. Perhaps the idea will sink 
again this time, but mavbe not. 

And playing with the calendar of 
course permits us also to extend 
the stav of students who wish to 
and who are qualified. Our curricu- 
la should be open-ended so far as 
our resources permit. I am im- 
pressed bv the success which sev- 
eral departments have had with 
the combined bachelors and mas- 
ter's degree program. I wish we 
might do more of this sort of thing, 
because I am convinced that in the 
long run institutions like Bucknell 
will be spending most of their ener- 
gies on what we would now call 
the third, fourth, and fifth vears, 
with the master's degree becoming 
both more common and more re- 
spected. 

We have shown at Bucknell in 
recent vears a fair willingness to 
join together, students, faculty, and 
administration, to work for the 
good of the institution. Some im- 
portant results have been obtained, 
particularly I think in the demon- 
strated willingness of students to 
serve on vital university commit- 
tees. I hope we may proceed fur- 
ther to examine how all members 
of our community may participate, 
as their competence and their ac- 
countability mav allow, in the gov- 
ernment of the institution. We still 
have struggling in the wings the 
university senate concept, and I am 
hopeful that this year it mav 
emerge as part of the way in which 
we do our business. It will certain- 
ly be true tomorrow, if it is not 
true today, that we will need both 
clear authority for the central exec- 
utive and some very meaningful 
forum in which the inevitablv dif- 
fering views of our several con- 
stituencies may be reconciled. No 
fundamental change occurs in a 
university unless, in what may ap- 
pear to be a contradiction, it is 
strongly supported by administra- 
tive action and strongly endorsed 
by the community as a whole. We 
will, in the next vear or two, be 
considering matters of such funda- 
mental importance that we will re- 
quire a clear and strong governing 
structure. 

OCTOBER 1971 



LET me talk finally about mon- 
ey and about priorities. The 
relative lack of the former 
makes the latter ever more impor- 
tant. We have I think done well 
in recent vears to increase our re- 
sources, and I will again this vear 
be spending most of my time in 
our continuing development effort. 
Indeed I see little prospect that 
anyone in my position will be per- 
mitted to do much else in the fore- 
seeable future. But it is clear, un- 
less some totallv unexpected wind- 
fall occurs, an occurrence from 
which of course I would not flee, 
that we must reconcile ourselves 
to the fact that our budgets simplv 
cannot endlesslv expand. 

As I have said elsewhere, most 
of us received our training and 
early experience in an expanding 
economv, in an educational svstem 
funded more heavily each year. 
The curve has clearlv flattened, 
and in some areas it has fallen. I 
believe that it will rise again, but 
not immediatelv, and we must use 
the intervening vears to devise and 
accustom ourselves to a more pre- 
cise definition of our priorities, to a 
meaningful svstem of long-range 
planning, and even to clear mea- 
sures of the efficacy and efficiency 
of each of our activities. I mean to 
include in this all portions of the 
university, administrative, academ- 
ic, extracurricular — what have you. 
We must examine everything from 
class size to utilization of plant, 
from how each of us spends his 
time to how we might spend it 
better. 

As part of this effort, I will be 
discussing shortlv with my col- 
leagues the propriety of devoting 
a given percentage of our operat- 
ing budget in the future to what 
any other corporate organization 
would call research and develop- 
ment. It is remarkable, after all, 
that of all institutions universities 
should spend so little of their funds 
devising ways to do what they do 
better. You will have noted, I am 
sure, the camel's nose of contract 
work by industrial firms in elemen- 
tary education, where payment is 
determined bv the quality and 
amount of change measured in the 




pupils involved. Thev really do be- 
lieve they can do better, and per- 
haps they can. But I would a lot 
rather have us contract to our- 
selves, as it were. It is, after all, 
the fellow who owns the blanket 
who makes the most out of any 
poker game. And it would be won- 
derful if we could get to the point 
where we actuallv enjoved exam- 
ining and changing our procedures, 
and trusted the means wherebv we 
sought to measure the effect of 
what we do. 

That I suppose is the root of the 
problem and the possibility, in the 
entire business of setting down 
priorities within an academic in- 
stitution. To turn the . old saw 
which savs that education is too 
important to be left to educators, 
I would insist that its imports are 
too large and its methods too fra- 
gile to be left to anyone who does 
not cherish learning — so we had 
better get busv ourselves, with tact 
but with firmness. 

The members of the freshman 
class who are here tonight mav 
believe that I have not been speak- 
ing to them, but of course I have. 
What they should have gathered 
from these remarks is that they 
have joined a quite human, ener- 
getic, contesting and ambitious en- 
terprise. Hidden behind all our ef- 
forts is the wildly optimistic belief 
that by careful study of himself 
and his world, man mav somehow 
improve his lot. I can think of noth- 
ing else which would justify our 
struggles with our own imperfec- 
tions, and if each of you really 
chooses to participate in the life of 
the university, you will add to our 
strength, and, perhaps to your sur- 
prise, you will enjoy it. We are a 
selfish lot, you will find, selfish in 
our respect for knowledge, and 
proud too, proud of what each of 
you has the capacity to make of his 
life. You are very welcome here. 




Which 
Future 
For 
Fraternities? 



By Dr. Wendell I. Smith '46 
Provost, Bucknell University 



Brothers of TKE aid Borough of Lewisburg in 
April 1971 "Clean-up Campaign." Below, initiation 
rites and frolic underway in fountain located in 
Academic Quadrangle. 




-**WKS(gfc~.' 



k 







THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



THE scene on many campuses 
these davs appears to be sim- 
ilar to that which was de- 
scribed recently in the Bowdoin 
Orient, "Poor rushes, few pledges, 
dwindling membership, financial 
crisis, dining at the fraternity house 
is terminated, the group spirit 
wanes, the fraternity closes." 

What can be done about this 
scene, if anything? It is almost cer- 
tain that one of the possible an- 
swers offered is that better man- 
agement be provided, particularly 
better management of the physical 
plants and all of the services which 
fraternities use. For example, the 
fraternities at Bucknell might in- 
vent a cooperative svstem for main- 
tenance of their physical plants 
and for the purchase of all services 
which they require, including din- 
ing services. This act, bv itself, 
would produce some positive re- 
sults but they would tend to be 
more limited than one might ex- 
pect. Good management brings 
about an immediate short-run bene- 
fit but it does not come to grips 
with the main issue, which is why 
fraternity membership has become 
less attractive to students. 

A second possibility, one that ob- 
viously is not in any disagreement 
with better management practices, 
is to bring the many talents of fra- 
ternity alumni and undergraduates 
to bear on the problem of mem- 
bership by organizing a serious 
study or investigation of the possi- 
ble roles of fraternities in the Buck- 
nell educational community. This 
studv might use a variety of tech- 
niques — those usually associated 
with marketing, advertising, and 
finance and including surveys, in- 
terviews, quantitative analysis, dis- 
cussions, encounter groups, scal- 
ing techniques, among other 
things. The study might begin by 
ascertaining the specific and gen- 



Provost Smith, former chairman 
of the department of psychology, 
has been a member of the faculty 
since 1946. This article is based on 
remarks to the Alumni Interfrater- 
nity Council, presented on April 
24, 1971. 

OCTOBER 1971 



eral goals of the University and 
how the University plans to meet 
them. Once these are determined, 
the studv can then address itself 
to the role which fraternities might 
play in meeting the University's 
goals. This would include the de- 
sign of programs to meet the goals, 
tests of the programs, evaluations 
of them and, finally, the initiation 
on a regular basis of those pro- 
grams which are related to the 
University's goals. 



w 



HY should fraternities do 
these things? These are not 
the traditional roles of fra- 
ternities; the traditional roles are 
dying so one might conclude that 
the new role is "adapt or wither." 
Those with a good ear seem to 
be hearing the message these davs 
that students want considerable re- 
sponsibility for their own educa- 
tion and the freedom to learn. In- 




^ 



dividual freedom and responsibility 
is a national cry, as is diversity in 
goals and pluralism in programs 
whether social or educational. If 
fraternities wish to be a significant 
part of education, it appears to me 
that it would be desirable for them 
to do something with the message 
of individual freedom and respon- 
sibility, including the freedom to 
learn. 

Harold Taylor, once the presi- 
dent of Sarah Lawrence, has a 
number of suggestions regarding 
changes which might be under- 
taken on some campuses to bring 
about a more reasonable accom- 
modation between the needs of 
students and society on the one 
hand and the offerings of colleges 
and universities on the other. I see 



no reason why some of the pro- 
posals which Tavlor has made in 
two books, Hoic to Change Col- 
leges and Students Without Teach- 
ers, cannot be applied to a lhdng 
unit as well as to a college itself. 
Taylor notes, "The total effect of 
the svstem of higher education is 
to divorce learning from life, to put 
the student in a passive role, and to 
force him through the studv of ma- 
terials which are irrelevant to his 
own interests and to the needs and 
problems of the society around him. 
"The social restrictions of campus 
life treat the student as a child 
rather than as a responsible young 
adult." 

CHANGE is occurring on some 
campuses and it certainly is 
occurring at Bucknell — rap- 
idly in the case of social restric- 
tions, more slowly in the case of 
educational restrictions on freedom 
to learn. Where have the fraterni- 
ties been in this movement? What 
force for change are the fraterni- 
ties at Bucknell? What force could 
they be? 

In the past, fraternities have 
tended to be organized around 
three criteria: ethnic-religious, eco- 
nomic, and social status. The last 
two of these tend to be important 
considerations at the present time 
while the first, ethnic-religious, 
tends to be of relatively little sig- 
nificance in the recruiting practices 
of most fraternities. The effect of 
an organization based on these cri- 
teria is to provide some sense of 
belonging to a group with common 
characteristics but not to a center 
concerned with learning. If we con- 
sider that more is learned by stu- 
dents and can be learned by stu- 
dents from each other than is 
learned in the typical classroom, 
then students might well be con- 
cerned with the conditions under 
which thev organize themselves 
outside of the classroom for this 
learning to occur. There is great 
diversity in the student body at 
Bucknell University, much more 
diversity than is recognized by 
campus voices such as The Buck- 
nellian and much more than is 
likelv to be found in a fraternity if 

9 



that fraternity restricts its criteria 
to economic, social status, and some 
general concern with ethnic-reli- 
gious variables. If it is true that 
fraternities organize around these 
criteria and that by organizing 
around them diversity is reduced, 
then fraternity organization dis- 
courages learning from each other; 
instead, it encourages reinforce- 
ment of the values and beliefs with 
which one enters the organization 
and tends to guarantee their pres- 
ervation. 



I 



T is quite conceivable that some 
fraternities could become learn- 
ing centers, especially those 
fraternities which are having the 
greatest difficulty in filling their 
houses. Solvency for some frater- 
nities may lie in becoming much 
more intellectually oriented than 
has ever been the case in the past. 
One of the difficulties with the 
suggestion that fraternities concern 
themselves much more with intel- 
lectual matters, is that it all sounds 
like an extension of the classroom 
and a great bore to all but the most 
dedicated students. The suggestion 
is not that fraternities organize 
themselves for formal learning, in- 
stead it is that fraternities organize 
themselves for a different style of 
living, a style that emphasizes cul- 
tural as well as recreational and so- 
cial factors. As Dr. Woodward has 
noted, I have been a neighbor of 
these fraternities in this area for a 
great many years, in fact, since the 
Psychology Department was locat- 
ed in the Library in 1951. Over the 
yea'rs, I have noted a number of 
occupations of the residents of 
these houses, and it is not my in- 
tention to suggest that any of these 
occupations be reduced. For ex- 
ample, throwing frisbees, playing 
touch football, and shagging fly 
balls is a perfectly reasonable and 
pleasant pastime for men your age. 
Raising the windows and entertain- 
ing the campus with whatever mu- 
sic is in fashion at the time, again, 
is a perfectly reasonable pastime. 
Beer parties, dances, dating, eating, 
sleeping, etc., all are an important 
part of any life style and fraterni- 

10 



ties need to occupy themselves 
with these matters, but not to the 
total exclusion of a style of life 
which emphasizes other aspects of 
the culture which also can bring 
pleasure. 

How might significant change be 
brought about? Perhaps it could 
occur by: 

(a) Collaboration between two or 
more fraternities on a program. 

(b) Sponsorship of one or more 
fraternities by an academic de- 
partment or departments. 

(c) The initiative of a single fra- 
ternity. 

(d) Collaboration between a fra- 
ternity and an external agency. 

Let me give some examples: 

1. The willingness of young men to 
devote time to young children is 
remarkable. A number of frater- 
nities gave freely of their time 
and resources to programs for 
young children in Lewisburg 
and to those in an orphanage in 
Sunbury. A tremendous amount 
of pleasure and learning and 
liberalizing can occur through 
working with children. One of 
the important programs which 



this 



dus might welcome 



campiio 

would be a combined day-care 



center and child-study center. 
There are many working moth- 
ers in this area, as in others, 
and there are almost no facili- 
ties for the care of pre-school 
children. When I look at the 
facilities available in this house 
where we are meeting and on 
this floor where we have dined, 
I can only marvel at what a fine 
place it would be for a day-care 
center operated by one or more 
fraternities and sororities with 
the encouragement and guid- 
ance of the Department of Edu- 
cation, the Department of Psy- 
chology, people associated with 
Head Start in Union County, and 
the Lewisburg Nursery School. 
With such a facility, a whole 
variety of your talents could be 
brought to bear in devising and 
operating the program and in 
conducting research on children. 
A whole range of your interests 
in education from economics to 
human development could be 
met through the program, but 
most important of all would be 
the satisfaction of knowing that 
you were contributing to the 
growth, the development, the 
life of another human being. 
You would be able to gain the 
cooperation of a number of 




Countdown begins for the cart races on campus. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



women, some of them faenltv 
wives and the wives of Bueknell 
staff and other women in the 
community, who long for this 
opportunity, also. You would 
learn much as young men from 
these women five to ten years 
vour senior, much that will nev- 
er be gained from bull sessions, 
dating girls your age, class- 
rooms, mass media, etc. Your 
whole lives might be richer and 
vour marriages much more ful- 
filling through knowing both the 
children and the women who 
would be interested in assisting 
in a program for them. Above 
all, if any of you ever have the 
courage to undertake this, make 
it your program, not theirs. Be 
responsible for it yourselves and 
engage the cooperation of oth- 
ers but do not become the assis- 
tants to outside groups. 
2. Some fraternities have a long 
tradition of a strong interest in 
athletics and recreation. There 
is considerable "education" in 
physical education and recrea- 
tion to which colleges have 
given very little attention. There 
has been a tendency to relegate 
physical education to a secon- 
dary status, and Bueknell has 
been no exception in this regard 
since we have removed, for all 
intents and purposes, anv credit 
in the academic program for 
physical education. A commit- 
tee will propose to the Univer- 
sity Faculty that we begin to 
investigate seriously the role 
which the body plavs in educa- 
tion since the distinction be- 
tween mind and body is philos- 
ophically naive and of relative- 
ly limited use even for conver- 
sational purposes. If mind is not 
physical, we are in more trouble 
than we know. Why not have 
one or more fraternities join to- 
gether with the departments 
concerned with physical educa- 
tion, with the public schools of 
the Lewisburg area, and with 
the area recreation group to op- 
erate an off-campus recreation 
center? Again, the programs 
could be devised by the fra- 
ternities and operated by them 

OCTOBER 1971 



in part and in part by members 
of the community. For those 
who have interests in research 
on so-called non-intellectual fac- 
tors in education, the program 
would provide excellent oppor- 
tunities for that end. If we re- 
member that the verb in recre- 
ation is to re-create, that play 
is a universal and pleasurable 
experience, and that recreation 
occupies potentially a very sig- 
nificant place in the rest of your 
lives, any fraternities which 
chose to develop a project of 
this type would be very much 
in touch with an area that Buck- 
nell's curriculum does not en- 
compass to anv significant de- 
gree. Furthermore, if a frater- 
nity were to work regularly with 
members of the community off 
campus, this time more with 
men probably than with women, 
vou again would have an oppor- 
tunity for a form of education 
and a setting for education 
which could be of great sig- 
nificance to you. I am referring 
to the opportunity to work with 
young men five, ten, or fifteen 
vears older than vou. men from 
whom you could learn a great 
many things of importance 
about yourselves and for your- 
selves since they would be men 
who like yourselves have chosen 
careers in business and in the 
professions. There is no reason 
why your lives and the lives of 
other students must stop at the 
edge of the campus and there is 
no reason why the residents of 
the Lewisburg area should ex- 
clude themselves or feel exclud- 
ed from this campus. Fraterni- 
ties have as members men who 
could become an important part 
of the community if they wish 
to do so. 
3. A fraternity which has a close 
and traditional association ivith 
a sorority might initiate a center 
for women's studies. Again, as 
the Women's Liberation Move- 
ment matures, there will be ex- 
cellent opportunities for serious 
discussion under natural condi- 
tions, that is, under non-class- 
room conditions, of the role of 




women in all segments of Amer- 
ican society. It would be mar- 
velous indeed for a sorority and 
a fraternity to steal a march on 
a faculty and to initiate its own 
formal program of concern for 
educational studies for women. 
I am not referring to courses but 
rather to opportunities to con- 
front self with self where in this 
instance the sexual role has 
been dominant but will become 
subordinate. 

4. A fraternity or more might join 
with one or more of the depart- 
ments concerned with fine arts 
and develop a program of crea- 
tive arts for the house. We have 
much too little opportunity in 
our lives to express ourselves 
through painting, sculpting, 
drawing, the dance and drama. 
Again, why not recruit some 
members who have these inter- 
ests and devote a portion of the 
space and of your time to the 
support of the creative arts in 
whatever form and in whatever 
ways appeal to the house? I feel 
quite certain that you could ob- 
tain cooperation from one or 
more members of those who 
teach studio work in the Depart- 
ment of Ait in a program which 
would have very wide appeal 
to most of you and to the 
campus. 

5. The possibility for linking to- 
gether one or more fraternities, a 
local economic development as- 

11 




satiation, and BuckneU's Insti- 
tute for Regional Affairs might 
be appealing to a fraternity 
which has a high proportion of 
its students enrolled in business 
and in engineering. The frater- 
nity might adopt as its theme 
"A Concern for Regional Plan- 
ning" and seek the cooperation 
of whatever agencies are con- 
cerned with these matters for 
the development of its program. 

OF course, for those fraterni- 
ties which have not yet con- 
fronted serious financial 
problems, there are opportunities 
for less-intensive participation. Any 
fraternity ought to seek diligently 
to sponsor, organize, develop, co- 
ordinate, and present a symposium 
or colloquy at least one weekend 
each semester. A house might try 
to maintain a general theme for 
several years, for example, drama- 
tic literature, politics, new careers. 
In addition, fraternities might spon- 
sor their own Jan Plans. 

To be sure, there may be a fra- 
ternity that wants a more intensive 
experience and involvement than 
anything which I have mentioned 
and to that fraternity I would sug- 
gest that efforts be made to or- 
ganize an internal commune or liv- 
ing situation in which all individu- 
als intentionally teach each other 
whatever they know. Again, the 
selection might favor a theme such 
as ecology, recreation, politics, jour- 
nalism, creative writing, creative 
arts, or some combination of these. 
An internal or campus communal 
learning center could be linked to 
external communes, communes lo- 

12 



cated in local areas or at some dis- 
tance from the campus. The New 
York Times tells us that there are 
now more than three thousand 
well-established communes in the 
country, and it is clear that this is a 
form of living and life stvle which 
will grow. 

After a fraternity has a well-es- 
tablished program, if it believes 
that it has true educational merit 
in a formal sense, that is, that it is 
engaged in intentional learning, 
then it might petition for academic 
credit. I am a strong champion of 
efforts to devise a three-year de- 
gree based on competence and ma- 
turity. Some of the ideas which are 
current, including those concerned 
with off-campus study and better 
use of leisure time, lend themselves 
quite well to utilizing thirty-six 
months of one's life toward a rea- 
sonably well-defined set of out- 
comes. When this is accomplished, 
there appears to me to be no earth- 
ly reason why individuals cannot 
receive credit regardless of where 
their activity is carried on and that 
should include the fraternity house. 
One spends eight to ten hours per 
day of his waking life for five or 
more days per week for 28 to 30 
weeks or more in a particular sit- 
uation where the benefits of being 
there are planned or programmed 
toward outcomes, then credit 
should be awarded without ques- 
tion. 



IN a very real sense, the stronger 
the college the more unbal- 
anced the lives of its students 
because those lives tend to be 
pushed very much into academic 
pursuits by the educational pro- 
grams leaving the rest of the lives 
to the students' own ends. The ex- 
amples which I have presented all 
are intended to be a means of 
bringing some balance into a stu- 
dent's life between highly struc- 
tured classroom experience and 
unstructured fraternity life. A fra- 
ternity house can and probably 
ought to be more than a place to 
eat, sleep, bring dates, drink, 
dance, shag fly balls, throw fris- 
bees, and play touch football. It 



can be a place for gracious living, 
for a life style different from that 
which is possible in our dormitor- 
ies. By varying the criteria used to 
select your members and having 
those criteria fit a motif or style, 
a fraternity can become a cultural 
center in the best sense of culture 
and that does bring pleasure and 
fun back into the house. My pre- 
diction is that it also will bring 
more members to the house and 
that the financial problems of fra- 
ternities at Bucknell will decrease 
as the function of their ability to 
adopt a theme of living and select 
students for it effectively. A college 
is a living place as well as a meet- 
ing place and a study place. It is 
a place for fostering intellectual 
and personal growth, a place where 
the curricula and the extra-curricu- 
la "should be encouraged to con- 
nect with each other." 
Why not give it a try? 




* f-^fTx* * 




THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




Assisting the Admissions Office 



"Information is one of the most 
valuable resources in the work of 
the Admissions Office" observes 
Fitz R. Walling '46, director of 
admissions at Bucknell since that 
office was established in 1957. 
"However, what I mean by infor- 
mation consists not merely of test 
scores and grades — a kind of ab- 
stract track record of past academic 
accomplishments and potential 
achievement — but also includes 
some way of getting a clear picture 
of an applicant's personal qualities 
and out-of-the-classroom activities." 

AS a professional who has been 
involved since 1953 with the 
admission of students at 
Bucknell (he joined the staff of the 
Registrar's Office as admissions 
counselor when that office included 
the admissions program), Mr. Wal- 
ling notes that "information works 
both ways, and one of the critical 

OCTOBER 1971 



tasks of admissions work is to see 
that each applicant has an under- 
standing of Bucknell's degree pro- 
grams, the overall environment of 
the University and some sense of 
its history. In other words, the in- 
dividual applying for admission 
must get a clear picture of how 
Bucknell can meet his or her plans, 
aspirations, and needs. Some of this 
can be provided by printed materi- 
als and supplemented by motion 
pictures or slides, but some of it 
must also come from personal con- 
tacts." 

Since information and a two-way 
channel for information are such 
essential elements of the admis- 
sions program, members of the 
staffs of the alumni office, the ad- 
missions office and of the board of 
directors of the Bucknell Alumni 
Association began consultations 
several years ago in an effort to 
design a program in which selected 



alumni could serve as an extension 
of the information arm of the Ad- 
missions Office. 

"The program we planned delib- 
erately excluded recruitment of 
new students. We did not wish to 
have alumni volunteers involved in 
a 'sales' promotion for admissions," 
Mr. Walling stressed. "The num- 
ber of applicants for admission to 
Bucknell has exceeded 4,500 for 
the past six years, while our fresh- 
man class has averaged around 725. 
So, we really focused upon two 
goals: the ways to provide appli- 
cants with all the pertinent infor- 
mation about Bucknell, and the 
means to obtain the clearest pic- 



Above, Fitz R. Walling '46, director of 
admissions, studies application materials 
with Richard C. Skelton '60, associate 
director of admissions. 

13 




Participants in the admissions workshop, 
above, held on campus September 17 and 
18, discuss sessions with Gary Ripple, at 
right, assistant director of admissions. 
Alumni include, left to right, Paul Pig- 
man '56, 268 Rutledge Drive, Bridgeville, 
Pa.; Peter Cheyney '65, 6 Bisbee Drive, 
Newark, Del.; and Lucien Karlovec '58, 
2811 Kersdale Road, Pepper Pike, Ohio. 
Below, James Carlson '59 and his wife, 
Lynne, talk about volunteer program. 



ture possible of the personal quali- 
ties and non-academic achieve- 
ments of applicants for admission," 
Mr. Walling observed. 

THE result of this careful 
planning effort is the Alumni 
Admissions Assistance Pro- 
gram (AAAP) now aiding interest- 
ed students and their families in 
local schools and communities in 
twelve major metropolitan areas 
of the nation. 

G. Gary Ripple, assistant direc- 
tor of admissions who has worked 
with alumni volunteers during the 
past two years, explained that the 
areas in which the Alumni Admis- 
sions Assistance Program operates 



mm0®m §r* 



> 




14 



are carefully selected by the Ad- 
missions Office staff. "There are 
just not enough days of the year 
or man-hours available to serve 
certain areas from which we are 
receiving an increasing number of 
applicants," he noted. However, in 
selecting an area for alumni assis- 
tance, the staff considers the dis- 
tance from the campus and the 
number of private and public sec- 
ondary schools in the area. "Bos- 
ton, for example, has too many 
schools for us to cover in a one- 
or two-man work week. Finally, 
we are aware that there are areas 
with potential interest in Bucknell 
and these we hope to develop," he 
stressed. 

"When an area has been identi- 
fied in which we think alumni as- 
sistance would be of value," Mr. 
Ripple explained, "the Admissions 
Office staff must then select an area 
chairman for the program who, in 
turn, helps our staff select the 
members of the committee who 
will serve in that area. Once the 
process of selection is completed, 
the staff initiates a training pro- 
gram. This consists of a seminar, 
in the local area, covering the over- 
all admissions process, an overview 
of the purposes of the AAAP, and 
an orientation about the Bucknell 
of today. It also includes a kind of 
(See page 31) 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



1955-The Bucknell University Campus- 1955 



- -r *- 




This aerial view of campus was taken in early spring of 1955. Large arrow 
at center points to area where Freas Hall and Marts Hall now stand. 
Arrow at right points to location of Rooke Chapel and arrow at left indi- 
cates site of new University Center. Photo was taken looking south. Steam 
plant is in background along river and Moore Avenue is in foreground, 
lower left. (For aerial view of campus in 1971, see page 16.) 



OCTOBER 1971 



15 



1971 -The Bucknell University Campus- 1971 




This aerial vieiv of the campus teas taken looking north. Small arrow at 
right points to the new University Center and large arrow at left points 
to Rooke Chapel. Davis Gymnasium is near center of two arrows, and 
at center of photo is the Academic Quadrangle: Bertrand Library, 
Freas Hall, Marts Hall, Coleman Hall, and the Vaughan Literature Build- 
ing. Stadium is at far left and the older quadrangle is at far right. (See 
aerial view of campus in 1955 on page 15.) 



16 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 





^.sr: 



mm 




*. - 



s 




UNIVERSITY CENTER 



Some work remained to be completed when the 
new $5.5 million University Center was formal- 
ly opened at ceremonies during Homecoming 
Weekend on Saturday, October 9. (Scene at left 
is in amphitheater on main -floor.) However, the 
875-seat Roy Bostwick Memorial Dining Room 
and the expanded Bookstore were opened at 
start of new semester. The Center includes a 
snack bar, several smaller dining rooms, an 
auditorium, meeting, rooms, various loung.es and 
offices for student activities. (Photo taken at in- 
tersection of Moore Avenue and Seventh Street.) 



OCTOBER 1971 



17 




Illustration is from Ben, the Luggage Boy, or, Among the Wharves 
by Horatio Alger, Jr., Loring, Boston, 1870 



18 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Photo of Bill Keech '61, at right, was tak- 
en by his "favorite photographer, Fabian 
Fotomat." Bill is author of The Impact 
of Negro Voting: The Role of the Vote in 
the Quest for Equality (1960). He and 
his wife are parents of two children. 




PRESIDENTIAL 
HOPEFULS, 
FRONT-RUNNERS 
AND PARTY 

NOMINEES 



EDITOR'S NOTE: The follow- 
ing story, "Researcher Finch the 
Front-Rnnners Usually Win Presi- 
dential Nominations," by R. W. 
Apple, Jr., appeared in the Thurs- 
day, June 17, 1971 issue of the 
new york times. It is based on 
some of the research findings of 
Dr. William R. Keech 61, who re- 
ceived his R.A. degree with cum 
laude honors at Rucknell and his 
Ph.D. degree in political science 
from the University of Wisconsin 
in 1966. Bill and his colleagues at 
the Brookings Institution expect to 
publish their research finds in the 
late summer of 1972. He and his 
wife, Sharon, are now residing at 
3210 Wisconsin Ave., N. W., Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

OCTOBER 1971 



"© 1971 by the New York Times Com- 
pany. Reprinted by permission." 

By R. W. APPLE, Jr. 

Special to The New York Times 

WASHINGTON, June 15— Wil- 
liam R. Keech, a research associ- 
ate at the Brookings Institution, 
remarked to a group of political 
reporters at lunch last week that 
his studies suggested that front- 
runners usually win Presidential 
nominations. Specifically, said Mr. 
Keech, who is on leave as an asso- 
ciate professor of political science 
at the University of North Caroli- 
na, the man who leads the Gallup 
Poll of rank-and-file members of 
his own party just before the start 
of the Presidential primaries is 
likely to win at the convention. 



News Analysis 

A study of the 18 Presidential 
nominations by the two major par- 
ties since 1936, the first year in 
which both conventions chose their 
candidates by simple majority vote, 
indicates that he is correct — espe- 
cially with regard to the experi- 
ence of parties out of power. 

Mr. Keech's thesis is intriguing 
because it challenges the conven- 
tional wisdom that primaries have 
become the dominant element in 
selecting nominees and because, in 
the short run, it provides some 
clues as to what may happen in 
1972. 

Of the 18 nominees, six won 
without a substantial contest and 
therefore offer no real test of the 
thesis: Franklin D. Roosevelt in 
1936 and 1944, Harry S. Truman 
in 1948, Dwight D. Eisenhower in 
1956, Richard M. Nixon in 1960 
and Lyndon B. Johnson in 1964. 
All but Mr. Nixon were incum- 
bents. 

In two cases, incumbents led the 
polls, were challenged in the pri- 
maries, fared' poorly in the early 
elections and withdrew. They were 
Mr. Truman, who was beaten in 
New Hampshire by the late Estes 
Kefauver in 1952, and Mr. John- 
son, who barely edged out former 
Senator Eugene J. McCarthy in 
New Hampshire three years ago. 

Of the nine remaining nominees 
— all of whom belonged to the par- 
ty out of power — seven, or 78 per 
cent, fit the rule. They are Alfred 
M. Landon, Republican, in 1936; 
Thomas E. Dewey, Republican, in 
1944 and 1948; General Eisenhow- 
er in 1952; Adlai E. Stevenson, 
Democrat, in 1956; John F. Kenne- 
dy, Democrat, in 1960, and Mr. 
Nixon in 1968. 

Almost Genuine Draft 

The two major exceptions involv- 
ing the "outs" were Wendell L. 
Willkie, Republican, in 1940, and 
Senator Barry Goldwater, Repub- 
lican, in 1964. 

Mr. Willkie, a utilities executive 
who had never sought political of- 
fice, was not even listed in the 
Gallup polls in the early part of 
1940 and entered no primaries. His 

19 




nomination was close to a genuine 
draft, generated bv one of the first 
uses of modern public relations 
techniques in politics. 

Mr. Dewey was the front-runner 
and, indeed, led on the first three 
convention ballots. Mr. Willkie was 
nominated on the sixth. 

Mr. Goldwater was in second 
place in the polls before the 1964 
New Hampshire primary. Republi- 
can polls that year gyrated wildly; 
a grapth of the seven or eight sur- 
veys resembled animal tracks at a 
water hole, starting and stopping, 
crossing and recrossing. Mr. Nixon, 
the leader at the beginning of the 
primary season, never became an 
active candidate, because he lacked 
a political base and because he 
feared that his loss in the 1962 Cal- 
ifornia Governor's race had left him 
vulnerable. 

In neither of these exceptional 
cases was it the primaries them- 
selves that led to the front-run- 
ner's demise. Once it was the emer- 
gence of a more glamorous figure 
at the last minute; once it was the 
leader's decision to hold back. 

King-Killer Not King 

Nor, the record shows, did either 
of the brash challengers who blood- 
ied incumbent Presidents, Mr. Ke- 
fauver in 1952 and Mr. McCarthy 
in 1968, go on to win. In such cas- 
es, it would appear, killing the king 
does not make one the new king. 

Nor have the primaries brought 
to the fore, in all of those 34 vears, 

20 



a single previously unheralded fig- 
ure who has gone on to win the 
nomination. 

Harold E. Stassen in 1948, Mr. 
Kefauver in 1952, Henry Cabot 
Lodge in 1964 and Mr. McCarthy 
in 1968 all won upset victories and 
moved to center stage in Presiden- 
tial politics. But they were not able 
to win at the conventions. 

Finally, the statistics suggest 
that some early contenders who 
were knocked out of the race by 
primary defeats — Mr. Willkie, who 
withdrew after losing in Wisconsin 
to Mr. Dewey and others in 1944; 
Mr. Kefauver, who withdrew after 
losing to Mr. Stevenson in Califor- 
nia in 1956; Governor Rockefeller, 
who withdrew after losing to Mr. 
Goldwater in California in 1964 — 
would have lost even without the 
primaries. 

At no point did any of them 
rank strongly in the public opinion 
surveys of the party rank-and-file. 
It seems reasonable to conclude 
that the primaries merely did ear- 
lier what the conventions, lacking 
primaries, would have done later. 

The data cannot, of course, be 
interpreted to mean that any can- 
didate can safelv skip the primar- 
ies. It can be done successfully, as 
Hubert H. Humphrey proved in 
1968, but for many candidates, 
such as Mr. Kennedy, the primar- 
ies are needed to overcome linger- 
ing suspicions concealed by the 
Gallup figures. In Mr. Kennedy's 
case, the problems were youth and 
religion. 

Role of Opinion Leaders 

"Nevertheless," said Mr. Keech 
in a later discussion, "there is a 
tendency for the partv to unite be- 
hind the man selected by people 
other than the party, mainly the 
polls and the press and television." 

Even the two out-party excep- 
tions seem to prove the rule. Mr. 
Dewey led in the polls in 1940, but 
his youth was satirized in cartoons 
showing him in knee britches, and 
columnists repeatedly described 
his support as "soft." Mr. Nixon, 
ahead in the polls in 1964, was not 
often described by reporters as the 
front-runner, a rare example of the 



situation where the polls have not 
been accepted. 

What does all of this portend 
for the Democrats in 1972? 

Three Stand Out 

It may well be that the break- 
down in party allegiance, and the 
increased difficulty in polling ac- 
curately, make the past a whollv 
or partly inaccurate guide for next 
year. 

But if not, the odds would seem 
good that Mr. Humphrey, Senator 
Edward M. Kennedy of Massachu- 

J 

setts or Senator Edmund S. Mus- 
kie of Maine will get the nomina- 
tion. 

Mr. Muskie is still described as 
the front-runner by the press, al- 
though the Gallup'Poll of May 15 
gave Mr. Kennedy 29 per cent, 
Mr. Muskie 21 and Mr. Humphrey 
IS. Mr. Kennedy is also the choice 
of Democrats in the latest Harris 
Poll. 

Barring unforeseen events, one 
of the three will be in first place 
in the polls next March. 

History gives little cause for op- 
timism to the contenders who are 
still back in the pack — Senators 
George S. McGovern, Birch Bayh, 
Henry M. Jackson and Harold E. 
Hughes; Mayor Lindsay and Rep- 
resentative Wilbur D. Mills. 

A word of caution, however: Of 
all the 18 models at hand, 1972 so 
far appears to resemble the Repub- 
lican campaign of 1964 most close- 
ly — not only in the multitude of 
candidates and the rapidly shifting 
poll results, but also in the dispo- 
sition of one of the front-runnners, 
Mr. Kennedy, to sit back and 
watch. 

And that year, of course, was 
one of those that produced an un- 
foreseen outcome. 




THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



The 
Varied 
Alumni 
Worlds 



The Court and Conflict 

The periodic conflicts of the 
United States Supreme Court with 
one or both of the two great sourc- 
es of power in the American po- 
litical system, the Congress and the 
President, is the subject of a new 
studv published in August by Pro- 
fessor Robert J. Steamer '47, Chair- 
man of the Department of Govern- 
ment at Lake Forest College, Lake 
Forest, 111. Published by the Uni- 
versity of Massachusetts Press, 
The Supreme Court in Crisis: A 
History of Conflict concentrates at- 
tention on a study of the Court's 
exercise of judicial review from its 
earliest years up to the retirement 
of Chief Justice Earl Warren H'56. 

OCTOBER 1971 




Robert J. Steamer '47 



Coming on the heels of the Pen- 
tagon Papers controversy, the 
book's central thesis is that inter- 
mittent constitutional crises are in- 
evitable "given the popular nature 
of the elective branches of the gov- 
ernment, as opposed to the oligar- 
chical character of the appointive 
branch." The majority public opin- 
ion is often at odds with the judi- 
cial interpretation of the Constitu- 
tion, causing the American system 
to enter periods of instability as 
judges are pitted against legislators 
and the President in public de- 
bates. 

"The Court," says Professor 
Steamer, "has the unenviable con- 
stitutional duty of deciding cases 
between litigants, the outcomes of 
which not only determine the long- 
term constitutional direction of the 
nation, but also very often have a 
serious impact on contemporary 
policies." This mixture of law and 
politics, he adds, was never differ- 
entiated bv the Founding Fathers. 
However, despite the controversies 
this complex set of relationships 
engenders, "it is, on balance, a wise 
and sensible blend that the Ameri- 
can people seem reluctant to al- 
ter," Professor Steamer maintains. 
Even during times of widespread 
popular disaffection with the Su- 
preme Court's decisions, he says, 
"neither Congress nor the President 



has been able to curtail the Court's 
most powerful function." 

The recipient of a B.A. degree 
from Bucknell, he received his 
M.A. degree at the University of 
Virginia, and his Ph.D. degree 
from Cornell University. He was a 
member of the faculties of Ogle- 
thorpe University, The University 
of Massachusetts, and Louisiana 
State University, before going to 
Lake Forest in' 1962. 

Professor Steamer is co-author 
of The Constitution: Cases and 
Comments (1959) and is a contrib- 
utor to Change in the Contempor- 
ary South (1963), as well as to 
many scholarly journals. He com- 
pleted his new book during a 196S- 
69 sabbatical leave which he spent 
at Oxford University. 

Professor Steamer is married to 
the former Jean Worden, and they 
are the parents of two sons. The 
Steamers reside at 1474 North 
Edgewood Road, Lake Forest, III. 



A Boston Story 

Boston is the locale for the infre- 
quent luncheons of 1960 classmates, 
Lorraine Wassermann Arthur and 
Elizabeth Bryan Godrick. 

Lorraine, now Mrs. H. Greg Ar- 
thur, is an industrial psychologist 
with the Gillette Toiletries Co. in 
Boston. More recently, she has been 
working on special projects relating 
to employee welfare, research on 
new programs, analysis of employ- 
ee attitudes, and, in cooperation 
with others, on developing training 
programs for managers and super- 
visors. 

Since her graduation from Buck- 
et 

nell — Lori received her B.A. degree 
in English with cum laude honors 
— she has pursued graduate studies 
at Harvard University, receiving an 
M.Ed, degree in Guidance from 
that institution in 1961 and a Cer- 
tificate of Advanced Study in Coun- 
seling Psychology in 1966. 

Her professional career has in- 
cluded work as a house counselor 
at the Women's College of Duke 
University ( 1961-62 ) ; as a profes- 
sional assistant in test development 
for the Educational Testing Service 

21 



at Princeton, N. J. (1962-64); as a 
school adjustment counselor in the 
Weston (Mass.) Public Schools 
( 1965-66 ) ; and as a coordinator 
and counselor for the John Hancock 
Mutual Life Insurance Co. of Bos- 
ton. She joined Gillette in 1968. 

Lori's husband, Gregory, is pres- 
ently personnel manager for Charles 
A. MacGuire Co., a combustion 
engineering and architectural con- 
sulting firm in Boston. Their resi- 
dence is at 80 Plymouth Boad, 
Wakefield, Mass. 

Betty, now Mrs. Joseph A. God- 
rick, received her Ph.D. degree in 
biology from Boston University last 
year. She has taught a summer 
course in genetics at that institution 
and is doing post-doctoral research 
in tumor immunology at the Har- 
vard Medical School. 

Since her graduation from Buck- 
nell — Betty received her B.A. de- 
gree in biology — she has been 
teaching in the Boston area while 
pursuing graduate studies at Bos- 
ton University. She has served as 
a science consultant to the Boston 
Herald and as a member of the 
Metropolitan Task Force of Great- 
er Boston, a group concerned with 
slum problems and racial issues. 

Betty's husband, Joseph, is now 
doing research for the Kennecott 
Copper Corp., Lexington, Mass. 
Their residence is at 72 Bradford 
Boad, Watertown, Mass. 



In the Groove 

The new vice president for mar- 
keting of CBS Becords, Bruce G. 
Lundvall '57, was the producer for 
the recording, "W. C. Fields on 
Radio," which won the Grammy 
Award for Best Comedy Album of 
1969, and he acted as executive 
producer for the two full-length 
films which won awards in 1970. 
However, of his own efforts as a 
performer, he notes: "I have re- 
corded three discs under my own 
name which were released to less 
than standing ovations several 
years ago. They were lots of fun 
but they provided little in the way 
of remuneration!" 

Vice President for Merchandis- 
ing at CBS Records for the past 

22 




Bruce G. Lundvall '57 

two years, Bruce joined the record- 
ing firm in 1960. His new post in- 
cludes responsibility for the sales, 
distribution, promotion, merchan- 
dising, and advertising in the U. S. 
of all Columbia, Epic, and Custom 
label products. 

Bruce returned to campus last 
March as a lecturer in one of the 




Martin M. Cummings '41 



series of business executive semi- 
nars for Bucknell students directed 
by Dr. Neil F. ShifHer, professor of 
business administration. A few 
weeks later, he flew to Montreaux, 
Switzerland, where he was guest 
speaker at the International Music 
Industry Conference. 

A member of the Delta Upsilon 
fraternity while at Bucknell, Bruce 
received his B.S. degree in com- 
merce and finance. He is now com- 
pleting work for an M.B.A. degree 
at the Bernard Baruch graduate 
school of City College of New 
York. 

Bruce and his wife, the former 
Kav Abel, are the parents of three 
sons, Eric, six; Tor, 2; and Kurt, 
10 months. The Lundvalls reside in 
Wyckoff, N. J. 

Triple Honors 

Dr. Martin M. Cummings '41, 
director of the National Library of 
Medicine, Bethesda, Md., has add- 
ed a new distinction to his many 
accomplishments. 

Widely recognized in the early 
phase of his career for his contribu- 
tions to microbiology, Dr. Cum- 
mings has devoted his attention in 
the past decade to the improve- 
ment of medical communications 
throughout the world. His work in 
both areas was recognized this past 
summer when three institutions of 
higher education conferred upon 
him honorary doctorate degrees. 
These included an honorary degree 
of Doctor of Science from the Uni- 
versity of Nebraska; an honorary 
degree of Doctor of Humane Let- 
ters from the School of Medicine, 
Georgetown University; and a hon- 
orary Doctor of Science degree 
from Emory University. Bucknell 
had earlier, in 1968, conferred upon 
him a honorary Doctor of Science 
degree. 

A member of the Board of Trust- 
ees, Dr. Cummings received his 
M.D. degree from Duke University 
Medical School. He is married to 
the former Arlene Avrutine '42, and 
they are the parents of three chil- 
dren. The Cummings residence is 
at 11317 Boiling House Road, 
Rockville, Md. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




Eric W. Peper '63 



New Editor 

A man who lists among his hob- 
bies, fishing, hunting, and golf, 
Eric W. Peper '63, has been ap- 
pointed editor of the newly formed 
Field <L~ Stream Book Club, a divi- 
sion of Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 
Inc. 

Previously promotion manager of 
the Educational Division of Holt, 
Eric joined that firm in 1966 as a 
college promotion manager and 
two years later became general 
manager of school materials. Prior 
to joining Holt, he was a member 
of the college editorial and produc- 
tion staff for four vears at Prentice- 
Hall. 

Eric is married to the former 
Norma Smith '63, and they are par- 
ents of two children. The Pepers 
reside at 144 3rd St., New City, 
N.Y. 



Guiding Decision-Makers 

Professor Carl L. Moore '43, pro- 
fessor of accounting at Lehigh Uni- 
versity, is the author of a new 
book, Profitable Applications of the 
Break-Even System, which has re- 
cently been published bv Prentice- 
Hall,' Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 
The volume, which is designed to 
help the financial executive in de- 

october 1971 



Carl L. Moore '43 



cision-making situations, is recom- 
mended to be used not onlv bv the 
conventional business enterprise 
but also by the non-profit organiza- 
tion. 

In Professor Moore's work, he 
shows how the relatively simple 
concept of a break-even point can 
be enlarged and put to use in the 
control of costs, in the selection of 
the best economic alternative, and 
in making decisions and plans in 
almost even" vital area of business 

J 

endeavor. Discussing the break- 
even point in relation to a point of 
balance — a balance between the 
advantages and disadvantages of 
any course of action — he describes 
the balancing point as a guide that 
can be applied in obtaining a bet- 
ter control over operations and im- 
proving the planning and decision- 
making process. 

Among the topics discussed in 
this volume are Improving Profits 
by Better Cost Control, Controlling 
the Cost of Materials, Determining 
Differential Market Prices, Plan- 
ning the Flow of Net Working Cap- 
ital, and Selecting the Best Capital 
Investment Alternative. 

Professor Moore, with Robert K. 
Jaedicke of Stanford University, is 
also the author of two editions of 
Managerial Accounting, a portion 



of which has been translated into 
Japanese, and a Portuguese transla- 
tion of the book is currently being 
distributed in Brazil. In addition, 
lie has contributed articles for pro- 
fessional journals and has written 
a case study that appears in three 
different textbooks. 

A native of Pittsburgh, Pa., Pro- 
fessor Moore received the A.B. de- 
gree in economics from Bucknell 
and the M.A. degree in accounting 
from the University of Pittsburgh. 
He has also been a certified public 
accountant in Pennsylvania since 
1952. 

He is married to the former Ruth 
Nulton '44, the author of several 
historical volumes, poems and sto- 
ries for children. Thev are the par- 
ents of two sons and reside at 3033 
Center St., Bethlehem, Pa. 





Major General Leonard B. Taylor, left, 
congratulates Brigadier General Jack T. 
Pink '47 on his promotion to one-star 
rank during ceremonies at U. S. Army 
Adjutant General School, Fort Benjamin 
Harrison, Ind. The new general received 
his B.S. degree in commerce and finance 
and has begun new duties as director, 
enlisted personnel directorate, in Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

23 



LaFayette Butler H'62 has been 
described by friends and associates 
as a "phenomenon," for his 85 
years of life have been filled with 
accomplishments in a variety of 
fields. A successful industrial en- 
trepreneur, he early planned a ca- 
reer as a teacher of English litera- 
ture, preparing for the academic 
profession by taking a B.A. degree 
in English at Princeton University 
and an M.A. degree in English at 
Harvard University. After five 
years as a member of the faculty 
at the University of Utah, he re- 
turned to the coal region city 
where he was born and reared, 
Hazleton, Pa., to assume the man- 
agement of the machine tool firm 
which his family founded and 
owned. His skills as a businessman 
developed rapidly, and he expand- 
ed the family firm, diversifying his 
investments and initiating new in- 
dustrial and mining ventures. 

The evidence of his early inter- 
ests and academic training in liter- 
ature, however, remained through 
his years as a successful industrial- 
ist — as did his training and talents 
as a pianist — and he supplemented 
his university studies with Euro- 
pean travels (including the Paris 
of the 1920's) and with further 
study, enjoying the company of art- 
ists, diplomats and scholars. As 
much at home in the world of let- 
ters as in that of finance, he has 
written several books, has contrib- 
uted essays and articles on a varie- 
ty of subjects to magazines, peri- 
odicals, and newspapers; and has 
been a playwright, a film editor, 
and a lecturer on travel and litera- 
ture. 

He is also a professional biblio- 
phile and his Fountain Lawn Li- 
brary, numbering more than 14,000 
volumes, is recognized as one of 
the finest private collections of first 
editions, letters and manuscripts of 
authors of the late nineteenth and 
twentieth centuries. Available to 
scholars both in America and 
abroad, the Fountain Lawn Li- 
brary includes outstanding sets of 
volumes of the work of W. B. 
Yeats, James Joyce, G. B. Shaw, 
D. H. Lawrence, H. G. Wells and 

24 



About 

LaFayette 

Butler 




LaFayette Butler H'62, at right, talks 
about men and books with Editor Bill 
Weist '50 at reception following the 1971 
Friends of the Library lecture. 



the subject of the essay reprinted 
here, Norman Douglas. 

Though he lost his sight several 
years ago, Mr. Butler continues his 
scholarly studies with the aid of 
readers, a tape recorder and a dic- 
tating machine. Becently, to lead 
students in discussions of Shakes- 
peare's sonnets, he committed to 
memory all 154 of the sonnets bv 

J J 

listening to tape recordings. 

And, then, he became a poet him- 
self, publishing in 1965 a volume, 
Seventy Sonnets After Seventy. The 
eighteenth poem in this volume 



contains his observations on old 

age: 

Old age is a frost-cracked, broken 

mirror 
In which one's image, shadowly 

perceived. 
Is by one's faulty vision well 

deceived. 
How fortunate the outlines are not 

clearer 
Of wrinkles, creases, cobwebs even 

queerer! 
Time's hardness carves a pattern 

unrelieved 
Except by fantasy. To have grieved 
Does not make consolation one 

whit dearer, 
Old Age must, learn alone to live 

and dwell 
As Memory's prisoner, and to 

confess 
The escapades of youth just to his 

cell. 
Without a priest to chasten or to 

bless. 
Experience acts as mirror to his 

But ivisdom, onltj, as an innate 

sage. 

Commenting last year on some 
oldsters who sought to stav voung 
bv aping the life-style of the young, 
Mr. Butler noted that "the only 
old swingers I have ever encoun- 
tered still live in either the trees 
or the zoo." He has also noted that 
"books can be looked upon as a 
kind of reservoir of civilization, 
with plenty of refreshments avail- 
able to the mind if a man has an 
unquenchable thirst for knowledge 
and the courage to explore other 
men's imaginations." 

In the past three decades he has 
developed a personal philosophy 
for his philanthropic efforts, gener- 
ously aiding social and cultural 
programs for the Hazleton area. 
Among these are his contributions 
to the Ellen Clarke Bertrand Li- 
brary during the past decade which 
have made possible expansion of 
its research resources in the field 
of English literature. 

The condensed version of the 
essav by Mr. Butler reprinted in 
this issue — "What About Norman 
Douglas?" — was presented at Buck- 
nell in May as the 1971 Friends of 
the Library lecture. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



WHAT ABOUT NORMAN DOUGLAS? 



By LaFayette Butler H'62 



A 



FTER his thirty-ninth year, 
George Norman Douglas had 
to find out how to live bv his 
wits and wit and bv borrowing 
money from rich friends who did 
not expect repayment. The disap- 
pearance of his inherited fortune 
made clear to him that man cannot 
live by being well-bred alone. Now, 
he had to face his philosophy of 
pleasure and leisure and demon- 
strate its practical adaptability. He 
had to become ringmaster of his 
own circus and also assume the 
double role of captain and first 
mate of his soul. Indeed, he had 
to go further and become the god 
of the unconventional, climbing 
mountains by dav and descending 
into taverns by night. He could say, 
with Prospero, "We are such stuff 
as dreams are made on" and rebuke 
Victorian washed-out souls who 
lolled in antimacassar over-stuffed 
furniture, in rooms crowded with 
all the incongruities so dear to bad 
taste — rooms into which the world- 
ly sun couldn't even peek, through 
massive velvet draperies, for fear of 
disturbing the dust. 

Norman Douglas, so to speak, 
was to the manor born, but not at 
Tilquhillie Castle near Aberdeen, 
Scotland, which was one of the 
possessions of the famous Douglas 
clan (for his father was a Scottish 
laird) but at Falkenhorst, Thurin- 
gen, Austria. His mother was the 
daughter of Baron von Poelnitz, of 
Bregenz, Austria, and granddaugh- 
ter of the 17th Lord Forbes, pre- 
mier baron of Scotland. Douglas's 
father, John Sholto Douglas, was 
the son of a member of the Douglas 
clan who had married a Miss Ken- 
nedv, presumably an Irish colleen. 



Thus, young Norman's blood cells 
were a mixture of the red corpus- 
cles found in the sturdy, proud, re- 
belliously inclined Scotch-Irish 
specimen and the so-called blue- 
blood with which aristocratic birth 
is associated. Genealogical compli- 
cations must ever bear the burden 
of their later implications. In every 
family there is a skeleton in the 
closet, even though some members 
of the family would try to bury the 
skeleton key. As a matter of fact, 
Norman Douglas found more to his 
liking a grand-uncle who had died 
some 21 years before Norman's 
birth. Many of his living relatives, 
Norman met without enthusiasm. 
He admired this grand-uncle as a 
rakish character, "an incorrigible 
dandy, a lady-killer, a sad dog," 
who enjoyed good company and 
good booze where discretion had 
no limits. Three of his possessions 
were later owned by Norman — a 
flute, a snuff box, and a rare book 
entitled English Bards and Scotch 
Reviewers, "bv that deplorable rake 
Lord Bvron." 



NORMAN DOUGLAS'S grand- 
father had started a cotton 
mill at Bregenz, in the Vor- 
arlberg, and had appointed his son, 
John Sholto Douglas, as manager. 
Thus, it came about that Norman, 
John's third son, was born in Aus- 
tria, on December 8, 1868. The boy 
was strongly attached to his father, 
but the unfortunate death of that 
parent, when the lad was only six 
vears old, terminated what had 
promised to be a vital influence. It 
did awaken Norman's interest in 
mountain climbing and the pursuit 



OCTOBER 1971 



25 



of geology; and, of course, by the 
time he was eighteen, his interests 
had broadened to include zoology, 
botany, ornithology, and hematol- 
ogy, to say nothing of Greek and 
Latin classical literature. By that 
time, he was writing scientific mon- 
ographs both in English and Ger- 
man. During this period, he had 
undergone some unhappy experi- 
ences which helped to shape his 
personal philosophy. 

For example, he had been 
shipped to England, at the age of 
ten, in order to attend a prepara- 
tory school, Yarlet Hall, Stone, in 
Staffordshire. The bitterness of his 
residence there prejudiced him 
against English schools and Calvin- 
istic religion. He, himself, writes: 

"This pestilential institution . . . 
straight way it put on a hostile face 
. . . I hated Yarlet and all it con- 
tained . . . those services in a musty 
little chapel in the garden — what 
was the use of them? We were a 
crowd of horrible little boys . . . 
There was a nagging and sneaking 
tone about the place . . . nor any 
of the masters cared about doing 
anything to help us. Theij herded 
us together like young savages, and 
kept us in subjection by the fear 
of punishment. This fear expressed 
itself among ourselves in the shape 
of bullying . . . English [was] a 
relatively new language to me . . . 
My mother was half-German; this 
excited them to still greater glee, 
but here I had my answer ready: 
'Well, anyhow, Queen Victoria ivas 
her godmother, and that's more 
than you can say of your own rot- 
ten old mother!'" 

He fared little better when he 
was transferred to other English 
preparatory schools, and because 
of his mounting! misery was finally 
enrolled at the Karlsruhe Gymna- 
sium, in Germany, in 1883, where 
he continued his studies in a hap- 
pier environment for about five 
years. At this institution, he re- 
ceived a thorough training in the 
Greek and Latin classics and the 
extra-curricular advantages derived 
from having three young mistresses. 
His sexual life began to expand at 
a rapid, abnormal rate. The adven- 
tures were with young girls and 

26 




This photo of Norman Douglas is entitled "10 and SO." It was taken in 1949. 
Douglas, age 80, contemplates a bust made of him as a boy. (From Norman 
Douglas: A Pictorial Record in the LaFayette Butler Collection). 



boys, mature women and men. In 
his youth, without trouble he 
learned how to enjoy his vices, in 
his maturity how to indulge freely 
his aberrations; and with difficulty 
in his old age he learned how to 
tolerate his virtues. 

Douglas's insatiable curiosity 
about nature — and, more especially, 
about human nature — motivated 
his entire life. That is why so many 
of his works are autobiographical. 
His travel books are not, in the 
orthodox sense, guide books, to be 
consulted by the practical tourist; 
rather, they are a combination of 
first-hand experience with respect 
to journeys taken with a friend or 
a relative, or friends, or, on occa- 
sion, alone, in yvhich are recorded 



details of these excursions, descrip- 
tions of the various environments 
and meetings with their respective 
inhabitants, and then the accumu- 
lated facts of their local historical 
and legendary backgrounds. You 
feel that you are in his company, 
participating in his encounters all 
along the way. His writing is al- 
ways graphic, startling, filled with 
beauty and a kind of hypnotic 
charm, replete with learning, de- 
void of pompous pedantry. His 
style is crystal-clear as the brook in 
which Narcissus saw his image. His 
sentences possess musical cadences 
as skilled as those in a composition 
by Chopin, or Beethoven, or 
Brahms. His vocabulary flashes col- 
or with the right, precise word for 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



even' nuance, and his subtle wit, 
steeped in irony and satire, passeth 



misunderstanding. 



WHEN Douglas was 17, his 
first article was published, a 
scientific monograph dealing 
with the plumage of the Corvidae 
— that is to say, dealing with mag- 
pies, rooks, crows, and ravens. This 
essay appeared in The Zoologist in 
February, 1886, and was followed 
in that same vear bv papers on the 
European squirrel and the distribu- 
tion of the beaver in Europe. Dur- 
ing this same vear, he continued 
his studv of Italian and began to 
take up Russian as a prerequisite 
to a possible diplomatic career. 
(We might say, parenthetically, 
that his linguistic accomplishments 
also included French and Modern 
Greek. ) 

Bv chance, Douglas chose to visit 
southern Italy in 1888, and he fell 
in love at first sight with Capri, 
little suspecting that it was his first 
glimpse of an island which was not 
onlv to become the Nephenthe of 
South Wind but also eventually his 
permanent home and final resting 
-place. There, he died, on February 
8, 1952, at midnight, and their he 
is buried in the Protestant Ceme- 
tery. His last conscious words were, 
"Love, love, love." 

Every Homo-sapiens has some- 
thing of the homo-sap in him, 
which is less than wisdom, more 
than stupidity, perhaps the essence 
of his idiosyncrasies. Thus, Norman 
Douglas had two favorite expres- 
sions: "pah," meaning "bosh," and 
"to hell with it (or them)," which 
speaks for itself. He loved to sniff 
his snuff often, smoke a pipe of 
tobacco or, occasionally, of hashish, 
or "kif," as the Arabs in Tunisia call 
it. He was a fastidious gourmet, 
always interested in excellent food 
and wine. He had no use for con- 
ventional religion, refusing to be- 
lieve that by sprinkling holy water 
on a duck you bring about the 
miracle of conversion. He had little 
use for the saccharine and illumina- 
tion of dear Matthew Arnold, the 
simple, heavenly faith of Tennyson, 
or the star-studded optimism of 
Browning; rather, he would say 

OCTOBER 1971 




with Swinburne, "O pale Galilean, 
the world has grown grav with thv 
breath," and he would have pro- 
claimed that the New Testament 
illustrates that slave morality which 
Nietzsche so vehemently scorned. 

If Douglas was more interested 
in Hellenic culture, it was because 
the pagan philosophy which Epi- 
curus expounded had definite ap- 
peal. That philosopher stressed the 
fact that pleasure is the onlv good 
and end of all morality, and Doug- 
las frankly echoed, "Amen." Until 
the end of the nineties, he had a 
very comfortable income through 
his inheritance of funds from his 
father's estate. This made it possi- 
ble for him to travel widely to 
Capri, Ireland and the Hebrides, 
the Shetland and Orkney Isles, 
Greece, Poland, the Mediterranean, 
Asia Minor, Constantinople, Smyr- 
na, Angora, Lipari, Vorarlberg, 
London, Paris, India, Ceylon, East 
Africa, and Tunisia. Under the tu- 
telage of the great Anton Ruben- 
stein, he had become an expert 
pianist and, according to his own 
words, had composed music. His 
multi-lingual accomplishments con- 
tributed to the enrichment of his 
extensive vocabulary. 



IN 1893, John Addington Sym- 
onds published a volume of es- 
says under the title of In the 
Key of Blue. Now, Svmonds was 
a well-known homo-sexualist, and 
his opening essay narrates experi- 
ences he had with a vouth of nine- 
teen named Augusto. He had met 



him in Venice and took him on a 
several-days tour of the Euganean 
Hills, where he had him posing in 
different blue costumes for artistic 
word-studies. There are veiled sug- 
gestions of intimate friendship; un- 
doubtedly, Douglas followed the 
suggestion of blue as being a cryp- 
tic svmbol for a homosexual inti- 
macy, perhaps also thinking of the 
blasphemous French phrase sacre 
bleu. Several of his books had two 
copies onlv of their limited editions 
printed on blue paper. One copv 
he kept for himself, and the other 
he gave to his close friend Giusep- 
pe Orioli, a dealer in rare books 
and, later, a publisher of a small 
number of volumes. 

In 1S94, Douglas was one of the 
representatives in the British Em- 
bassy at St. Petersburg. There he 
remained for two and one-half 
years. While on leave in Italy, in 
1S95, he wrote Report on the Pu- 
mice Stone Industry of the Lipari 
Islands. Eventuallv, it led to the 
abolition of child labor there. In 
the previous year, his On the Her- 
petology of the Grand Duchy of 
Baden appeared in pamphlet form. 
This work is the studv of snakes, 
lizards, toads, and frogs and is 
based on his direct observations of 
these creatures. 

Once out of the diplomatic ser- 
vice, Douglas, with his inheritance, 
bought a fine villa near Naples 
without even ha\ing seen the prop- 
erty. That was in 1897, and in the 
next year he made the unfortunate 
mistake of marrying his cousin Elsa 
FitzGibbon. That marriage lasted 

27 




for only five years. During this 
time, however, two sons were born 
— Archibald and Robin — and he 
collaborated with his wife on writ- 
ing Unprofessional Tales, which 
was published in 1901 under the 
pseudonym of "Normyx." Only one 
of the tales was completely his — 
namely "Nerinda," which is a re- 
markable study of a paranoid in- 
dividual and which shows influenc- 
es of Poe, Baudelaire, DeMaupas- 
sant, and Strindberg. He had now 
definitely shifted from scientific 
writing to serious literary pursuits. 
In 1904, after his divorce, he 
built the Villa Daphne, on Capri. 
Next, he bought a woodland tract 
on the Castiglione; he believed that 
this would give him a secluded 
vantage point on Capri where he 
might be less exposed to the winter 
weather and also pursue rewarding 
archaeological research; but, alas, 
just as everything seemed to fit into 
his dreams, came the great shock 
of financial difficulties — all the cap- 
ital of his inheritance, through cir- 
cumstances beyond his control, was 
gone. He had to make a realistic 
appraisal of his financial situation. 
In other words, his income would 
have to depend upon the power of 
his pen. During this period, he vis- 
ited Calabria and lived a hand-to- 
mouth existence, occasionally sell- 
ing an article here and there, sup- 
plemented by salvaging some of his 
personal possessions. 



ABOUT 1910, Douglas returned 
to London and resided there 
for approximately five years. 
His Siren Land and Fountains in 
the Sand found English publishers 
during this period. Through the 
kindness of Joseph Conrad, in 1912, 
he obtained the position of assistant 

28 



editor of The English Review, then 
under the editorship of Ford Madox 
Ford and later Austin Harrison. 
From this point on, we have him re- 
turning to the continent in 1916 and 
writing South Wind. This master- 
piece was published in 1917 and 
brought him international recogni- 
tion, but, unfortunately, not the fi- 
nancial rewards which its large 
printings justified. This book was 
pirated by many American publish- 
ers, who paid scanty, or no recom- 
pense because international copy- 
rights were not procurable at that 
time. In 1918, he lived in several 
parts of France. The next year, he 
returned to Italy, and for many 
years he made Florence his home 
base. 

The rise to power of Mussolini 
and the introduction of Fascism in- 
to Italian politics made Douglas 
feel that life in Italy would be pre- 
carious, and so in 1937 he went to 
France, living for a time at Vence 
and Antibes. The alliance of Mus- 
solini with Hitler in the Second 
World War convinced Douglas 
that he ought to try to get back to 
England. In 1940, we find him liv- 
ing at the British Embassy in Lis- 
bon. Through the influence of Neil 
Hogg, a member of the British 
staff, Douglas was able to return 
to London in 1942. Here he re- 
mained until 1946, becoming pro- 
gressively homesick for Italy. For- 
tunately, he was able to satisfy his 
longing and return to Capri, where 
he set up an apartment in a villa 
which belonged to his good friend 
Kenneth Macpherson, who later 
became his executor. Capri made 
him an honorary citizen. A small 
annuity, plus royalties, helped him 
to live there modestly until his 
death. 

Corresponding to the friendship 



between Jonathan and David or 
Achilles and Patroclus was Doug- 
las's intimacy with Orioli. They had 
first met in Florence in June, 1922; 
and Pino, as Orioli was affection- 
ately called, eventually persuaded 
Douglas to move to an apartment 
on Lungarno Corsini, which was 
over the flat in which Pino lived 
and which he used for a time as 
the headquarters of his bookshop. 
Pino was one of those easy-going, 
jolly and exuberant Italians who 
had been born with the natural 
gift of story-telling, a keen sense 
of humor, and a rollicking attitude 
towards life. Physically, he remind- 
ed one of an apple dumpling; he 
had a most appealing smile, an 
elfish sense of mischief without 
malice, expressive gesticulations 
which indicated dramatic quality, 
and that abundance of congeniality 
that magnetized all who came in 
contact with him. He had been 
born on February 11, 1884, in the 
little town of Alfonsine, some dis- 
tance from Florence. He often 
would relate that his mother gave 
birth to him shortly after her re- 
turn from an asylum to which she 
had been committed temporarily, 
probably because of the large num- 
ber of children she bore in a short 
time. Pino's father looked upon him 
as weak-minded, and so was par- 
ticularly tender towards him. The 
father operated a sausage factory, 
which fell into disrepute when 
neighbors discovered that the saus- 
age was made of donkey's meat. 
Pino started to learn the barber's 
trade and moved on to Florence, 
where he continued the apprentice- 
ship in a shop in which his brother 
was the head barber. 



WHEN the owner's wife tried 
to lure him into her bed, 
Pino resolved to get out of 
Florence. Then began a series of 
adventures which led him to Paris 
and London, and which, for enter- 
tainment, are far more exciting 
than those which befell Casanova. 
All of them are recorded in his 
autobiography, entitled Adventures 
of a Bookseller. How he drifted in- 
to this business, learned to deal in 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



rare books on medicine, erotica, 
and incunabula, and with a Jewish 
partner founded a bookshop in 
London are only a little part of his 
varied experiences. 

Pino met Douglas in 1922 at a 
tea party, and at once there was 
that sympathetic bond formed be- 
tween them which was to last until 
Pino's death in Lisbon, in 1942. 
Later, Pino became a publisher, 
and the books in his Lungarno se- 
ries included Douglas's Capri: Ma- 
terials for a Description of the Is- 
land and Paneros, as well as D. H. 
Lawrence's Lady Chatterly's Lover 
and The Virgin and the Gipsy. Pino 
frequently accompanied Douglas 
on walking tours in various parts of 
Europe. Indeed, in Pino's one other 
book, Moving Along, is an account 
of an excursion that they took, ac- 
companied by two other friends. I 
have an original letter of Douglas's, 
dated June 16, 1942, written from 
London to a friend in which he 
says, in part, 

"As to poor Pino — I suppose you 
know that he died in Lisbon a few 
days before I left? He had been 
unwell with all kinds of complica- 
tions for thirty days and suddenly 
expired one morning of a heart at- 
tack. I had been with him the pre- 
vious evening and found him un- 
usually cheerful and full of all sorts 
of plans for the future." 
It seems ironic that Pino, who was 
constantly looking for a cure for a 
liver ailment brought on by over- 
indulgence in food and drink, 
should die of a heart attack. 

It was in 1923 that Norman 
Douglas met that naughty, 
haughty, slight-of-build, charming 
rebel Nancy Cunard. She came to 
worship him as an idol, and he 
didn't in the least object to being 
put on a pedestal. Her volume 
Grand Man — Memories of Norman 
Douglas — scintillates with her ad- 
oration. Her special interests in life 
were compiling a Negro anthology 
and, incidentally, for a time, being 
the paramour of Henry, a black 
jazz musician; writing imagist poe- 
try; and running the Hours Press 
at La Chapelle-Reanville in Nor- 
mandy, some distance from Paris. 
She printed two of Douglas's 

OCTOBER 1971 



works : One Day and Report on the 
Pumice Stone Industry of the Lipari 
Islands. She accompanied Douglas 
on one of his return visits to Tuni- 
sia in 1938. When they first met, 
she was 27 and he was 54. They 
saw each other frequently in both 
Italy and London, and there is no 
question that she was head-over- 
heels in love with him; to him, she 
was "My dearest Nancy." 

Discounting the fact that her 
Grand Man — Memories of Norman 
Douglas exhibits, at times, a crav- 
ing for raving, her portrait of him 
seems, in the main, to be accurate. 
I quote her directly. 

"When I met him, he looked . . . 
very erect in bearing but without 
stiffness, tallish, strong set, broad- 
shouldered and well built . . . His 
walk ivas straight, and his bearing 
manly. How pleasing the shape of 
his head with a touch of austerity 
about it! He had greyish-iohite 
hair, thick and very close cut, with 
some light amber in it. And in the 
last years of all, in the sunshine of 
Capri, there seemed a sort of snow- 
sparkle about him. Of florid com- 
plexion, definite in feature, a long 
straight nose with a particular 
sharp tip, and a prominent chin. 
Very good facial bones. His eyes 
were rather deep set under thick 
ct/ebrows — blue, grey-blue, green- 
grey-blue, as all eyes that are like 
water or the sea should be. Some- 
times piercing, indeed, was their 
look; sometimes non-committal. His 
lips lay in a firm, fine line, rather 
thin and invariably very red. His 
hands were hands in repose, some- 
what fidl in flesh with excellently- 
proportioned long fingers and 
shapely tips and nails. — A pipe was 



with him at all hours, a cigar twice 
a day; he did not disdain cigar- 
ettes." 

When Douglas writes his D. H. 
Lawrence and Maurice Magnus 
pamphlet, he not only defends 
Magnus, that ill-starred Jewish- 
American youth whose mother was 
the illegitimate daughter of Wil- 
hehn the First, but also accuses 
Lawrence of misrepresenting the 
facts with respect to the relation- 
ship between Lawrence and Doug- 
las. The genesis of this "A Plea for 
Better Manners" arose when Law- 
rence wrote a preface to the post- 
humous publication of Magnus's 
Memoirs of a Private in the Foreign 
Legion. The suicide of Magnus 
and the distortion of his memory 
by Lawrence simply added to 
Douglas's dislike of Lawrence as a 
man and as a writer. The fact that 
Lawrence had satirized Douglas 
in his novel Aaron's Rod was only 
a secondary consideration. 

In 1927, Katherine Mayo wrote 
Mother India, and this book in- 
spired Douglas to write How 
About Europe? in which he uses 
his bitterest invective and most 
pungent irony to point out that 
conditions in Western European 
culture are far worse than those in 
the Orient. Of course, there are 
the expected flashes of humor; I 
submit one example, and here it is 
in Douglas's own words: 

"There is one feature peculiar to 
Indian married women which the 
author of 'Mother India,' obser- 
vant — viciously observant as she is 
of such things — has overlooked. I 
refer to their singular custom of 
nursing boy — children at the breast 
till they are old enough to play 




29 



polo. Whether the habit be good 
for the parent or not, it certainly 
strikes me that mothers milk is in- 
congruous nourishment for young- 
sters who can digest mutton cutlets 
and jam tarts. 

"This little absurdity, if my 
American informant be correct, 
can be matched in some wilder 
parts of the West. Overheard in 
Kentucky: 'Say, young man, what 
are you beating up your mother 
for? Put down that stick!' 'The 
damned old bitch — she's trying to 
wean me'." 



PERHAPS Douglas would be 
suqjrised but not dismayed if 
I compared him with a com- 
posite representation of the famous 
satyr, Silenus, in whom we find a 
mature being, part-man and part- 
goat, possessing a weakness for 
wine and for sexual as well as 
sensuous experiences and, on the 
other hand, wisdom, tremendous 
learning, keen wit, and the ability 
to be chosen teacher of Dionysus. 
Moreover, he is good-natured, jovi- 
al, to a degree sympathetic, amor- 
ous, likewise secretive and critical 



and caustic only when he discovers 
sham and hypocrisy in any social 
environment. Were he alive to-day, 
he would be amused by the happy 
hippies and decide that their re- 
fusal to take a bath might be based 
on fear of whetting their appetite, 
or he might decide that astronauts 
venture into outer space to collect 
samples of unadulterated moon- 
shine on the rocks. 

Because of his breadth of curi- 
osity, Douglas finds interest in 
gathering some fifty definitely ob- 
scene limericks together and pri- 
vately publishing them with his 
subtle interpretations, to serve an 
exposure of the puritanical repres- 
sion. He even is audacious enough 
to suggest that he might have dedi- 
cated the volume to Queen Vic- 
toria! 

When Douglas becomes fascinat- 
ed by the various forms of aphro- 
disiacs, his research into that field 
is evidenced by his Paneros, which 
contains a wealth of information 
and is written in the sonorous style 
of Sir Thomas Browne's Hydro- 
taphia; or. Urn Burial. Here is a 
short specimen of his writing: 

"Those skilled in amatory arts 




will have you eat, among plants, 
the pistachio nut, marjoram, pars- 
ley, roots of chervil and of fern, 
radish, lotus, sandix, carrot, cum- 
min, thyme, sage, borage, celery, 
basil, calamint, saw-wort, penny- 
royal, walnuts and almonds, dates 
and quinces, the herb savory, dedi- 
cated of old to the satyrs; the pij- 
rethron of the Greeks, held by 
some to be a camomile; the durian 
fruit, beloved of Paludanus and 
Linschott and all moderns; the root 
of ginseng and of sekakul in high 
favour with Oriental folk; the wild 
hemp, the care-dispelling nepen- 
thes, maybe, of Homer; and multi- 
tudinous others." 

THERE is no question that 
whatever frailties Douglas 
possessed, there were corre- 
sponding, positive strong traits of 
character to offset them. His acts 
of generosity were many, and his 
sense of compassion was great but 
never tainted with sentimentalism. 
We are under the impression that 
he, deep in his heart, regretted the 
break-up of his marriage. He tried 
to be faithful to his Cynara in his 
fashion, but, as is understandable, 
his wife could not tolerate his in- 
fidelities. He was an omnivorous 
reader, investigator, and student of 
life, but never cared much to min- 
gle in the so-called literary circles. 

In Douglas's day, before nude- 
ness, crudeness, and lewdness 
gained their common-place accep- 
tance in this confused world of 
ours, belongs a little anecdote that 
runs somewhat after this fashion: 
Two very young children had gone 
into a great art museum and hap- 
pened upon a wonderful painting 
of Adam and Eve in the Garden of 
Eden. After admiring its great 
beauty, one child turned to the oth- 
er and said, "How can vou tell 
which is Adam and which is Eve?" 
The other child replied, "I really 
don't know; they haven't any 
clothes on." 

That anecdote is the conclusion 
of Balzac's Contes Drolatiques, 
and I think that there is a quaint 
and refreshing charm about it. I 
believe that Norman Douglas 
would have agreed with me. 



30 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



(From page 14) 
home studv program of materials 
about Bucknell. including the lat- 
est issues of The Bueknellian', a 
manual of operating procedures for 
the AAAP and any informational 
materials published by the Univer- 
sity," Mr. Ripple noted. To com- 
plete his or her education in the 
admissions program, a workshop is 
held on campus each fall. One 
couple from each area attends 
these sessions, and the Admissions 
Office seeks to have each yolunteer 
back to the campus at least once 
every three years. 

"It is not an easy job and obvi- 
ously requires the enlistment of 
alumni genuinely interested in 
serving the University." observed 
Mr. Richard C. Skelton '60, asso- 
ciate director of admissions. "I 
should add that one of the require- 
ments is an interest in young peo- 
ple and an ability to relate to them. 
And to provide these young people 
with some perspective on the Uni- 
versity, the volunteer should have 
some feeling for and knowledge of 
Bucknell todav," he stressed. 

NOTING that the selection pro- 
cess for admissions involves 
many subtleties and delicate 
problems, Mr. Ripple outlined 
several reasons why the Alumni 
Admissions Assistance Program is 
under the jurisdiction of the Ad- 
missions office: "We receive manv 
more applications from qualified 
individuals than we can admit. The 
quality of our student bodv in the 
future is directly related to the 
quality of our applicant population, 
and how we relate to these appli- 
cants is a major factor in determin- 
ing who will or will not apply for 
admission to Bucknell next year, 
and the year after that, and so on. 
We are thus seeking to avoid two 
main pitfalls: the issuance of gross 
misinformation about Bucknell or 
about applicants, and overzealous 
interviewers. As Mr. Walling has 
noted, we have no wish to have our 
volunteers sell Bucknell to the ap- 
plicants or their families. So, it is 
very important that the work be 
done with sophistication and ad- 
ministered bv those whose profes- 

OCTOBER 1971 



sional task it is to ensure the quality 
of the student bodv now and in the 
future." 

Those who are selected for train- 
ing and service give considerable 
time to their tasks — a few Saturday 
mornings and some evenings (dur- 
ing the months of October through 
February). The interviewing pro- 
cedure works something like this: 

1. The names of all area repre- 
sentatives are placed on file in all 
local schools. Counselors may refer 
interested students to the listing. 

2. Applicants who request on- 
campus interviews on dates already 
filled are encouraged to contact a 
local representative. 

3. Late in the admissions year 
all applicants who have not had 
personal contact at Bucknell, are 
informed bv letter of the local 
alumni interviewing program. 

4. The area chairman coordi- 
nates the schedule of interviews 
and available hours of alumni vol- 
unteers. 

Since each interview has some 
value in the decision-making proc- 
ess, the Admissions Office staff pro- 



vides each interviewer with a re- 
port on the action taken on each 
applicant interviewed and wheth- 
er any of those accepted have de- 
cided to enroll. The report is one 
way the volunteer can measure the 
importance and effectiveness of the 
work performed. 

"In many ways, this program is 
really not new for Bucknell," Mr. 
Walling noted, "because for years 
our alumni have called to our at- 
tention many bright voung people 
whom they have made aware of 
the special experience which we 
have to offer. We know that inter- 
est will continue, but I think it im- 
portant to stress to those who rec- 
ommend students to Bucknell, and 
Bucknell to students, that our deci- 
sions for admission are based on 
two important factors. The first is 
a very thorough knowledge of the 
academic credentials and personal 
qualities of the applicant for the 
University. The second, on the oth- 
er hand, is a complete knowledge 
of the competition he or she must 
face in order to be admitted as a 
student at Bucknell." 




Fitz R. Walling '46, director of admissions, explains use of materials to, left to right, 
Mrs. Paul Figman, the former Eleanor Mackie '55, Mrs. George N. Pappas, the former 
Sandra Hjortsberg '60, 11 Longstreet Road, Peabody, Mass.; and Mrs. Lucien Karlovec, 
the former Sandra Glenn '60. 

31 



The National Scene 



Tuition increases generally escape the price freeze, 
but many faculty members bristle over denial of higher pay 



■ Early Frost: From the standpoint of most col- 
leges and universities, the 90-day wage-price 
freeze ordered by President Nixon in mid-August 
began at least two weeks too soon. Had the 
freeze come only days later, after the start of the 
new academic year, higher education would have 
escaped much uncertainty and many problems. 

As things turned out, the freeze had an uneven 
effect in the academic world, varying according 
to circumstances at particular institutions. By and 
large, the colleges were spared what they had 
most feared — cancellation of previously an- 
nounced increases in tuition. But at the same time, 
many if not most college teachers were being de- 
nied salary increases during the freeze simply 
because their contracts did not take effect until 
September. The result, said one observer, was a 
"very serious morale problem" on the campuses. 

In the confusion — official and otherwise — that 
surrounded the freeze in its early days, the tuition 
issue was one of the first to be resolved. Pressed 
by higher education's representatives in Washing- 
ton for a prompt ruling, federal authorities said 
that tuition increases could take effect if they were 
announced prior to Aug. 15. This was later clari- 
fied to mean that an increase at a college would be 
allowed as long as at least one person had paid a 
deposit toward the higher rate. The same princi- 
ple was applied to increases in room and board 
rates. 

While the tuition ruling was generally acknowl- 
edged with great relief among the institutions — 
though not, perhaps, among students and their 
parents — there were exceptions. At Wayne State 
University, for example, a substantial tuition in- 
crease had been planned but had not yet been 
announced when the freeze hit. The university 
stood to lose about $1 -million, and its president 
foresaw that "important programs" would have to 
be curtailed. 

There was widespread dissatisfaction, mean- 
while, among the national teachers' organizations. 
They argued that many of their members who 
were being deprived of wage boosts were the vic- 
tims of major inequities. This view was shared 
by leaders of the institutions, who hoped they 
could help bring about some adjustments during 
the post-freeze period. One university president 
warned that without such action the collective- 
bargaining movement among faculty members 
could be "accentuated" in a way that might work 
against the Administration's economic goals. For 
the moment, however, the Administration was 



standing firm. A top official said the policy on 
teachers' pay was the same as for other wage 
earners. "I would hope," he added, "that our na- 
tion's teachers do not expect special treatment." 

■ Court Rulings: Is it constitutional for the fed- 
eral government to provide direct aid to church- 
related colleges? In a landmark 5-4 decision af- 
fecting grants for construction, the U.S. Supreme 
Court has said Yes, such aid is permissible, as 
long as the facilities in question are not used for 
religious purposes. However, for some 800 col- 
leges with church affiliations, it remains unclear 
whether other forms of government aid will be 
allowed. This is because the Supreme Court also 
has ruled decisively against state programs of aid 
to parochial schools that involved "excessive en- 
tanglement between government and religion." 
Some analysts believe that future cases at the col- 
lege level will be decided on the basis of the char- 
acteristics of specific institutions and specific aid 
programs. 

In another ruling affecting higher education, a 
three-judge federal panel has struck down key 
parts of two Pennsylvania laws aimed at depriving 
disruptive students of scholarships and loans. The 
provisions were "unconstitutionally vague and 
overbroad," said the court. 

■ In Brief: Notwithstanding the effects of the 
wage-price freeze, many colleges face another 
year of financial strain. One important barometer 
— appropriations by state legislatures — points to 
a marked slowdown in the growth of operating 
funds ... A self-survey by the country's major 
state universities has found that most of them are 
losing ground financially . . . 

The National Student Association, represent- 
ing about 500 student governments, plans to test 
the enthusiasm of students for a national union 
that they could join as individuals. The associa- 
tion also will seek a student role in collective bar- 
gaining by faculty members . . . 

Students over 1 8, entitled by the 26th Amend- 
ment to vote in all elections, have had trouble 
registering in their college towns. But their right 
to do so has been supported in legal rulings in 
at least a third of the states . . . 

Enrollments are growing faster at colleges and 
universities than at any other level of education, 
federal statistics show. Preliminary estimates put 
the total of college students this fall at over 
9-million, a 6-per-cent increase since last year. 



PREPARED FOR OUR READERS BY THE EDITORS OF THE CHRONICLE OF HIGHER EDUCATION 



32 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 







Arthur D. Kinney '56 




Sherburne B. Walker '34 




Sidney Grabowski '15 



Elect Six New 

Bucknell Alumni 

Association Directors 



Six new members of the board of directors of 
the Bucknell Alumni Association began their 
new terms of office at a meeting of the board 
held during Homecoming weekend. Elected to 
serve five-year terms for varied geographic dis- 
tricts were Arthur D. Kinney, Jr. '56, Joseph W. 
Ortlieb '52, Sherburne B. Walker '34, and Bob- 
ert W. Whitehead '56. Serving three-year terms 
were Sidney Grabowski. '15, who represents the 
Emeritus Club, and Mr. Bobert A. Scott '61, 
who represents the 10-year class. 

Mr. Kinney, who resides at 33 Spier Avenue, 
Bochester, N. Y., serves as manager of the branch 
office of the Connecticut Life Insurance Com- 
pany. He represents Alumni District No. 5, which 
includes Buffalo and Bochester, N. Y.; Erie, 
Sharon, and Bradford, Pa.; and Cleveland, Ohio. 
A member of Sigma Chi fraternity, he was active 
in campus affairs as an undergraduate. He has 
served as president of the Bucknell Alumni 
Chapters in Bochester and Pittsburgh and is a 
member of the Bison Club. Art is married to the 
former Dorothy A. Hund '57, and they are par- 
ents of three children. 

Bepresenting Alumni District No. 9, which 
includes the Greater Philadelphia area, is Mr. 
Joseph Ortlieb. Now serving as vice president 
of the Henry F. Ortlieb Brewing Co., Philadel- 
phia, and as executive vice president of the 
Fuhrmann and Schmidt Brewing Co., Shamokin, 
Joe has long been active in alumni affairs and 
is presently serving as vice president of the Buck- 
nell Alumni Chapter of Philadelphia. A member 
of Phi Kappa Psi fraternity, he received his B.S. 
degree in commerce and finance. He is married 
to the former Maralyn M. Murphy '54 and they 
are parents of five children. The Ortliebs reside 
at 453 Eaton Boad, Drexel Hill, Pa. 

Mr. Walker, who resides at 2 Severn Avenue, 
Annapolis, Md., is a retired business executive. 
He will represent Alumni District No. 17 which 
includes Baltimore, Md., Washington, D. C. and 
Northern Virginia. A member of Kappa Sigma 
fraternity as an undergraduate, Sherb has served 
as vice president and president of the Class of 
1934 and is a charter member of William Buck- 
nell Associates. He is married to the former 
Mary Kelly. 

Continued on Back Cover 





Joseph W. Ortlieb '52 




*4 



Robert W. Whitehead '56 




Robert A. Scott '61 



£ << 3" 







III MIMIli 

Vol. LVII, No. 3 October, 1971 

Published by Bucknell University 
Lewisbure, Pa. 17837 



Printed for Alumni, parents, and friends 

of Bucknell University through the 

cooperation of 

The Bucknell Alumni Assoclation 



Kenneth R. Bayless, Esq. '42, 
President 

Jack Brothers '58, 

Director of Alumni Relations 

David Hayes, 

Associate Director of Alumni Relations 



William B. Weist "50, Editor 
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor 
Marian Croft, Editorial Assistant 

CONTRIBUTORS 

Bradley Tufts, 

Associate Director of Public Relations 

David Wohlhueter, 

Sports Information Director 

Katherine Shimer, 

Assistant in Public Relations 

Ralph Laird, Photographer 



Published eight times per year: January, 
March, April, May, July, September, 
October, and November. Entered as 
second-class matter at the post office at 
Lewisburg, Pa. Return requested on 
Form 3579. 



We are mailing this copy 

to the address below. 

Is it correct? 



I 



>- 


N 


»- 


m 


>*l 


CO 


>■ 05 


i^. 


& a. 


*~> 


<c Ul 




or > 


<c 


CE s— i 


(1 


—>Z 




J3 


^. 




a 


D Jft 


-•Z_J 


r> 


o <. uj m 


OK 2 05 


o »-!*: 


6— « 


ooru 


3 


o uin 


UJ 


w co eo 


_J 



t 



o 

H 

Q 
W 

i— i 



3T r = 

i-ii M 

^ « P 
S? v n 




-. o 

o ' ft 






o -J • 
3 ww 


-3 »X 








obi 
ranc 
the 


-1 o "> 








i-h m « 










3n<? 


tfi.lL 


Inf 3 






3 ? 2 


2 2 


ft o 3 

S3 S3 "■ 






■"' M-*t3 


3 >o cri 








o 3 3 

5* r/a (b 


° 3 S3 

, 3 i n 






nag 
yrac 
arlo 


3 £5 


1 >a 






fl> k n 


j" 1 " V 


irz 






O ;*i 


O CD 


m 3 O 






M" S 


2; »-(-» 

3 f 


™ ^ 






8.** 


&<ȣ 


^ z- 






2 -< c 


^ o CD 








ox 2 2 


& » « 


3 "„ o" 




a 


c 3 a 


re M E? 


2 £ 




~ 3* o 


C/J: C* fT) 


s" ^ 








(5 o 








■T' 2. 


3 %■> 


?? -: *~Z 




> 


3 a x 


3* ^ 3 


^■TQ - g 




sr 


are tl 
endec 
Avon 


° >5. 

BBS 

2 ft -. 


™ C-i r* 


o 


3 


le parent 
1 Hucknc 
ue, Scrai 


^5 s?S 

^ ft" 

2. ? — 


1 






^ 3" 


^ < a- 


£ 




o 


six childi 
hey resic 


55 £ ST 
==5 2 

^ l. ^ 




53 

o 


5" 


CD — 
S CO 




3 






y; 






S3 " 




Q a. 







r " t " 3d 
»c1 


<: ft 
< ~. « 


r" ~ 






S3 •" 




3 h- » 




ffi 



to 



£ T3 2 



s; r o 



CE i-! - CD 
rt. £r Ar 



?r- w 



en 



t-H S3 3 ° 

«. O 

§ ri 3^2 

» uj CD < 

p i — i CD 



^ 2- ~ 

Z OQ S3 
< (1 tn 



Kids 

P S3 

^_ O H- S: 
^ "^ CO ^ 

- C3 ^' 

S sS 



B- P 2. 

ft 5 o 
^< p- -. 



p s 

Jft^ 

5 H 2. 

CD B* Q- 

3 a 2 

= Is, 

9 O «• 

a, -i b* 
c o ft 

§"< S 



>£ 

r+ CD 



3 CB 

o o 

©• "■ 

3 ^L 

8 I 



3 5S 

CD 2 



o 

o 

C/3 



APRIL. 1972 



f II lIKIlilL 1HMII 




SEAN O'CASEY (1884-1964) by Bernard Benstocl 
THE IRISH WRITERS SERIES 
BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY PRESS 
V 




BUCKNELL 

UNIVERSITY 

PRESS 



A HALF-CENTURY OF ELIOT CRITICISM 

Annotated Bibliography of Books and Articles in English, 1916-1965 

Mildred Martin, Professor of English, Bucknell University 

This is a comprehensive, selected and annotated bibliography that covers the important 
articles (magazine and newspaper) published in English between 1916 (the year of the 
first published notice of Eliot's work) and 1965 (the year of his death). Its items are 
arranged first chronologically then alphabetically by names of authors, with items of 
special value starred. The appendix gives references dealing with the poet's life and the 
theatrical history of his plays. Three indexes are provided: an author index, one of peri- 
odicals containing material on Eliot, and a subject-matter index. All items in the bibli- 
ography are numbered and each item in the indexes is numbered. 



NEW 
BOOKS 

For 
1972 




240 Pages 
$18.00 




320 Pages 

Illustrated 

$18.00 



SHAKER MUSIC: A MANIFESTATION OF AMERICAN 
FOLK CULTURE 

Harold E. Cook, late Professor of Music, Bucknell University 

Usually folk music is recorded by others than the folk musician himself, but the members 
of Mother Ann Lee's Shaker communities recorded their own, developing a certain 
amount of music theory and their own system of notation. In this first scholarly work 
to date on Shaker music, Professor Cook had access to a collection of more than 400 
manuscript Shaker hymnals at the Western Reserve Historical Society in Cleveland that 
had been neither catalogued nor studied before. In one chapter the words and music 
of 72 songs are printed and analyzed. Professor Cook has also used Shaker records, 
diaries, journals, and letters to reconstruct the daily life of the Shaker. His study will 
prove useful not only for the professional musician, the specialist in folk music, the 
sociologist, the historian, and the student of religions, but for the general reader inter- 
ested in the Shakers. 



ART AND THE RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE 

The "Language" of the Sacred 

F. David Martix, Professor of Philosophy. Bucknell University 

This philosophical study emphasizes participation in aesthetic experience, as opposed 
to objective onlooking, as the principal path into the religious dimension. Professor Mar- 
tin details the operations of the participative experience, then applies these and shows 
how they function in the arts — first in music, which lures us beyond time, then in paint- 
ing, which accents immediacy. The author considers literature and architecture; in the 
former, the past becomes present through the power of words; in the latter, time and 
space are creatively united. Salient examples illustrate the chapters on music and litera- 
ture, while more than thirty photographs complement those on art and architecture. The 
book argues that increasingly the arts provide the most direct access to the sacred. 

THE DRAMATIC CORRLER 

The Life and Works of Isaac Bickerstaff 




320 Pages 

Illustrated 

$15.00 




320 Pages 

Illustrated 

$12.00 



Peter A. Tasch '54, Department of English, Temple University 

The life and career of Isaac Bickerstaff have been neglected up to now, even though 
he introduced and established English comic opera. In fact, his most successful works 
crowded conventional tragedies and comedies off the London stage in the 1760's, and 
his formats were followed by later writers until the time of Gilbert and Sullivan. This 
is the first full-length study of Bickerstaff and his works. Mr. Tasch illustrates the close 
relationship among the London press, writers, and theatre managers, and in addition 
sheds new light on Bickerstaff's flight from England to escape charges of sodomy. Pub- 
lished for the first time is material by Garrick, letters to and from Bickerstaff, and other 
documents of the theatre. 



In This Issue 



William B. Weist '50, Editor 
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor 
Debbie Libby, Editorial Assistant 



OUR LAST MAGAZINE 

This will be the last issue in magazine format of The Bucknell 
Alumnus, a title created for alumni publications in August, 1944. The 
first magazine edition appeared in 1920. 

In an effort to cut costs, a decision was made in March to publish 
all eight issues of alumni publications in a newspaper format — as the}" 
first appeared in 1914 — and to change the title of the publications for 
the 1972-73 academic vear. No final decision on a title has been made 
to date. 

ON OUR COVER 

One of Ireland's noted playwrights, Sean O'Casey (1884-1964), is 
the subject of our cover photo by Wolf Suschitzkv. London, England. A 
volume about Sean O'Casev bv Bernard Benstock is one of a series on 
Irish writers now being published bv the Bucknell University Press. 

(See latest listings on inside of front and back covers.) 

PILLARS OF STRENGTH — Page 2 
A photographic look behind the scenes at some of the people whose 
work and duties at the University are too often overlooked. 

STUDENT CONCERN AND ACTION — Page 5 

Brad Tufts, associate director of public relations, describes how 
Bucknell students serve others in the Lewisburo; area. 



Page 8 



WHY DO STUDENTS VOLUNTEER? 

A special report on student volunteer programs at colleges and 
universities across America. 



Page 12 



FEMINISM IN 20th CENTURY AMERICA 

Morrigene Holcomb van Helden '66 outlines the history of the 
women's rights movement in America. 

THE PERIMETERS OF FREE SPEECH — Page 16 

Robert J. Steamer '47, who joins the facultv at the University of 
Massachusetts in September, 1972, examines some legal interpretations 
of the First Amendment and their implications for the future. 



Page 22 



ALUMNI AUTHORS 

A brief look at The Patton Papers, bv Martin Blumenson '39, 
Country Inns and Back Roads, bv Norman Simpson '41. 



and 



CONTRIBUTORS 



Bradley - Tufts, 

Associate Director of Public Relations 

David Wohlhueter, 

Sports Information Director 

APRIL 1972 



Kathertxe Shinier, 

Assistant in Public Relations 

Ralph Laird, Photographer 



PORTUGAL 

June 3-11, 1972 



8 Days — 7 Nights 



$299 



(+ 10% Tax and Sen-ice) 

Per person — Double occupancy 

Single Supplement — $60.00 

Your Trip Includes : 

• Round Trip Jet to Estoril, 

Portugal ( meals and 
beverages served aloft)! 

• Welcome Sangria (Wine and 

Fruit Punch) Party! 

• Ameiican Breakfast and 

Gourmet Dinners Daily! 

• Deluxe double bedded 

accommodations in the new 
Estoril Sol Hotel ( Portugal's 
newest and most deluxe 
hotel)! ( on the beach ) 

• Full day sightseeing to Lisbon! 

• Half-day sightseeing tour of 

Sintra! 

• Exciting low-cost optional 

tours available! 

• Special farewell dinner and 

show! 

• Paid membership card to 

gaming rooms! 

• All gratuities for 

chambermaids, bellbovs 
and doormen! 

• All round trip transfers and 

luggage handling from 
airport to the hotel! 

• Experienced escort and hotel 

hospitality desk! 



For further information and 
application blank, contact: 

BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY 
ALUMNI OFFICE 

Lewisburg, Pennsylvania 17837 

Phone: (717) -524-3261 





Mrs. Mildred Lewis, secretary 
to President Watts, above, has 
been a member of the staff for 
the past 20 years, and has 
served as secretary to Presi- 
dents Horace Hildreth H'56, 
whom she remembers for his 
"forthrightness and droll sense 
of humor," and Merle Odgers 
H'64, whom she admired for 
his "conscientiousness and quiet 
persistence." 

Mr. Leonard Renninger, mas- 
ter technician in the department 
of physics, above right, has 
been a member of the Univer- 
sity staff for 36 years. 

Mrs. "Bernie" Bennett, be- 
low, secretary in the depart- 
ment of education, joined the 
University staff in 1929 after 
graduation from high school. 
She has served under seven 
University presidents, beginning 
in the term of Dr. Emory Hunt. 




Pillars 

of 

Strength 



EDITOR'S NOTE: Too often 
overlooked when accolades or ap- 
plause are distributed for the suc- 
cessful operation of an institution 
are the men and women who as- 
sure the continued operation of the 
"shop" year after year after year. 

The following text has been ex- 
cerpted from a speech delivered 
by Dr. Roger Heyns, president- 
elect of the American Council of 
Education, to a meeting of the 
National Association of College 
and University Business Officers 
held in New York City on Novem- 
ber 22, 1971. The photos that ac- 
company the text are by Ralph 
Laird, a man of many talents, one 
of ichich is photography. Not all the 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




men and women who have served 
the University so well through so 
many years appear on these pages, 
hut all of them deserve the ac- 
colade which Dr. Heyns speaks 
for those who are often tardy with 
words of praise. 

"Out of my direct experience on 
the Berkeley campus of the Uni- 
versity of California and from ob- 
servations I have made elsewhere, 
I have developed an especially 
vivid and firm conviction that one 
of the most imposing sources of 
strength in the colleges and uni- 
versities in the past half dozen 
years has been that category of 
people usually characterized as the 
non-academic, supporting person- 
nel of the institution. 

"Without suggesting in the least 
that all our troubles are over as 
far as the peace of our common life 
is concerned, I believe it can be 
said that our colleges and univer- 
sities proved themselves to be 
sturdy institutions. They took many 
severe blows, faced enemies from 
within and without, survived abus- 
es on campus, and substantial loss 
of support, both emotional and 
financial, from off the campus; and 

APRIL 1972 



Mrs. Ann Dainoff, upper left, has main- 
tained order in the department of sociol- 
ogy for the past 18 years. She began 
secretarial duties under former Professor 
Richard E. Du Wors. 

Checking a blueprint, above, are Mr. 
Robert Voeste, an electrician with nine 
years of service, Mr. Ray Radel (center), 
a carpenter with 12 years of service, and 
Mr. Ellis Lucas, power house engineer, 
who ivill shortly mark 36 years of service 
on the physical plant staff. 





Mrs. Ann Payne, above, secretary to Vice 
President John F. Teller '41, has demon- 
strated her competence and secretarial 
skills for the past 15 years as a member 
of the University staff. 

An electrician, Mr. Martin Luther 
"Toot" Emery, at left, has kept the pow- 
er humming at Bucknell since 1937. 





These three members of the housekeeping staff, who apply the 
neat clean touch at residence halls, have a total of 73 years of 
service to the University. Mrs. Dorothy Hassenplug, left, joined 
the staff in 1947. Mrs. Lauretta Singley, center, housekeeper 
in Harris Hall, began duties in 1951, and Mrs. Mary Kashner, 
housekeeping manager, New Women's Residence Hall, has 
been a staff member since 1945. 



Spring cleanup projects are now un- 
derway under the supervision of Mr. 
Park McKissick, at right above, 
grounds foreman, who joined the staff 
in 1946. Also checking the plans are 
Mr. Clinton Dieffenderfer, at left 
above, a member of the staff since 
1948, and Mr. William Zimmermann, 
who joined staff in 1949. 

Mrs. Madeleine "Maddie" Gearliart, 
at right, joined the staff at Guy 
Payne's College Inn in 1944. She has 
been a member of the Bison snack 
bar staff since 1961. 




THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




Robert Masden, chef, above, has been 
a member of the dining service staff 
since 1946. Mrs. Irma Gustafson, below, 
left, joined staff of admissions office in 
1961, and Mrs. JoAnn Shannon began 
her duties in 1963. 




thev stand! They have endured! No 
small accomplishment! 

"I would like to make explicit 
that I think much of the sturdiness, 
much of the strength which per- 
mitted these institutions to endure, 
came from the cooks, the secre- 
taries, the residence hall maids and 
custodians, the trades people, the 
gardeners, the campus police and 
safety officers, the payroll and per- 
sonnel office employees, and on 
and on. It was they who sensed 
that school must go on; who put 
up with disruption, bad manners 
and, regrettably, abuse. It was 
their group which kept its feet on 
the ground and looked with a care- 
ful eye at new found friends and 
examined their credentials cau- 
tiously and sensibly. They often 
worked overtime to put the place 
together again, keenly aware of 
the disorganizing and debilitating 
effect of a deteriorated physical en- 
vironment. In some profoundly 
wise way, while a whole genera- 
tion appeared to be saying that 
appearance was unimportant, they 
knew better and would patiently 
restore, knowing that in time, the 
behavior would improve, in part 
because of their dogged commit- 
ment to cleanliness and neatness 
and order. They sensed that our 
self-esteem, our attitude toward 
ourselves, was at stake, and, of 
course, it was. 



"I could go on, but I think you 
know what I mean. While the 
much more prestigious segments 
of the campus community fell over 
themselves in confusion, these peo- 
ple kept the place open and going, 
and by and large did not use the 
vulnerability of the institution to 
further their own interests. Any 
skeptic about these words of praise 
and appreciation should need only 
be reminded how impossible it 
would have been to keep a sem- 
blance of education going had 
there not been this support." 




Mrs. Ruth Muffly, top right, supervisor 
of dining service, has been at Bucknell 
since 1956, arid Mrs. Verna Pffeegor, at 
right, cashier, lias been a staff member 
since 1957. 

APRIL 1972 





Student 

Concern 

and 

Action 



M 



By Brad Tufts, 

Associate Director, 

Public Relations 



. ore than 250 Bucknell undergraduates are 
actively engaged this year in regular volunteer 
work in local programs. 

"If you're somebody in your own life, you can 
become a beneficial part of somebody else's life by 
helping him mean something to himself, by meaning 
something to you," says Bucknell freshman Barbara 
Green, of Brooklyn, N. Y., in her explanation of the 
Big Brother — Big Sister Program, one of the 12 
community volunteer services to which members 
of the Bucknell student organization, Concern and 
Action, are contributing their time and energy. 
Some 70 students comprise the CA's talent resource 
file — those who can work occasionally, or on short 
term projects where special talents such as sewing, 
singing, or craft work is needed. 

Susan E. Nelson, a senior from Westfield, N. J., and 
Thomas M. Wells, a sophomore from Paramus, N. J., 
co-chairmen of the volunteer work, said that three 
new projects have been added. They include the 
Center for Handicapped Children, at Milton; the 
State Correctional Institution for Women, located 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



at Muncy; and the Pennsylvania Extension Service, 
which involves working with underprivileged young 
people in communities such as Danville and Mount 
Carmel. 

Thirty-four Bucknell students regularly visit residents 
of the Evangelical Home in Lewisburg and write 
letters, do occasional shopping, or spend time in 
conversation with the aged. Chairman of this service 
project is Joy Rietmulder, a sophomore from 
Lewisburg. 

Once a week 32 students go to Laurelton State 
School and Hospital where they serve in varied 
ways — visit one particular person as a friend ( some 
residents have not had a personal visitor for years ) ; 
help staff members with recreation, education, and 
arts and crafts programs; and possibly initiate new 
programs. A junior from Stroudsburg, Charles 
Zeller, is chairman of this Bucknell volunteer group. 



o, 



pportunities for volunteer workers are broad 
and varied at the State Correctional Institution for 
Women, Muncy, where the emphasis is on a policy 
of treatment and rehabilitation. Janola Garrett, a 
sophomore from Canton, Miss., with whom the 
student volunteers registered their interest, said 34 
go regularly to the institution to help with educational 
activities such as tutoring and book discussions; 
recreation; and entertainment and hobby programs. 

Interest in helping teenagers from underprivileged 
backgrounds led to the CA's decision to include 
the Pennsylvania Extension Service in their volunteer 
work. College men with know-how in the operation 
and repair of small motors and women interested 
in helping youngsters with sewing were especially 
needed for this project. Seven Bucknellians 
volunteered, according to junior Linda Wiedmann, 
of Philadelphia. 

Student volunteers spend several hours a week at 
The Geisinger Medical Center, says William B. 
Swallow, a sophomore from Laurys Station, where 
they are utilized in the patient and visitor escort 
service, clerical work, transporting supplies, and 
information service. They also read and play quiet 
games in the pediatrics section and serve as 
elevator operators. 

The 40 volunteers for the CA program at the 
Federal Penitentiary in Lewisburg will begin their 
work upon completion of the program structure by 



CA officers and officials and inmates at the prison. 
It is expected that through sports, discussions, and 
entertainment programs, the students and inmates 
can share ideas and experiences which will contribute 
to the education of both groups. This service group 
is headed by Robert J. Leonard, a senior, from 
Pompton Plains, N. J. 

Working on a one-to-one basis, Bucknell volunteers 
help pre-schoolers at the Center for Handicapped 
Children, in Milton, to overcome their difficulties 
so that, upon entering public school, they will be 
able to cope with their surroundings. Three students 
give two or more hours a week to this work, 
according to Andrew J. Lesser, a junior from 
Flushing, N. Y., with whom students interested in 
this program signed up. 



I 



n two other projects directed at helping the 
handicapped, Bucknellians instruct Sunbury area 
children in the rudiments of swimming and assist 
with a swim program for semi-retarded middle-aged 
adults from the Laurelton State School. Each of 14 
collegians gives a minimum of two hours a week 
to these services, according to William V. McCarthy, 
a senior from Allentown, and Peter Stover, a senior 
from Perkasie. 

Interest remains high among Bucknellians in both 
the Head Start and Tutoring Programs. Sixty 
pre-school children at Head Start centers in 
Mifflinburg, New Berlin, Laurelton, and Lewisburg 
benefit from the assistance of 13 Bucknellians, says 
Deborah E. Scott, a sophomore from Morristown, 
N. J. Arts and crafts, organized play and simple 
lessons comprise the program. 

"It's a great way for those interested in teaching 
to get a sneak preview of what their job might 
involve," points out Susan Light, of Lansdowne, 
a sophomore at the University, when she describes 
the volunteer tutoring program. "It is also a realistic 
way of strengthening society by strengthening the 
individual," she emphasizes. The 23 Bucknell 
volunteers are called on for individual tutoring on 
both the elementary and high school levels. 

This year the CA Volunteer Services at Bucknell 
distributed copies of their programs booklet to the 
Lewisburg churches as well as sending copies to 
each student, in an effort to have the adults of the 
community join in their volunteer work. 



APRIL 1972 




Why 

do 

students 

volunteer? 

by Anthony E. Neville 



T I hose who established the public's image of the 
college student in the late 1960's were the radical 
activists: the leaders of sit-ins, the throwers of 
bombs, the prophets of revolution. Those who will 
establish the collegiate image for die 1970's may well be 
a different breed: students who are giving generously 
of their time outside the classroom to volunteer 
activities in their community. 

No less the activists, no less bizarre in dress, and no less 
convinced that America is a "sick" society, these students 
differ from the radical activists of the Sixties in one 
important way: they are working, right now, to change 
that society in constructive ways. They are satisfied to 
make progress by small steps — by teaching a ghetto child 
how to read, by encouraging a drop-out to return to 
school, by warming the atmosphere in a hospital ward. 

An estimated 400,000 college students give an average of 
two to four hours a week (but sometimes as many as 20 or 
30 hours) to volunteer activities in their communities. 
Though a small fraction of the seven million students in 
American colleges and universities, they are a minority 
sizable enough to set the pace for this generation of 
students. Some small colleges report that 75 percent of 

THE BUCKNELL, ALUMNUS 



their students participate in volunteer programs. Budgets 
for student-run volunteer activities range from shoestring 
levels to $75,000 a year. 

A recent survey by the National Student Volunteer 
Program (NSVP) , the small federal program of action 
that technically assists campus programs, charts the 
fantastic rise in student volunteer activities. A decade 
ago, only a handful of colleges and universities had 
student volunteer programs, but a recent survey revealed 
that today, out of 2314 institutions queried, 1675 have 
some form of student-operated volunteer activities. 

The growth of student volunteer programs has led to 
another development: the emergence of a new kind of 
professional on the college administrative staff, an 
administrator whose primary duty is to give continuity 
and guidance to the student programs. In 1969, when 
NSVP came into existence — and when its communica- 
tions network was admittedly incomplete — the federal 
program could identify 15 people carrying that 
responsibility. Today there are about 600, and nearly 
a quarter of them work at that job full time. 



fl In Florida, students from a predominantly black college 
have opened their second house to provide overnight 
sanctuary for drug addicts. The students dispense no 
drugs or medical treatment, but "rap" with the addicts to 
calm them down or relieve their depression. 

Tutoring has become more varied also. "Today not all 
the tutoring is with kids in school," says Jeanne Carney, 
the attractive young acting director of NSVP. "Students 
are tutoring in prisons, in mental hospitals, in adult 
education classes, in storefronts — there are many 
different areas of involvement." 



T 

JLh 



. he bulk of student projects are in the area of tutoring, 
most often with poor and disadvantaged children. But 
under colorful acronyms like EPIC, SCRUB, CAVE, and 
CACTUS, leaders of student programs have been branch- 
ing out, extending their reach, and attracting to volunteer 
service students who have no interest in tutoring. 

fl Business students from a state university in the Midwest 
are advising Mexican-Americans in their community on 
income tax matters. So overwhelming has been the 
response that people are being scheduled a month in 
advance for twenty-minute interviews. 

fl In California, students from a state college are brighten- 
ing the lives of elderly, mentally retarded patients with 
activities ranging from arts and crafts to square dancing. 

fl In another California community, psychology majors are 
manning the telephones of a "crisis center" from 4 p.m. 
til midnight on weekdays, and til 4 a.m. on weekends. 
Faculty members advise diem on how to handle the often 
desperate problems of callers. 

fl Four fraternities in a private Southern university each 
undertook to establish a park in a different section of 
their city. They solicited contributions of land, money, 
and play equipment. When the four parks were finished, 
the fraternity brothers continued their involvement as 
recreation leaders. 







'idinarily these projects are suspended during 
summertime, often with unfortunate consequences. As 
John Hubbs, director of volunteer programs at the 
University of Missouri, remarks: "One of the greatest 
needs is continuity. When a relationship is broken for 
three months, sometimes things don't fall back into 
place. Old problems recur and new ones develop." Or, 
as Rick Moran of Eastern Michigan University puts 
the problem: "You can't have nine to five hours, or close 
up for vacation. People's difficulties don't have any 
pre-ordained schedule." 

On scores of campuses, volunteer programs ran at full tilt 
during the summer of 1971. In many instances there were 
imaginative departures appropriate to the season. 

fl A troupe of collegiate thespians performed a repertoire 
of six short plays, all based on West Virginia folklore, in 
dozens of rural communities of that state. 

fl In one of 18 fix-it projects, students from a state 
university in the South transformed a dilapidated house 
into a half-way house for the mentally ill. 

fl In upstate New York, students set up a day care center 
for children of migrant workers picking cherries. 

Student-run volunteer programs are not always success- 
ful. James Tanck, former director of NSVP, recalls 
instances of student groups who spurned help from their 
university and refused to work with established agencies 
(because they regarded both institutions as hopelessly 
corrupt), who instead set up storefront operations of their 
own. Inevitably these projects promised more than they 
could deliver to the community. Sustained by the zeal of 
one or two students, the projects fell apart when their 
leaders left school. 

Students have also faced frustration when established 
agencies have assumed that they are there to do what 



APRIL 1972 



volunteers have always done — typing, filing, bookkeep- 
ing, anything to relieve the agency professionals of the 
drudgery that keeps them from direct contact with their 
clientele. The students, of course, want direct contact 
with the clientele too. (This same frustration has greeted 
students who have volunteered to help political 
candidates. The students find themselves stuffing 
envelopes rather than persuading voters.) 

Agencies often are reluctant to hand responsibilities to 
college students. But occasionally the students win their 
confidence. Mrs. Carney recalls the students in a Mid- 
western city who, after nearly a year of demonstrating 
great competence in working with mental patients, 
finally persuaded the hospital administrators to allow 
them to take patients off their ward. That had never 
been done before in that institution. 

Poor communities are sometimes suspicious of students' 
motives. The university representatives that ghetto 
residents have known in the past have been sociologists 
asking questions and conducting surveys and doing 
nothing directly to aid their community. In Appalachia, 
residents are suspicious of any outsider — particularly if 
his dress and coiffure are unconventional. 



S, 



'tudents drop out of volunteer programs for a variety 
of reasons. Some are unable to withstand the "cultural 
shock" that the ghetto neighborhood presents. Richard E. 
Dewey, director of the Center for the Study of Volun- 
tarism at the University of Maryland, points out that 
student volunteers are mostly drawn from the same class 
that VISTA recruits and other postgraduate volunteers 
are drawn from: namely, the economically comfortable, 
white middle class. Many from this background are 
unable to cross over into another cultural framework. 

Some students are poorly motivated. They volunteer in 
order to relieve middle class guilt feelings or to exert 
power over others. When they fail to be swaddled in love 
and appreciation by ghetto residents, they lose interest. 

Other students give up when they conclude that their 
contribution is too inadequate to the size of a problem. 
For them, tutoring a ghetto child becomes senseless 
because an inadequate school system, a broken family, 
and a violent neighborhood are pushing the child 
toward inevitable failure. 

The feeling that these volunteer efforts are merely 
Band-aids on a gangrenous sore is one of the reasons 
why some students become volunteer program drop-outs. 

As for participation by black students, Mrs. Carney 
points out that the ratio of blacks to whites in student 

10 



volunteer programs is approximately the same ratio 
as you'll find in college attendance — despite the fact that 
many blacks must hold part-time jobs to help pay their 
college education and despite the fact that many blacks 
must put in extra hours of studying because they 
have been educationally deprived in elementary and 
secondary schools. 

What happens to the attitudes of students who undergo 
the volunteer experience? Most experts agree that the 
experience adds to their discontent with American 
society. Richard E. Dewey points to studies of VISTA 
volunteers that show their activism and militancy has 
increased as a result of the experience. Mrs. Carney agrees 
that "involvement in a voluntary program makes a 
student more of an activist, not less." Jim Tanck 
describes the usual result as "productive anger." 

"They're just as mad at how things are as anyone else 
is," he declares. "But they see that it doesn't make any 
sense to burn or destroy, or to march on the state capital 
with every petty grievance. There are better ways of 
getting things done." 

And the other question: Why do they do it? The 
search for history's antecedents to the student volunteer 
movement is bound by two caveats. First, the involve- 
ment of college students in charitable activities is hardly 
new; only the size and scope of the involvement have 
changed in recent years. Harvard's Phillips Brooks 
House, "dedicated to piety, charity, and hospitality," 
was opened in 1900. Yale's Dwight Hall is even older, 
dating from 1886. 

Second, the motivations of students vary. Jim Tanck 
recalls of his Michigan State experience: "We had some 
volunteers who were happy to do nothing more than 
play with kids on a Saturday morning. They had no 
desire to change what was happening in the country, let 
alone in the place they were working. There were other 
students much more concerned about change than they 
were about service. We tried to accommodate all kinds." 

Jeanne Carney, a veteran of lunchcounter sit-ins during 
her college days in North Carolina, finds the roots of 
student voluntarism in the civil rights movement of the 
sixties and the social-action programs of the Peace Corps 
and VISTA. Perhaps because he is freer to say so, 
Richard E. Dewey gives a share of the credit to President 
Kennedy and the ringing admonition of his inaugural 
speech: "Ask not what your country can do for you . . ." 

A deeper explanation lies in the response of the young to 
a society they regard as increasingly impersonal, increas- 
ingly polluted, and increasingly dominated by its own 
technological achievements. Their response, according to 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



Kenneth Keniston, the eminent psychologist, has been 
"a rejection of the human, bureaucratic, and ecological 
price paid to attain high levels of industrialization; a 
search for fulfillment and more intense exjoerience; and 
an effort to achieve new forms of intimacy, awareness, 
and community." 



I 



.his response has led students to feel that voluntary 
activity is a valid educational experience, and many of 
them argue that they should be given college credit 
points as a reward for their participation in a volunteer 
program. Behind this pressure for credit for an essen- 
tially non-academic pursuit lies another factor. Keniston 
writes: "The indiscriminate use of college degrees as 
passports for occupational entry, the strong social 
pressure upon middle-class children to attend and 
complete college . . . and the opprobrium heaped upon 
students who discontinue or interrupt advanced educa- 
tion, all mean that colleges abound with students who 
have no particular reason to be there and who would 
quite consciously prefer to do something else somewhere 
else." One attractive activity that is "somewhere else" is 
the volunteer project. And the students reason that if 
they can earn academic credits for doing "something 
else," so much the better. 

The question of academic credit is today the most 
controversial issue of student volunteer programs. The 
controversy does not swirl around student research 
projects in sociology or "field experience" courses for 
social workers, both of which are widely recognized as 
legitimate learning experiences. Rather, it centers on 
programs in which the purpose of service is ascendant 
over the purpose of organized learning. 

The controversy is not academic, so to speak, since a 
number of colleges and universities have already begun 
to grant credit points for participation in volunteer 
projects. And the federal government, through ACTION, 
has begun a grant program that permits college students 
to serve as full-time volunteers for a year in exchange for 
a full year's academic credit. 

Joseph Blatchford, the director of ACTION, maintains 
that "volunteer service is a part of one's education and 
... in many instances volunteer service deserves academic 
credit. It's an education in the streets, and it may have a 
more enduring effect than all the books and lectures a 
college can require." 

One who sharply disagrees is Jim Tanck, who recently 
told a reporter: "The one thing going for class credit, 
which I object to the most, is that it's a pretty damn good 

APRIL 1972 



carrot. Give the kid three credits and he'll go out in the 
community and work. We have a lot of evidence from 
schools around the country that when the credit period 
is over, he also quits going." 

Edwin D. Etherington, president of the National Center 
for Voluntary Action, a private coordinating group, 
argues that the debate over academic credit is deflecting 
attention from an equally important question: whether 
colleges and universities should be doing more, outside 
the curriculum, to provide volunteer service opportun- 
ities for students. "The problem is not to induce diem to 
serve by offering them academic credit," he says. "The 
challenge is to respect their instincts for service and help 
them find meaningful things to do." 

It seems likely that colleges and universities will be doing 
much more in the way of volunteer programs, and that 
the peak of student involvement lies far beyond the 
400,000 who can now be counted as student volunteers. 



A 



L.nd if, indeed, the student volunteers set the pace 
for their generation, what does that bode for the future 
of American society? Certainly many students will be 
enticed by the volunteer experience into a professional 
commitment to some form of social service. Jim Tanck 
sees that as a secondary goal. Much more important, he 
believes, is the lifelong pattern the collegiate experience 
will establish. Whatever their profession, people will be 
spending their spare hours in community involvement. 
And as a result of that involvement, fewer of our social 
problems will be prolonged by citizens' indifference. 

To this, Richard E. Dewey adds the prediction that the 
new-found concern over social problems will change the 
design of curricula and the structure of higher education. 
He also predicts that the "infusion of young bright faces 
and new ideas" into established agencies will have 
profound effects. 

All agree that the student volunteers offer an antidote to 
the alienation and sense of hopelessness that so many 
Americans feel. "This force of mobilized, concerned 
youth," President Nixon has said, "is an essential means 
of re-humanizing American society." 



This special report was prepared from information provided by 
professionals in the field of voluntarism. Contributing editors were: 
Jeanne Carney, acting director, National Student Volunteer Program; 
James Tanck, former director, National Student Volunteer Program; 
Richard E. Dewey, director, Center for the Study of Voluntarism, 
University of Maryland. 

© 1971, Interpreting Institutions. Anthony E. Neville, Editor. 



11 




FEMINISM 

IN 

TWENTIETH 

CENTURY 

AMERICA 



blj morrigene holcomb 
van Helden '66 





THE women's rights convention held at Seneca 
Falls, New York, in 1848, is almost universally 
recognized as the genesis of the women's suf- 
frage movement in America. Yet the women who met 
there were interested in more than gaining the vote. 
The convention had been billed as a meeting to 
discuss the social, civil and religious rights of women, 
and its participants shared with today's feminists 
goals of equalitv in employment and education, free- 
dom to choose their own life-styles, and equality 
of rights and responsibilities for all United States 
citizens, regardless of sex. 

The women's rights movement foundered for 
some 40 years after Seneca Falls. The feminists, 
most of whom were also humanists, put aside then- 
cause to work for the abolitionist movement, and 
then to take part in the work of the Civil War. In 
1890, the two major women's rights organizations 
of the era united to become the National American 
Woman Suffrage Association, and made their com- 
mon goal and top priority a woman's suffrage amend- 
ment to the Constitution. It would not be until the 
1960's that a widespread movement for the broader 
goals of women's rights would rise once again. 

Although the women had organized in 1890, the 
suffrage issue was not given much national attention in 
the early years of the new century. However, quietly 
and not so quietlv, the suffragists continued their 
struggle until the final success of the suffrage amend- 
ment in 1920. Much credit has been given Miss Alice 
Paul and her National Woman's Party, founded in 
1913. Miss Paul organized a march on Washington 
of 5,000 women on the eve of President Wilson's 
inauguration, and she and her supporters continued 
to lobbv for the amendement until its passage. 



Morrigene (Holcomb '66) van Helden was student 
editor of the alumnus in 1964-66, and president of 
Delta Delta Delta social sorority. After graduation, 
she lived in London for eight months, working for 
a British publishing house. Since April 1967, she has 
worked for the Congressional Research Service of the 
Library of Congress, which serves as the research 
arm of Congress. For the past three years, she has 
been a specialist in women's affairs and is a member 
of the editorial advisory board of women today, a 
newsletter published in Washington, D. C. She and 
Ronald M. van Helden '66 were married in 1968, and 
live in the Georgetown area of Washington. Ron 
works for the international affairs department of the 
AFL-CIO as international representative. He received 
an advanced degree from the University of Grenoble, 
France, in 1967, and is working toward a Ph.D. at the 
American University School of International Service. 



i smW 


^. 


^^ 'km 

■Vr^K v ,— - 'ft M 


\\ 

) 

* 


■ ^M 


S^ lm-\* 


B^tKl 






sJ^I 




^ * ^^mm 



12 



Ronald and Morrigene van Helden 
were photographed during visit to 
the Rogue and Jar (Wash., D. C), a 
pub partly owned by Vinnie McCann 
'67 and his wife, the former Janice 
Hutchinson '69. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




There is little doubt that the First World War 
opened doors to many occupations that had pre- 
\iouslv denied entrance to women, and it has been 
estimated that a million women replaced men in in- 
dustry. Women had been working in factories since 
the lS50's, but during the war the}' were placed in 
professional and managerial positions, accepted as 
skilled workers, and often hired in permanent, rather 
than temporary, positions. 

During the twenties, the suffragists had expected 
great things of the women who had been granted the 
vote and had made serious inroads into the world 
of work. But neither the gravest fears of the "antis" 
nor the greatest hopes of the suffragists came about. 
Politics was given secondary importance during the 
decade following the war. People wanted to enjoy 
the new prosperity, and forget recent hardships. The 
women's movement seemed to fall apart, both be- 
cause equal suffrage had been almost the onlv issue 
holding the disparate elements of the movement to- 
gether, and because women did not vote as a bloc. 
The Woman's Party reorganized during the twenties 
to correct this situation, and began to lobbv for an 
equal rights amendment to the Constitution. This 
amendment was first introduced in Congress in 1923. 
and is now pending in the U. S. Senate. But the equal 
rights amendment was judged a threat to the women's 
protective labor legislation which had been enacted 
during the early decades of the centurv, and bv 1924. 
most important feminist organizations had attacked 
the amendment as a threat to working women. 



THE percentage of women in the work force grew 
in the 1920's. and women moved increasingly 
into clerical and professional positions, although 
still drawing from the lowest end of the pav-scale. 

APRIL 1972 



Perhaps the major contribution of the twenties to the 
feminist movement was the emergence of the flapper. 
As voung women gained further education and moved 
to the cities to get jobs as secretaries, they left the 
security and surveillance of their parents and other 
relatives and sought, and got, a freer life-stvle. Al- 
though much of America disapproved of the short 
skirts and bobbed hair of the "new women," the Amer- 
ican public got used to women working and living 
on then own. 

This new image of women, the advances they had 
made in the working world, and the utilization of the 
vote could have meant that the thirties would bring 
American women significantly closer to the ultimate 
goal of parity with male citizens. The trend of politi- 
cal disinterest that characterized die twenties was 
reversed in the thirties, but the women who got in- 
volved in public affairs, it has been pointed out. did 
so as liberals or socialists or Communists. As in aboli- 
tionist times and during the Civil War. priority was 
given to issues other than women's rights. 

The depression, of course, was a reality to every- 
one. Women were often the first to be fired and the 
last hired during this time of economic strife, and the 
codes of the National Recovery Administration per- 
mitted employers to maintain wage differentials for 
men and women doing the same work. William O'Xeill 
points out in Everyone Was Brave. "With its eclipse 
after 1930, feminism as a distinctive force in the 
national life ceased to exist. Bv that time, the shape 
of women's lives in the post-suffrage era had already 
been determined not bv politics but bv a combination 
of social and intellectual changes . . ." With so much 
of the population out of work, the women of America 
were busv juggling food rations, making over old 
clothes, and praving that the man of the family, if 
there was one. could get work. Families without a 
man did what thev could. 

In World War II, women went back to work, 
literally in droves. The labor shortage was danger- 
ously acute, and women filled jobs in offices and fac- 
tories, construction sites and government, like never 
before. In addition, thev filled the places in colleges 
and universities left vacant when the boys went off 
to war. 

Following the war, manv women were fired from 
jobs to make room for returning veterans, and men 
took back the majority of places in universities. Some 
women continued to work until their husbands com- 
pleted educations that had been interrupted, but 
women were leaving the working world as quicklv. 
and in numbers as great as when thev entered it at 
the outbreak of war. 

The late forties and early fifties were characterized 
as the "return to normalcy," and a generation of Amer- 
icans who had endured both depression and world 
war during their youth had a lot to make up for. 
Americans had been separated from their families 
during the war and had endured nearly two decades 
of going without, so it is not surprising that the post- 
13 




war prosperity led to an emphasis on family life and 
materialism. 

The post-World War II "baby boom" is familiar 
to all of us. The new era glorified motherhood and 
the life-style of the housewife. Some women con- 
tinued to work outside the home, but they were either 
ignored or pitied by the media. The national image 
of the American woman was of a young mother of 
four or five children, who ran her suburban home and 
multitude of car-pools with cool efficiencv, tossing off 
gourmet meals in her spare time, and having the best 
possible life. 



PERHAPS it was a reaction to the over-emphasis 
of the fifties on the joys of suburban motherhood, 

or perhaps it was the rise of the civil rights move- 
ment that laid the groundwork for the new feminism 
of the sixties. At any rate, there arose in that decade 
a wave of feminism unmatched in this country since 
the days of the suffragists. 

The first sign of America's new interest in, and 
awareness of, the condition of women, came in 1961, 
14 



when President Kennedy appointed the President's 
Commission on the Status of Women. The Commis- 
sion reported in 1963 that much of the potential of 
American women was being wasted. The same year, 
Bettv Friedan's book, The Feminine Mystique, dis- 
pelled the myth that every housewife is a happy 
housewife. 

In 1963 and 1964, Congress passed major legisla- 
tion to benefit working women: The Equal Pay Act 
of 1963 provides equal pav for employees engaged 
in interstate commerce, and Title VII of the 1964 
Civil Rights Act prohibits discrimination in employ- 
ment on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or 
national origin. It is interesting to note that the word 
"sex" was added to Title VII as an amendment in an 
effort to laugh the civil rights act off the floor of the 
House of Representatives. The bill was not defeated, 
the word "sex" was added to Title VII, and, in 1970, 
the Department of Justice filed suit on behalf of 
women under the provisions of that title, and won 
the case. 

Few can document the actual origin of the wom- 
en's liberation movement. The easiest explanation is 
that its time had come. Some writers point to the 
irritation of female student activists of the mid-sixties, 
who were expected to make the peanut butter sand- 
wiches while their male peers formulated policy. 
Others suggest that as blacks achieved protection from 
discrimination and began to gain their fair share of 
opportunities, women of all races became aware of 
their own minority status. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUJIXUS 



To protest a Miss America Pageant in Atlantic 
City, New Jersev, a group of voung women burned 
bras on the boardwalk. Although there are probably 
fewer than 25 American women who have burned a 
bra in protest in their lives, the media had found its 
pet phrase for the women of the movement, and called 
them "bra-burners." 

After Atlantic Citv, a number of radical organiza- 
tions were formed, including the Redstockings. Radi- 
cal Feminists. W. I. T. C. H. (Women's International 
Terrorist Conspiracv From Hell), and the one-mem- 
ber S. C. U. M. (Society for Cutting Up Men). Other 
women organized the Pussvcat League and H. O. W. 
(Happiness of Womanhood) to show opposition to 
the movement. The press had fun with the names of 
the groups and descriptions of the way their members 
dressed and wore their hair, and then, beginning i n 
1969 and culminating in 1970. there was a rash of 
articles in the popular magazines which dealt more 
or less seriouslv with the new movement, and sought 
to explain it. 

The movement has changed since its earlv davs. 
and the media has reflected the change, and is less 
concerned with the activities of radical liberation 
groups and more concerned with such organizations 
as the National Organization for Women (N. O. W. ), 
the Women's Equitv Action League ( W. E. A. L. ) , 
Federally Employed Women ( F. E. W. ) , and the 
nearly vear-old National Women's Political Caucus. 

Time magazine published in March 1972, an entire 
issue on "The American Woman," and McCalls named 
Gloria Steinem its first Woman of the Year. Recentlv 
there have been serious and probing articles in schol- 
arly journals and law renews on various aspects of 
the women's movement. 



SEVERAL best-selling books on the women's rights 
movement include Caroline Bird's Born Female, 
Kate Millett's Sexual Politics, and Germaine 
Greer's The Female Eunuch — to name the best known 
of the scores and scores of books that have been pub- 
lished in the past few vears dealing with women's 
rights and the feminist movement. 

Todav, over 100 colleges and universities offer 
courses in women's studies. Two new women's maga- 
zines which are unlike the standard fare — New 
Woman and Ms. — are expected to succeed in an era 
of failing magazines. 

The proposed equal rights amendment to the Con- 
stitution, pending in Congress since 1923, passed the 
House last October, and the Senate was to have acted 
on it in March. Pending also are the Women's Equality 
Act. which w-ould earn" out the recommendations of 
President Nixon's Task Force on Women's Rights and 
Responsibilities, and legislation dealing with dav care, 
abortion, and discrimination in education. 

The Supreme Court ruled recently in favor of a 
woman under the provisions of the equal protection 
clause of the 14th Amendment, for the first time in 

APRIL 1972 



historv. Two women have announced that thev are 
candidates for the Democratic Presidential nomina- 
tion. Presidential candidates are expected to court 
more seriouslv the business and professional women's 
groups, women's divisions of the political parties, and 
the National Women's Political Caucus. There will 
still be baby-kissing in campaigns of the future, but 
candidates will also have to answer serious questions 
on women's issues. 

There are indications that the status of women in 
America is alreadv changing, and, if so, the "bra- 
burners" have done their part. Sometimes it takes 
radical activity that enrages or amuses the public to 
make an issue a national concern. Since the earlv 
davs of women's liberation, when various activities 
of the movement were reported with ridicule and 
derision, a new- movement has been slowly emerging 
— a movement as humanitarian in its goals as the 
abolitionist movement of the 19th century. The new 
feminism contains some of the elements of radical 
women's liberation — it can be angrv at times, and 
rude. It is also determined and professional and pow- 
erful. Its goal, like that of the women who met at 
Seneca Falls over 100 vears ago, is the full legal 
equalitv of American women. 




15 




The 

Perimeters 

of 

Free 

Speech 

By Dr. Robert J. Steamer '47 



EDITOR'S NOTE: The following article first ap- 
peared in the December 1971 issue of the New York 
State Bar Journal. It is republished here with per- 
mission of the editors. 



MANY of us who happened to be born in either 
the nineteenth or twentieth century and within 
the radius of Anglo-American ideas have tend- 
ed to accept uncritically that part of the liberal tra- 
dition which postulates freedom as an end in itself. 
We have, in fact, viewed freedom as ultimate reality, 
the effect of which has been to create an idol and to 
exclude wholly or partially all other matters of value, 
including morals, under the theory that everything 
of importance to individual and collective well-being 
is a by-product of freedom. 1 It is an obvious fact, 
however, that civilization — defined by Hannah Arendt 
as "the man-made artifact to house successive gen- 
erations" — cannot exist without a legal system which 
insures stability. And in its very nature such a system 
imposes restraints on that freedom which in mod- 
ern democracies generally, and in the United States 
in particular, has been elevated to the status of an 
absolute. It is clearlv a contradiction to maintain that 



16 



Bom in Rochester, New York, Dr. Steamer is a member 
of Bucknell's Class of 1947. He holds a Ph.D. degree from 
Cornell. He is presently Chairman of the Department of Gov- 
ernment at Lake Forest College in Illinois. His latest book, 
published last year, is The Supreme Court in Crisis: A History 
of Conflict. 

1 Rene de Visme Williamson, Independence and Involve- 
ment (Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1964), 
p. 141. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



the citizen has a moral obligation to obey the law 
and to say at the same time that he is in possession 
of virtually unrestrained freedom. For the existence 
of law, even in rudimentary fashion, presupposes pub- 
lic limits on the individual, and freedom in practice is 
not and cannot be absolute. But the attempt to make it 
so by those who argue that it is so has had a pernicious 
influence on American politics and is responsible in 
part for the current disorder in the American con- 
stitutional system. 

The case against excessive authority says essential- 
ly that if we are not to deny our nature, we must 
preserve a minimum area of personal freedom, and 
that minimum includes what man cannot give up 
without offending his essence or humanity. 2 This 
rightly presumes a human dignity that ceases to 
flourish when it is subjected to intemperate external 
controls. There is a tendency, however, in societies 
dedicated to freedom, to go beyond the area of mini- 
mum necessity, to run to an extreme in which freedom 
is defined as the right to do whatever one wishes, 
to gratify anv desire, no matter what it is or from 
what source it was derived. 3 Although no intelligent 
being can accept this extremity uncritically, the liber- 
tarian commitment to freedom has fostered a climate 
of opinion in which "demands for freedom steadily 
escalate as minds lose the capacity and inclina- 
tion to weigh competing considerations." 4 It should 
also be noted that the concept of individual rights 
with the concomitant emphasis on freedom is rela- 
tively new in history. It was unknown in Greece 
and Rome as in other highly developed ancient civili- 
zations, and the evidence of historv tells us that in- 
tegrity, love of truth and individualism prosper in 
severely disciplined communities as much as in more 
tolerant societies. 3 This is not to presume that the 
individual's claim to freedom is insignificant or un- 
worthy; it is only to suggest that liberty must be 
placed in proper perspective. 

The preamble to the Constitution clearlv does 
this when it sets forth the purposes of the basic 
charter: to form a more perfect union, to establish 
justice, insure domestic tranquillity, promote the gen- 
eral welfare and secure the blessings of liberty. It 
does not seem a strained interpretation of these noble 
purposes to claim that such values as order, justice, 
security and happiness may be at least as important 
as freedom and are not bv-products of it. Most so- 
cieties are divided, and democratic theory persuades 
us that such divisions can be accommodated without 
undue violence. Even in "free" societies the law at- 
tempts to mark out perimeters because man's sense 
of freedom is accompanied by a feeling — "a kind of 
divination" — that not everything is permitted, that 
the full and unrestrained exercise of freedom is not 
right. 6 But the area of freedom in which it is most 
difficult to obtain agreement on limits, particularly 
when the government is under the severe and rela- 
tively specific restraint of a written constitution, is 
that of freedom of speech. 

APRIL 1972 



IN the American system the combination of freedom 
of speech as a constitutionally guaranteed right 
and a strong current of thought that holds free- 
dom generally to be a sacred end has led to a demo- 
cratic dogmatism that strains the system to the break- 
ing point. And the chief reason why this state of 
affairs arose and persists is the libertarian doctrine 
that free expression naturally involves a search for 
truth and that such a search automatically serves the 
public interest. 7 In the light of human experience such 
a view is hardly self-evident. In fact the evidence is 
preponderant that the bright, the sophisticated and 
the clever, whether or not they speak the truth, are 
able to control the ignorant, the unlettered and the 
naive. As serious as this may be in determining the 
moral tone of the body politic, of greater significance 
is the fact that the irresponsible and the evil may 
use speech (in all its expanded meaning) equally 
with the responsible and decently motivated. Such 
a state of affairs has increased the level of disorder 
in a political system which presupposes that change 
will and must take place in a peaceful atmosphere. 
We seem to be caught in a dilemma, for we believe 
in government bv consent which implies disagree- 
ment as well as agreement, but the very permitting 
of dissent has resulted in such chaos that freedom 
may carry the "seeds of its own destruction." This 
need not be so, for a free system also carries the 
seeds of its own salvation, and the final outcome de- 
pends upon the choices that free men make. Wise 
choices in turn will be made only if enough men are 
able to distinguish between good and evil and if 
those who cannot or will not make such a distinction 
are subject to reasonable restraint. 

In a public lecture delivered in 1969, Justice Black 
contended that the First Amendment was designed 
"to give the people so great influence over the gov- 
ernment's affairs" that American society could aban- 
don the settlement of controversies through strife 
leading to hatred and bloodshed and substitute "set- 
tlements by and through the peaceful agencies of 
government and law." 8 But what if the First Amend- 
ment is used as a platform to undermine government 
and law? To foster hatred, strife or even bloodshed? 
Although we shall return to Black, who does give us 
some answers, we might first consult another Justice 
who not too long ago, as an adversary of Justice 
Black, was prophetic in his constitutional doctrines 
surrounding freedom of speech. Robert H. Jackson, 
more than any other Supreme Court Justice, seemed 

2 Isaiah Berlin, Four Essays on Liberty (London, Oxford: 
Oxford University Press, 1969), p. 126. 

3 Harry M. Clor, Obscenity and Public Morality (Chicago: 
University of Chicago Press, 1969), pp. 134-135. 

4 Ibid. 

5 Berlin, op. cit., pp. 128-129. 

6 Leo Strauss, Natural Right and History (Chicago: 
University of Chicago Press, 1953), p. 131. 

7 Clor, op. cit., p. 128. 

8 Hugo Black, A Constitutional Faith (New York: Knopf, 
1969), p. 63. 

17 




to read the times aright in the years immediately 
following World War II. 

Much of the Jacksonian rhetoric is worth reading 
for its intrinsic literary merit, but of greater im- 
portance to posterity is his writing on freedom of 
speech with its insistence that the First Amendment 
does not protect intolerance, conspiracy, insulting 
language, mobs in the streets, or any other passionate 
self-indulgence that the misguided, the simple minded 
or the malevolent wish to engage in. Not long after 
his appointment to the Supreme Court, Justice Jack- 
son set the tone for his view of liberty when he said: 
"Civil government cannot let any group ride rough- 
shod over others simply because their 'consciences' 
tell them to do so." 9 In this instance he was dissenting 
from the majority holding that the First Amendment 
protected the right of some members of Jehovah's 
Witnesses to disseminate anti-Catholic literature in 
a Catholic neighborhood on Palm Sunday morning. 
Although the case turned primarily on religious liber- 
ty, a secondary principle involved was freedom of 
speech. The central question, as Jackson saw it, was 
where the rights of the Witnesses ended and the 
rights of others began. Nowhere does the Constitution 
say that a householder has a right not to be harassed 
or insulted by a group thrusting literature upon him 
in his own home, but is there not a presumption that 
such a right exists? If the government may not harass 
the citizen in his home, by what authority do private 
groups enjoy such a lofty status? They do so only 
under the theory that freedom takes precedence over 
all other values. 



IF we move from the private home into a public 
building the issue becomes one of a different 
order since the participants, both speaker and 
listener, are voluntarily present. Does the purveyor 
of ideas to voluntary listeners have the right to say 
whatever he pleases? In the abstract the answer 
would appear to be yes, but abstractions do not 
settle concrete cases, and Justice Jackson, who con- 
stantly reiterated that theme, carefully delineated 
what he considered the appropriate ground rules for 
mass public meetings when the Supreme Court over- 

18 



turned Father Terminiello's conviction for a breach 
of the peace in Chicago. 10 Terminiello, an apostle of 
fascist leader Gerald L. K. Smith had delivered a 
venomous, anti-semitic speech in a Chicago audi- 
torium. Some 1500 people had gathered outside the 
building and had expressed their disagreement with 
the speaker by throwing bottles, stink bombs and 
bricks. After they had broken several windows, the 
police made some arrests and finally brought a halt 
to the meeting by arresting Terminiello. Five Justices 
voted to overturn Terminiello's conviction on the 
narrow technical ground that the trial judge, in his 
charge to the jury, had ambiguously defined the city 
ordinance under which Terminiello had been convicted. 

In a dissenting opinion Justice Jackson maintained 
that if abuses of freedom of speech are permitted they 
will lead to violence, "for it is the nature of men to 
be intolerant of attacks upon institutions, personalities 
and ideas for which they really care." The crowd mind 
is particularly intolerant "of any idea which does not 
conform to its herd opinion," so the authorities must 
place checks upon behavior or speech which calls 
mobs into being. What must be recognized, Jackson 
continued, is that mob violence or public disorder 
is not "likely to get going without help of some 
speech-making to some mass of people. . . . No mob 
has ever protected any liberty, even its own, but if 
not put down it always winds up in an orgy of law- 
lessness which respects no liberties." But most im- 
portant, if abuses of speech that result in violence 
are permitted to go on, moderate and rational dis- 
cussion will be discouraged, will "dry up and dis- 
appear," and people will "lose faith in the demo- 
cratic process when they see public authority flouted 
and impotent." 

But it is not simply the mob and the speaker who 
incites the mob to action — not simply the fact that 
circumstances might require the curtailment of speech 
— that concerned Justice Jackson. He went further 
than any Justice of his day by maintaining that some 
speech was evil in itself and as such was not entitled 
to constitutional protection. He would have placed 
some public oratory in a category akin to obscenity, 
and in this view he was a lonely judge. His was the 
sole dissenting view in Kunz v. New York 11 when the 
majority invalidated a New York City ordinance gov- 
erning the use of the streets by speakers on the 
ground that it contained no appropriate standards to 
guide the city officials. Defending what amounted 
to censorship, Jackson saw no reason why New York 
should place its streets at the service of Carl Jacob 
Kunz to hurl insults at Catholics and Jews. He termed 
the anti-Jewish and anti-Catholic ravings of Kunz 
"terse epithets . . . weighted with hatreds accumu- 
lated through centuries of bloodshed" which are "in 
every context, insults which do not spring from reason 



» Douglas v. City of Jeannette, 319 U. S. 157 (1943). 
io Terminiello v. Chicago, 337 U. S. 1 (1949). 
"340 U. S. 290 (1951). 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 



and can be answered by none." Predicting events of 
the not too distant future, Jackson spoke of racial 
fears and hatreds as being "incendiary and divisive," 
the "ugly possibilities that overhang ever)' great 
American city." "It may become difficult," he de- 
clared, "to preserve here what a large part of the 
world has lost — the right to speak even temperately, 
on matters vital to spirit and body." 



JACKSON argued persuasively that (1) an abuse 
of freedom of speech does no sendee to free- 
dom; (2) abuses involve appeals to our baser 
natures, often inciting to violence but always appeal- 
ing to the emotions rather than the intellect; and (3) 
if such abuses are not checked, we are in danger of 
losing all freedoms since political bodies that are 
forced to choose between chaos and repressive order 
are bound to choose the latter. The Constitution is 
misconstrued when judges hold that lawful authority 
may not be used to restrain the intolerant, for, if 
those who will not tolerate the ideas of others ac- 
quire political authority, the government becomes 
the agent of violence. "A catalogue of rights," said 
Jackson, "was placed in our Constitution ... to pro- 
tect the individual in his individuality, and neither 
statutes which put those rights at the mercy of of- 
ficials nor judicial decisions which put them at the 
mercy of the mob are consistent with its text or 
spirit." 1 - The true freedom to be protected, in Jack- 
son's view, is freedom of the intellect, the "right to 
re-examine much that has been long taken for granted 
.... A free man must be a reasoning man." 

In many of the cases in which Justice Jackson was 
urging his ideas both upon the Court and upon 
American society, Justice Black was upholding the 
right of the intolerant rabble rouser to express his 
views publiclv. Justice Black has said many times 
that he believes that freedom of speech is absolute, 
but during the last few vears he has been critized 
for hedging his bets, for espousing a theory that at 
one time he would have held untenable. In 1969 the 
venerable Black took the opportunity to answer his 
critics when he delivered the Carpentier Lectures of 
the Columbia University School of Law. Black said 
that his view is, "without deviation, without excep- 
tions, without anv ifs, buts, or whereases that free- 
dom of speech means that government shall not do 
anvthing to people . . . for . . . the views they express 
or the words thev speak or write." 13 At the same time 
he voiced vigorous opposition to "efforts to extend 
the First Amendment's freedom of speech beyond 
speech, freedom of press beyond press, and freedom 
of religion bevond religious beliefs." 14 And what pre- 
ciselv is "bevond" freedom of speech and press? Ap- 
parently any communication that is not, in a strict 
sense, either speaking or writing. Picketing, demon- 
strating, marching, accompanied by singing, shouting 
or loud praying either on public or private property, 
are not, says Black, protected by the First Amend- 

april 1972 




ment. Moreover, the First Amendment carries no 
inference that "the government must provide streets, 
buildings, or places to do the speaking, writing or 
assembling." 15 If the government does so provide the 
use of public facilities, it must do so with an even 
hand; it may not "pick and choose among the views 
it is willing to have discussed on its streets." 16 The 
logic of Justice Black's position is, however, that the 
government mav outlaw conduct altogether, even 
when speech-connected. 

Another aspect of expression that, for Black, goes 
bevond the bounds of constitutionallv protected 
speech is the frequentlv recurring svmbolic protest. In 
1969 Justice Black, in a long and angry dissent, ex- 
pressed his views fully and unequivocally. 17 The 
majoritv had upheld the right of three students, ages 
13, 15 and 16, to wear black armbands to school in 
protest of the Vietnam war, calling the conduct 
closelv akin to pure speech and thus entitled to 
comprehensive protection under the First Amend- 
ment. In Black's view symbolic speech is not speech; 
the public school is not an appropriate place to pro- 
test; and it is up to the school authorities and not 
the courts to decide such matters in any event. Black's 
opinion emphasizes the distracting influence on the 
students from the school's main purposes, the con- 
comitant loss of discipline as a result of the Court's 
holding, and the need for restraint, governmental re- 
straint, over the individual. "Uncontrolled and un- 
controllable liberty," he wrote, "is an enemy to do- 
mestic peace." Reiterating his belief in uncensored 
speech. Black nevertheless was constrained to warn 
that a person does not have a constitutional "right 
to give speeches or engage in demonstrations where 
he pleases and when he pleases." 



12 American Communications Association v. Douds, 339 
U. S. 382 (1950). 

13 Black, op. cit., p. 45. 
« Ibid. 

15 Ibid., p. 58. 

is Cox v. Louisiana, 379 U. S. 559 (1965). 
17 Tinker v. Des Moines School District, 393 U. S. 503 
(1969). 

19 



ARE Hugo Black and Robert Jackson so far apart 
after all? They are in the sense that Jackson 
would not shrink from punishing a person for 
what he said or from permitting a city official to make 
a censorious judgment on certain kinds of speech. 
Black held doggedly to the proposition that so long 
as a person is talking — and nothing more — the law 
is not allowed to interfere, not allowed that is, unless 
the talking is done in an impermissible place, or if 
it is enmeshed with violence. What these two highly 
dedicated, intelligent and moral men have in common 
is a willingness to draw lines, to say that under cer- 
tain conditions, speech must give way to a higher 
necessity of society. 

Black, however, remained in a moral dilemma 
because of his unwillingness to grapple with the tra- 
ditional libertarian assumptions that: (1) all ideas 
should have equal status in the market place; and 
(2) the opportunity for free discussion will auto- 
matically guarantee that it will be used to seek truth 
and to advance the good of all. Jackson, on the other 
hand, was able to transcend the prevailing mood of 
our time, to accept the reactionary label, by sug- 
gesting that men's words like their acts may be both 
evil and good. Furthermore, society and the law need 
not tolerate evil words anv more than they tolerate 
evil deeds. What Jackson understood clearly was that 



men do employ speech for other than good public 
ends, and if such men are permitted to harangue or 
misinform, deliberately or ignorantly, such free speech 
becomes destructive of self-government. It is not true 
that demagogues can do no harm to society, any- 
more than protesters or marchers can do no harm 
to society. It is also not true that the meddlesome or 
self-seeking do not injure the community when they 
use the channels of communication in their own 
rather than in the public interest. There is no way 
for most of us to ascertain the whole truth of a 
communication. What kind of a judgment can one 
make, for example, as the result of reading an opinion 
poll without realizing that manv answers to the 
questionnaires are given by unintelligent, uninformed, 
deceitful and irrational people and that not a few 
questions are formulated bv people of the same cali- 
ber. 18 Self-government depends upon free men decid- 
ing issues on their merits and not on the basis of 
pressure, intimidation or false information. 

What is lacking in the libertarian ethic is a stan- 
dard or a set of standards by which all speech ought 
to be judged. To postulate, as philosophical relativism 
does, that there are no standards upon which reason- 
able men can agree, is to reject the permanent and 
the recurring in the western political tradition. Cer- 
tainlv Jefferson and Madison, the spiritual and literal 




20 



THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




authors of the First Amendment and the most often 
quoted in behalf of unlimited freedom of speech, held 
their beliefs within a frame of reference that assumed 
an appeal to reason on the part of those engaged 
in debate. This is nowhere more clearly demonstrated 
thai! in their search for faculty at the University of 
Virginia and their insistence that teachers believe 
in the democratic orthodoxy. They were painfull)' 
aware that freedom's limits included "uncompromis- 
ing opposition to systems of thought that would, if 
made effective, undermine that freedom." 19 And there 
is considerable evidence that the men who voted 
to adopt the First Amendment had no intention of 
authorizing seditious or even abusive speech. 20 Essen- 
tially the constitution-makers of the eighteenth cen- 
tury wished to open public debate to the rational 
man of good will, a concept which assumes that man 
is capable of differentiating the reasonable from the 
arbitrary. They were also aware that man's nature 
has a propensity for evil which in some is brought 
to heel by internal restraint, by self-discipline, but 
in others can be controlled only by coercion, lawful 
coercion in a democracy. They were in short, atuned 
to the natural law tradition, a tradition with its roots 
in Aristotle and the Stoics, refined by Aquinas and 
restated by Locke, that attributed to man an essence 
and to society a realization that man must, if he is 
to lead a decent life, conform to some universal rules. 



ALL that changed with the advent of nineteenth 
century modernism when the philosophers en- 
joined us to break away from our cultural 
imprisonment and become free men, free to follow 
our conscience wherever it might lead. We have done 
APRIL 1972 



so without heeding the advice of John Ruskin: "Fol- 
low your conscience, but first be certain that it is 
not the conscience of an ass." The only path to cer- 
tainty in conscience for the individual is the realiza- 
tion that we live in a rational order in which right 
and wrong, good and bad are distinguishable. And 
it does not follow that the only means of recapturing 
the orderly society is government-imposed censorship. 
We need not choose between the despotism of law- 
less crowds and the despotism of lawless rulers. Is 
it not possible for the people to conclude, after in- 
telligent discussion, that some kinds of expression 
"are inimical to the virtues upon which the public 
safety and order depend?" 21 Is it not possible to 
answer such questions as: Does a particular kind of 
speech truly serve democratic government? Are there 
alternative ways to publicize one's views? Even if we 
can agree, however, on minimal legal restraints, the 
central problem remains unsolved. The law is limited 
in what it can do, and it reflects as well as refracts 
the public habits. Society must create a general tone, 
a consensus which postulates the simple rule that 
certain words or combined words and actions are 
beyond acceptable bounds. This in turn involves in- 
dividual responsibility, self-discipline and the pre- 
eminence of reason. If men are incapable of sustain- 
ing such virtues, free societies are impossible. 

It has become difficult to preserve freedom be- 
cause we have lost sight of the proper ends of gov- 
ernment. Our central concern must be justice, and to 
approximate its goals, we must emphasize the need 
for virtue and make the agonizing judgment that an 
excessive preoccupation with free expression may 
bring the noble American experiment to an end. An- 
cient political philosophy assumed that given man's 
nature, he required external controls in order to lead 
a satisfying, virtuous life. He needed guidance 
through public standards, in Walter Lippman's 
phrase, a public philosophy. Within such a frame- 
work, he would be free to make choices, but without 
a compelling code of civility to guide his life, he, or 
at least most men, would never possess the intrinsic 
strength to lead a reasonably contented and produc- 
tive life in a virtuous and just society. I would suggest 
that we take refuge in the counsel of English jurist, 
Lord Devlin: "If we are not entitled to call our society 
'free' unless we pursue freedom to an extremity that 
would make society intolerable for most of us, then 
let us stop short of the extreme and be content with 
some other name. The result may not be freedom un- 
alloyed, but there are alloys which strengthen without 
corrupting." 22 



18 Strauss, op. cit., p. 53. 

19 Adrienne Koch, Jefferson and Madison (New York: 
Oxford University Press, 1964), p. 278. 

20 See Leonard Levy, Legacy of Suppression (Cambridge: 
Harvard University Press, 1960). 

21 Clor, op cit., p. 127. 

22 Patrick Devlin, The Enforcement of Morals (London: 
Oxford University Press, 1965), p. 123. 

21 



BLUMENSON 



THE 



ALUMNI 
AUTHORS 



By W. B. Weist '50 



HE is described by one mili- 
tary historian, Alfred Vagts, 
as a "nearly archaic person- 
ality" and a pre-World War II fit- 
ness report described his talents 
as "invaluable in time of war, but 
a disturbing element in a time of 
peace." 

George Smith Patton, Jr. was a 
man of both war and peace, but 
his fame was won on the battle- 
fields of Europe and Africa in 
World War II. Like one of his 
celebrated opponents. Field Mar- 
shall Erwin Rommel, his person 
and his feats have been celebrated 
on the epic-size, wide movie screen, 
and the "Desert Fox" and "Old 
Blood and Guts" are descriptive 
terms easily identified by a ma- 
jority among several generations. 
Both the German and the Ameri- 
can, if not ascribed in popular leg- 
end some degree of military "ge- 
nius," are at least depicted as men 
"born to command." Perhaps both 
attributes are apt, or at least it may 

22 




PAPERS 

1885-1940 



HOUGHTON 

MIFFLIN 
COMPANY 



Now serving as the Ernest J. 
King Professor of Maritime His- 
tory at the Naval War College, 
Newport, R. I., Martin Blumen- 
son '39 has been maintaining a 
hectic schedule during the past 
year, commuting to Paris for a 
TV appearance and across the 
U. S. for a series of lectures on 
World War II. He will receive 
an honorary degree in May 
from Acadia University, Nova 
Scotia, Canada, for his distin- 
guished contributions to his- 
torical scholarship. 



THE BUCKXELL ALUMNUS 



be accurate to assess both men in 
terms Thucvdides used to describe 
Alcibiades: "We are not free to 
moderate at our pleasure our own 
desire to command." 

That desire of George Smith 
Patton, Jr., to command — its orig- 
ins, its shaping, its years of frus- 
tration and testing and growth — 
forms the focus of The Patton Pa- 
pers (1885-1940), a new work bv 
Martin Blumenson '39, a distin- 
guished military historian who now 
holds the Ernest J. King Chair of 
Maritime Historv at the Naval War 
College in Newport. Rhode Island. 

Professor Blumenson has previ- 
ously written of Patton in his role 
as a commander — Sicily: Whose 
Victory?; Breakout and Pursuit; 
and The Duel for France: 1944 — 
but these were limited views of the 
man as part of a much larger pat- 
tern of events. Xow, granted per- 
mission bv the Patton familv for a 
full-scale examination of the Pat- 
ton Papers, including personal let- 
ters and diaries as well as the pub- 
he papers, Mr. Blumenson is con- 
cerned to create a portrait of the 
man through a narrative pattern 
utilizing Patton's own words. The 
result is detailed, frank and inti- 
mate, something of an autobio- 
graphv aided at times by the in- 
tervention of a friend or counselor 
who points the way to a new 
thought or revelation. It is a skill- 
ful rendering and a captivating 
document to read. 

Mr. Blumsenson in fashioning 
this massive document (960 pages, 
plus preface, maps, photos, index, 
glossary and appendices) was no 
doubt keenly aware of Patton's 
own delineation of the soldier and 
the scholar: ". . . The historian . . . 
is bv nature a man of thoughtful 
and studious habits utterly incapa- 
ble of appreciating the roaring en- 
ergy of a soldier ... In peace the 
scholar flourishes, in war the soldier 
dies; so it comes about that we 
view our soldiers through the eyes 
of scholars and attribute to them 
scholarly virtues." This quotation, 
written in 1926. opens the Pro- 
logue, and one might sav this is 
where the test begins — to see if 
the scholar attributes his own per- 

april 1972 



son to the soldier whose life he 
seeks to portray. 



PERHAPS old soldiers, those 
with sufficient martial experi- 
ence, are best equipped to 
judge Mr. Blumenson's ultimate 
success. Mr. Blumenson was an 
Armv officer until 1957 and served 
in Europe during World War II. 
Those whose experience is rooted 
in the scholarly world can best 
assess the difficulty of the assign- 
ment, for surelv Patton was a com- 
plex human being. He was a "lousy 
speller" but a man with rhetorical 
skills. Although his grammer is 
sometimes deficient, his meaning 
seems always clear. And while he 
sought to avoid ambiguity, he 
could not overlook the need to 
sometimes guard against an un- 
tenable stance in public print or in 
letters to his Army peers. Indeed, 
the laurels he won as a battlefield 
tactician might well be matched 
bv his tactical skills as a letter- 
writer in the great game of pro- 
motions and rank in the military 
establishment. He may have been 
arrogant and impolite at times, 
but George Patton was also canny 
and cunning. 

But this is onlv one dimension 
of the portrait. He was also a 
devoted son, a kindlv brother, a 
considerate and loving husband, 
an understanding father, and a 
thoughtful friend. There were mo- 
ments when he was an angrv an- 
tagonist, a somethimes much-too- 
cavalier opponent, or just a very 
gallant boor. But he was always 
a man with a purpose, and he was 
to die with at least some major 
achievement of that purpose dis- 
torting his public image and, per- 
haps, his image of himself. 

Although, as Mr. Blumenson re- 
marks at the beginning, "everv- 
thing that everyone has ever said 
about George S. Patton. Jr., is 
probably true." it is not until he 
is in his teens that Patton's owu 
observations about his life begin 
to be recorded, and it is not until 
almost a decade later that he 
makes some of his personal in- 
sights into historv and its meaning. 



THE image of man, history and 
self seems to have been fixed 
in outline quite early and 
more clearly defined in maturity. 
For example, the following obser- 
vations bv Patton and their dates: 

"The character of Caesar — if 
a man of so profoundly com- 
plex a nature can be said to 
have a character — is extremely 
difficult to define." (1903) 

"Men of my blood . . . have 
ever inspired me . . . Should I 
falter, I will have disgraced 
my blood." (1913) 

'The fixed determination to 
acquire the warrior soul and 
having acquired it to conquer 
or perish with honor is the 
secret of victory." (1926) 

"Let us not become so be- 
mused with technical and ad- 
ministrative details that we 
forget this fact. In the last an- 
alvsis the successful soldier is 
the courageous fighting man — 
the killer." (1934) 

These are pre-World W ar II ob- 
servations, some almost Spenglerian 
but none as widely known as those 
post-World War II remarks on 
politics and international relations 
which arrested a career. The quo- 
tations, of course, have been torn 
from their context. Within the text 
a rb\-thm is established between 
the private man (through his let- 
ters, notebooks and diarv) and the 
professional man (through his es- 
says, official correspondence, eval- 
uation records), and this rhythm 
is sustained throughout the book. 
Since the volume covers a period 
of 55 vears, from Patton's birth in 
1885 to 1940. one is introduced to 
the boy, conscious of his "blood" 
heritage as a member of a military 
familv, and ends with the mature 
military leader waiting for the call 
to command, at age 55, in a war 
w-hich he foresees but is powerless 
to ordain. 

Nowhere is the volume more re- 
vealing than in its depiction of 
Armv life between World Wars I 
and II. Even for a man who want- 
ed nothing more than to be a sol- 

23 



dier, life was often dull, more 
often boring, and quite often filled 
with frustrations of petty origins 
and of trifling consequences. To 
fill the void, or so it seems, Patton 
drove himself to excel in polo, fen- 
cing, horsemanship — related lei- 
surely pursuits of a dashing caval- 
ryman who recognized the activity 
for what it was, but who also real- 
ized that only war could consume 
the enormous energies he knew he 
was wasting. 

That war finally came and gen- 
erations of Americans, caught and 
consumed as was Patton by its di- 
rection and duration, still relive at 
least part of it vicariously. In retro- 
spect, looking back across two dec- 
ades or four decades or eight dec- 
ades, it may be that we would echo 
Emerson's comment that "there is 
properly no history, only biogra- 
phy." What better way to see the 
past and to analyze the present 
than through those "heroes" who 
seem to embody the complex is- 
sues of America of yesterday and 
today? 

The Patton Papers fulfills this 
purpose, providing a portrait of 
the person who lived "inside" the 
public hero. For those seeking to 
understand the "real" Patton or the 
modern Army — and for those who 
may be searching for the "meaning 
of our age" — we commend this 
book for your reading. "Old Blood 
and Guts" has had his own portrait 
of himself restored by a master. 



Man About Inns 

One of the big-sellers — if not one 
of the best-sellers-of 1971 is a book 
entitled Country Inns and Back 
Roads. More than 35,000 copies of 
the work were sold last year, and 
this definitive guide has been on 
sale for the past seven years with 
a $2.95 price tag. The 1972 edition 
is $3.50. 

The author-publisher is Norman 
Thomas "Spike" Simpson, Jr. '41, 
Stockbridge, Mass., and his work 
was celebrated by Donald Johnston 
in a feature article, "Country Inns: 
A Quiet Revival," in the Travel and 
Resort section of The New York 
Times on Sunday, January 16, 1972. 

THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS 




Norman T. "Spike" Simpson '41 relaxes in his office. 

PHOTO BY DONALD JOHNSTON 



Described by Mr. Johnston as a 
"jovial, bearded fellow" and as a 
"sort of guru to inn lovers," Nor- 
man Simpson owns, operates and 
oversees The Berkshire Traveler 
Press which publishes, in addition 
to its top seller, The Country Inn 
Cookbook and a magazine, Berk- 
shire Living. The Berkshire Trav- 
eler also owns a bookstore in Stock- 
bridge, called the Book Stall and 
described as "unfancy," and Nor- 
man is aided in his publishing and 
business ventures by a small staff 
and his wife, the former Nancy 
Brown. 

A man whose Cap and Dagger 
career included starring roles in 
Idiot's Delight, As You Like It, and 
Night Must Fall, "Spike" majored 
in journalism at Bucknell and 
found time to become a brother of 
Kappa Sigma. His career includes 
stints in radio and advertising. In 
more recent years, it includes wide- 
spread travel, and this includes 
visits to more than 250 inns for on- 
the-spot study. (Norman's book 
hits some 90 selected inns for the 
gourmet traveler.) 

Of his area of special study, Nor- 
man told Mr. Johnston, "It's a fun- 
ny thing. Now that we are pre- 



paring to leave the 20th century, 
people seem to want to hold on to 
the 19th." 

The defining element of it all, as 
Norman told Mr. Johnston, is that 
"country inns are people, and peo- 
ple who like people will like coun- 
try inns." 

To find these people and to en- 
hance sales of his book, ads are 
placed in the N. Y. Times, The 
Wall Street Journal and the New 
Yorker. The ads say in part: "Crisp 
mornings, country breakfasts, vil- 
lage homes, autumn colors, wood- 
land walks, quietness and slow 
time, robust dinners, crackling fire- 
places, genial conversations, snug 
beds, shunpiking, history, nature, 
traditional innkeeping . . . Sounds 
wonderful doesn't it?" 

It does sound wonderful. The 
work advertised, according to Mr. 
Johnston, is "written in a folksy 
intimate way" and the text is re- 
vised each year to take note of new 
developments. 

So, if you have a yen for travel, 
gracious hostelry, and the best food 
for miles around, you can consult 
with an expert, Mr. Norman Simp- 
son, The Berkshire Traveler, Stock- 
bridge, Mass. 

24 





THE PRIMATES 

A series on the naturalistic behavior of non-human primates 

EDITORS 

Dr. C. Ray Carpenter, University of Georgia 

Dr. Douglas K. Candland, Bueknell University 

CONSULTING EDITORS 
Dr. }. Itani, Japan; Dr. D. Ploog, West Germany; 
Dr. T. Crook and Dr. R. Hinde, United Kingdom 

INITIAL PUBLICATION 

PREDATORY BEHAVIOR AMONG WILD CHIMPANZEES by Geza Teleki 

A detailed analysis of the predatory behavior of the colony of wild chimpanzees first studied 
by Jane Goodall. During recent years the colony has acquired the habit of killing and eating 
baboons. This study provides clear evidence that non-human primates can become carnivorous. 
Ample photographs show the pattern of predatory behavior and the text analyzes the complex 
social relationships involved in chimpanzee predation. 

THE IRISH WRITERS SERIES 

General Editor: James F. Cabens, Professor of English, Bueknell University 



When complete, this series will include studies of 
more than 50 Irish writers of the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. Each monograph gives a full account of the writ- 
er's literary career and major works, considering the re- 
lationship of his Irish background to his writings as a 
whole. Every volume is accompanied by a selective 
bibliography. 

Price of Hard Cover Editions: $4.50 



PUBLISHED 
SEAN O'CASEY by Bernard Benstock 

J. C. MANGAN by Iames Kilroy 

W. R. RODGERS by Darcy O'Brien 

STANDISH O'GRADY by Phillip L. Marcus 

Price of Paperback Editions: ;pl.95 



OTHER VOLUMES NOW AVAILARLE 



THE NEW EUROPE 

Thomas G. Masabyk 

Introduction by Otakar Odlozilik 

Edited by W. P. Warken and W. B. Weist '50 



THOMAS MANN: A CRITICAL STUDY 

R. J. Hollingdale 



NIETZSCHE: DISCIPLE OF DIONYSUS 

Rose Pfeffer 



LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS AND PHENOMENOLOGY 

Edited by Wolfe May's and S. C. Brown 



THE IMAGINATION OF THE RESURRECTION 

The Poetic Continuity of a Religious Motif 
in Donne, Blake, and Yeats 

Kathbyn R. Kremen 



A FACULTY THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE 

The Aim and Scope of Hume's First Enquiry 

George Stern 



CORIOLANUS IN CONTEXT 

Clifford C. Huffman 

THE AUTHOR OF WAVERLEY 

D. D. Devlin 

ROBERT OWEN: 
PROPHET OF THE POOR 

Edited by Sidney Pollard 
and John Salt 



THE SOCIAL QUESTION: MASARYK ON MARX 

T. G. Masaryk 
Erazim V. Kohak, editor and translator 



BUCKNELL 
UNIVERSITY 

Prices Subject 
"P TJ 17 C C to Change 

J. JVli J J Without Notice 







S3 J2 > te cr^ 

/— — — • r- c ^ 

re 



2- ~ era - 

^ 2. o 2 

o' crt 3. 

O S (B ST 



ZTcrq s 



= 



— S3 <B * 



g>T3 



^crc 



^ s. S- rr ' 
art - s, 



Crt 



P" H 
> « 5" 



« 5" i^ 
2 c 2- 

.03 e 



S- a O T3 'TS C 

ETx & 2. "" 3 

' S3 ft 



>— ^ 



: 2- T £ 3 5 3 

►-• CB •£ ri r- 3 

*C o § >2 " 

§ o & §^ § 

« ^ ° s ; 



OB -■ i 

S3 a 

o » Zf 
= 2 2- 
re » ^ 
S 1, ? 5 1 



re 



:Ol3 52. ; 

•¥i /r\ /^ K* 



ft-?? 



° 51 



fD 



CT CB ^° 



<-* S3 9 S3 ^GE. 
CB re ^ O "■ 3 

w S-oq J^ 3 re < 



» S- rr 



3 S 



ero5§ 
re W , 



r w 


> U 


n» c 


X o 


x o o o 


*•■ x 


X o 


to z 


t-iO 


«» in < o 


c r 


m r\> 


:d r- 


<o 


© 


5> 


* c 




z 


ac 


TJ >-i 


m 


> •< 


3 


m 


—1 


»* » 


JO 


~>l w 


> 


a» •>• 


z 


W -4 D 


"J -< 






r 




»-• 




(B 




X 




> 




X 




-< 



„ 3 

O ft 

-1- S3 

ft ft 

» 3 



ft 3 
£ QTQ 



4. a- 
■c re 



2 o 
< g 






Oj C" T" 1 Q - 

Sep » > 



S3 



0) 13 

^ s 

C ft 
(B 

S- o 
S.35 

CD 



7 ? 2 ? 



§ » 



'- 



—^.13 

'2 s!" 
• ?«< 

CB 

s?c«^ 

2- CO 

en 13 •— i 

H rT C3 

re re g 

p-g c 

» 2 << 







< 


H 















r 






13 

C 


r 


W 




~ 


< 


c 


CD 


B 4 

re 


p 


o 


^_ 


a- 


w 


Z 


x 


-J 


z 


oS 


c 




w 




3 




r 




JL 




r 


00 
03 
-4 


G 
<' 

CD 


> 

3 

p 


> 




en 


d 






CD 

-a 


S 






to 


C/3